]>
Commit | Line | Data |
---|---|---|
bbf6f052 | 1 | /* Convert tree expression to rtl instructions, for GNU compiler. |
8752c357 | 2 | Copyright (C) 1988, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, |
d9221e01 | 3 | 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc. |
bbf6f052 | 4 | |
1322177d | 5 | This file is part of GCC. |
bbf6f052 | 6 | |
1322177d LB |
7 | GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under |
8 | the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free | |
9 | Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later | |
10 | version. | |
bbf6f052 | 11 | |
1322177d LB |
12 | GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY |
13 | WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or | |
14 | FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License | |
15 | for more details. | |
bbf6f052 RK |
16 | |
17 | You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License | |
1322177d LB |
18 | along with GCC; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free |
19 | Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA | |
20 | 02111-1307, USA. */ | |
bbf6f052 | 21 | |
bbf6f052 | 22 | #include "config.h" |
670ee920 | 23 | #include "system.h" |
4977bab6 ZW |
24 | #include "coretypes.h" |
25 | #include "tm.h" | |
ca695ac9 | 26 | #include "machmode.h" |
11ad4784 | 27 | #include "real.h" |
bbf6f052 RK |
28 | #include "rtl.h" |
29 | #include "tree.h" | |
30 | #include "flags.h" | |
bf76bb5a | 31 | #include "regs.h" |
4ed67205 | 32 | #include "hard-reg-set.h" |
3d195391 | 33 | #include "except.h" |
bbf6f052 | 34 | #include "function.h" |
bbf6f052 | 35 | #include "insn-config.h" |
34e81b5a | 36 | #include "insn-attr.h" |
3a94c984 | 37 | /* Include expr.h after insn-config.h so we get HAVE_conditional_move. */ |
d6f4ec51 | 38 | #include "expr.h" |
e78d8e51 ZW |
39 | #include "optabs.h" |
40 | #include "libfuncs.h" | |
bbf6f052 | 41 | #include "recog.h" |
3ef1eef4 | 42 | #include "reload.h" |
bbf6f052 | 43 | #include "output.h" |
bbf6f052 | 44 | #include "typeclass.h" |
10f0ad3d | 45 | #include "toplev.h" |
d7db6646 | 46 | #include "ggc.h" |
ac79cd5a | 47 | #include "langhooks.h" |
e2c49ac2 | 48 | #include "intl.h" |
b1474bb7 | 49 | #include "tm_p.h" |
c988af2b | 50 | #include "target.h" |
bbf6f052 | 51 | |
bbf6f052 | 52 | /* Decide whether a function's arguments should be processed |
bbc8a071 RK |
53 | from first to last or from last to first. |
54 | ||
55 | They should if the stack and args grow in opposite directions, but | |
56 | only if we have push insns. */ | |
bbf6f052 | 57 | |
bbf6f052 | 58 | #ifdef PUSH_ROUNDING |
bbc8a071 | 59 | |
2da4124d | 60 | #ifndef PUSH_ARGS_REVERSED |
3319a347 | 61 | #if defined (STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD) != defined (ARGS_GROW_DOWNWARD) |
3a94c984 | 62 | #define PUSH_ARGS_REVERSED /* If it's last to first. */ |
bbf6f052 | 63 | #endif |
2da4124d | 64 | #endif |
bbc8a071 | 65 | |
bbf6f052 RK |
66 | #endif |
67 | ||
68 | #ifndef STACK_PUSH_CODE | |
69 | #ifdef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD | |
70 | #define STACK_PUSH_CODE PRE_DEC | |
71 | #else | |
72 | #define STACK_PUSH_CODE PRE_INC | |
73 | #endif | |
74 | #endif | |
75 | ||
4ca79136 RH |
76 | /* Convert defined/undefined to boolean. */ |
77 | #ifdef TARGET_MEM_FUNCTIONS | |
78 | #undef TARGET_MEM_FUNCTIONS | |
79 | #define TARGET_MEM_FUNCTIONS 1 | |
80 | #else | |
81 | #define TARGET_MEM_FUNCTIONS 0 | |
82 | #endif | |
83 | ||
84 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
85 | /* If this is nonzero, we do not bother generating VOLATILE |
86 | around volatile memory references, and we are willing to | |
87 | output indirect addresses. If cse is to follow, we reject | |
88 | indirect addresses so a useful potential cse is generated; | |
89 | if it is used only once, instruction combination will produce | |
90 | the same indirect address eventually. */ | |
91 | int cse_not_expected; | |
92 | ||
14a774a9 | 93 | /* Chain of pending expressions for PLACEHOLDER_EXPR to replace. */ |
1cff8964 | 94 | tree placeholder_list = 0; |
14a774a9 | 95 | |
4969d05d RK |
96 | /* This structure is used by move_by_pieces to describe the move to |
97 | be performed. */ | |
4969d05d RK |
98 | struct move_by_pieces |
99 | { | |
100 | rtx to; | |
101 | rtx to_addr; | |
102 | int autinc_to; | |
103 | int explicit_inc_to; | |
104 | rtx from; | |
105 | rtx from_addr; | |
106 | int autinc_from; | |
107 | int explicit_inc_from; | |
3bdf5ad1 RK |
108 | unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT len; |
109 | HOST_WIDE_INT offset; | |
4969d05d RK |
110 | int reverse; |
111 | }; | |
112 | ||
57814e5e | 113 | /* This structure is used by store_by_pieces to describe the clear to |
9de08200 RK |
114 | be performed. */ |
115 | ||
57814e5e | 116 | struct store_by_pieces |
9de08200 RK |
117 | { |
118 | rtx to; | |
119 | rtx to_addr; | |
120 | int autinc_to; | |
121 | int explicit_inc_to; | |
3bdf5ad1 RK |
122 | unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT len; |
123 | HOST_WIDE_INT offset; | |
502b8322 | 124 | rtx (*constfun) (void *, HOST_WIDE_INT, enum machine_mode); |
fad205ff | 125 | void *constfundata; |
9de08200 RK |
126 | int reverse; |
127 | }; | |
128 | ||
502b8322 AJ |
129 | static rtx enqueue_insn (rtx, rtx); |
130 | static unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT move_by_pieces_ninsns (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, | |
131 | unsigned int); | |
132 | static void move_by_pieces_1 (rtx (*) (rtx, ...), enum machine_mode, | |
133 | struct move_by_pieces *); | |
134 | static bool block_move_libcall_safe_for_call_parm (void); | |
135 | static bool emit_block_move_via_movstr (rtx, rtx, rtx, unsigned); | |
136 | static rtx emit_block_move_via_libcall (rtx, rtx, rtx); | |
137 | static tree emit_block_move_libcall_fn (int); | |
138 | static void emit_block_move_via_loop (rtx, rtx, rtx, unsigned); | |
139 | static rtx clear_by_pieces_1 (void *, HOST_WIDE_INT, enum machine_mode); | |
140 | static void clear_by_pieces (rtx, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, unsigned int); | |
141 | static void store_by_pieces_1 (struct store_by_pieces *, unsigned int); | |
142 | static void store_by_pieces_2 (rtx (*) (rtx, ...), enum machine_mode, | |
143 | struct store_by_pieces *); | |
144 | static bool clear_storage_via_clrstr (rtx, rtx, unsigned); | |
145 | static rtx clear_storage_via_libcall (rtx, rtx); | |
146 | static tree clear_storage_libcall_fn (int); | |
147 | static rtx compress_float_constant (rtx, rtx); | |
148 | static rtx get_subtarget (rtx); | |
149 | static int is_zeros_p (tree); | |
502b8322 AJ |
150 | static void store_constructor_field (rtx, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, |
151 | HOST_WIDE_INT, enum machine_mode, | |
152 | tree, tree, int, int); | |
153 | static void store_constructor (tree, rtx, int, HOST_WIDE_INT); | |
154 | static rtx store_field (rtx, HOST_WIDE_INT, HOST_WIDE_INT, enum machine_mode, | |
155 | tree, enum machine_mode, int, tree, int); | |
156 | static rtx var_rtx (tree); | |
157 | ||
158 | static unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT highest_pow2_factor (tree); | |
159 | static unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT highest_pow2_factor_for_type (tree, tree); | |
160 | ||
161 | static int is_aligning_offset (tree, tree); | |
162 | static rtx expand_increment (tree, int, int); | |
eb698c58 RS |
163 | static void expand_operands (tree, tree, rtx, rtx*, rtx*, |
164 | enum expand_modifier); | |
502b8322 | 165 | static rtx do_store_flag (tree, rtx, enum machine_mode, int); |
21d93687 | 166 | #ifdef PUSH_ROUNDING |
502b8322 | 167 | static void emit_single_push_insn (enum machine_mode, rtx, tree); |
21d93687 | 168 | #endif |
502b8322 AJ |
169 | static void do_tablejump (rtx, enum machine_mode, rtx, rtx, rtx); |
170 | static rtx const_vector_from_tree (tree); | |
bbf6f052 | 171 | |
4fa52007 RK |
172 | /* Record for each mode whether we can move a register directly to or |
173 | from an object of that mode in memory. If we can't, we won't try | |
174 | to use that mode directly when accessing a field of that mode. */ | |
175 | ||
176 | static char direct_load[NUM_MACHINE_MODES]; | |
177 | static char direct_store[NUM_MACHINE_MODES]; | |
178 | ||
51286de6 RH |
179 | /* Record for each mode whether we can float-extend from memory. */ |
180 | ||
181 | static bool float_extend_from_mem[NUM_MACHINE_MODES][NUM_MACHINE_MODES]; | |
182 | ||
fbe1758d | 183 | /* This macro is used to determine whether move_by_pieces should be called |
3a94c984 | 184 | to perform a structure copy. */ |
fbe1758d | 185 | #ifndef MOVE_BY_PIECES_P |
19caa751 | 186 | #define MOVE_BY_PIECES_P(SIZE, ALIGN) \ |
8752c357 | 187 | (move_by_pieces_ninsns (SIZE, ALIGN) < (unsigned int) MOVE_RATIO) |
fbe1758d AM |
188 | #endif |
189 | ||
78762e3b RS |
190 | /* This macro is used to determine whether clear_by_pieces should be |
191 | called to clear storage. */ | |
192 | #ifndef CLEAR_BY_PIECES_P | |
193 | #define CLEAR_BY_PIECES_P(SIZE, ALIGN) \ | |
194 | (move_by_pieces_ninsns (SIZE, ALIGN) < (unsigned int) CLEAR_RATIO) | |
195 | #endif | |
196 | ||
4977bab6 ZW |
197 | /* This macro is used to determine whether store_by_pieces should be |
198 | called to "memset" storage with byte values other than zero, or | |
199 | to "memcpy" storage when the source is a constant string. */ | |
200 | #ifndef STORE_BY_PIECES_P | |
201 | #define STORE_BY_PIECES_P(SIZE, ALIGN) MOVE_BY_PIECES_P (SIZE, ALIGN) | |
202 | #endif | |
203 | ||
266007a7 | 204 | /* This array records the insn_code of insns to perform block moves. */ |
e6677db3 | 205 | enum insn_code movstr_optab[NUM_MACHINE_MODES]; |
266007a7 | 206 | |
9de08200 RK |
207 | /* This array records the insn_code of insns to perform block clears. */ |
208 | enum insn_code clrstr_optab[NUM_MACHINE_MODES]; | |
209 | ||
118355a0 ZW |
210 | /* These arrays record the insn_code of two different kinds of insns |
211 | to perform block compares. */ | |
212 | enum insn_code cmpstr_optab[NUM_MACHINE_MODES]; | |
213 | enum insn_code cmpmem_optab[NUM_MACHINE_MODES]; | |
214 | ||
72954a4f JM |
215 | /* Stack of EXPR_WITH_FILE_LOCATION nested expressions. */ |
216 | struct file_stack *expr_wfl_stack; | |
217 | ||
cc2902df | 218 | /* SLOW_UNALIGNED_ACCESS is nonzero if unaligned accesses are very slow. */ |
e87b4f3f RS |
219 | |
220 | #ifndef SLOW_UNALIGNED_ACCESS | |
e1565e65 | 221 | #define SLOW_UNALIGNED_ACCESS(MODE, ALIGN) STRICT_ALIGNMENT |
e87b4f3f | 222 | #endif |
bbf6f052 | 223 | \f |
4fa52007 | 224 | /* This is run once per compilation to set up which modes can be used |
266007a7 | 225 | directly in memory and to initialize the block move optab. */ |
4fa52007 RK |
226 | |
227 | void | |
502b8322 | 228 | init_expr_once (void) |
4fa52007 RK |
229 | { |
230 | rtx insn, pat; | |
231 | enum machine_mode mode; | |
cff48d8f | 232 | int num_clobbers; |
9ec36da5 | 233 | rtx mem, mem1; |
bf1660a6 | 234 | rtx reg; |
9ec36da5 | 235 | |
e2549997 RS |
236 | /* Try indexing by frame ptr and try by stack ptr. |
237 | It is known that on the Convex the stack ptr isn't a valid index. | |
238 | With luck, one or the other is valid on any machine. */ | |
9ec36da5 JL |
239 | mem = gen_rtx_MEM (VOIDmode, stack_pointer_rtx); |
240 | mem1 = gen_rtx_MEM (VOIDmode, frame_pointer_rtx); | |
4fa52007 | 241 | |
bf1660a6 JL |
242 | /* A scratch register we can modify in-place below to avoid |
243 | useless RTL allocations. */ | |
244 | reg = gen_rtx_REG (VOIDmode, -1); | |
245 | ||
1f8c3c5b RH |
246 | insn = rtx_alloc (INSN); |
247 | pat = gen_rtx_SET (0, NULL_RTX, NULL_RTX); | |
248 | PATTERN (insn) = pat; | |
4fa52007 RK |
249 | |
250 | for (mode = VOIDmode; (int) mode < NUM_MACHINE_MODES; | |
251 | mode = (enum machine_mode) ((int) mode + 1)) | |
252 | { | |
253 | int regno; | |
4fa52007 RK |
254 | |
255 | direct_load[(int) mode] = direct_store[(int) mode] = 0; | |
256 | PUT_MODE (mem, mode); | |
e2549997 | 257 | PUT_MODE (mem1, mode); |
bf1660a6 | 258 | PUT_MODE (reg, mode); |
4fa52007 | 259 | |
e6fe56a4 RK |
260 | /* See if there is some register that can be used in this mode and |
261 | directly loaded or stored from memory. */ | |
262 | ||
7308a047 RS |
263 | if (mode != VOIDmode && mode != BLKmode) |
264 | for (regno = 0; regno < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER | |
265 | && (direct_load[(int) mode] == 0 || direct_store[(int) mode] == 0); | |
266 | regno++) | |
267 | { | |
268 | if (! HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK (regno, mode)) | |
269 | continue; | |
e6fe56a4 | 270 | |
bf1660a6 | 271 | REGNO (reg) = regno; |
e6fe56a4 | 272 | |
7308a047 RS |
273 | SET_SRC (pat) = mem; |
274 | SET_DEST (pat) = reg; | |
275 | if (recog (pat, insn, &num_clobbers) >= 0) | |
276 | direct_load[(int) mode] = 1; | |
e6fe56a4 | 277 | |
e2549997 RS |
278 | SET_SRC (pat) = mem1; |
279 | SET_DEST (pat) = reg; | |
280 | if (recog (pat, insn, &num_clobbers) >= 0) | |
281 | direct_load[(int) mode] = 1; | |
282 | ||
7308a047 RS |
283 | SET_SRC (pat) = reg; |
284 | SET_DEST (pat) = mem; | |
285 | if (recog (pat, insn, &num_clobbers) >= 0) | |
286 | direct_store[(int) mode] = 1; | |
e2549997 RS |
287 | |
288 | SET_SRC (pat) = reg; | |
289 | SET_DEST (pat) = mem1; | |
290 | if (recog (pat, insn, &num_clobbers) >= 0) | |
291 | direct_store[(int) mode] = 1; | |
7308a047 | 292 | } |
4fa52007 RK |
293 | } |
294 | ||
51286de6 RH |
295 | mem = gen_rtx_MEM (VOIDmode, gen_rtx_raw_REG (Pmode, 10000)); |
296 | ||
297 | for (mode = GET_CLASS_NARROWEST_MODE (MODE_FLOAT); mode != VOIDmode; | |
298 | mode = GET_MODE_WIDER_MODE (mode)) | |
299 | { | |
300 | enum machine_mode srcmode; | |
301 | for (srcmode = GET_CLASS_NARROWEST_MODE (MODE_FLOAT); srcmode != mode; | |
0fb7aeda | 302 | srcmode = GET_MODE_WIDER_MODE (srcmode)) |
51286de6 RH |
303 | { |
304 | enum insn_code ic; | |
305 | ||
306 | ic = can_extend_p (mode, srcmode, 0); | |
307 | if (ic == CODE_FOR_nothing) | |
308 | continue; | |
309 | ||
310 | PUT_MODE (mem, srcmode); | |
0fb7aeda | 311 | |
51286de6 RH |
312 | if ((*insn_data[ic].operand[1].predicate) (mem, srcmode)) |
313 | float_extend_from_mem[mode][srcmode] = true; | |
314 | } | |
315 | } | |
4fa52007 | 316 | } |
cff48d8f | 317 | |
bbf6f052 RK |
318 | /* This is run at the start of compiling a function. */ |
319 | ||
320 | void | |
502b8322 | 321 | init_expr (void) |
bbf6f052 | 322 | { |
3a70d621 | 323 | cfun->expr = ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (struct expr_status)); |
bbf6f052 RK |
324 | } |
325 | ||
49ad7cfa | 326 | /* Small sanity check that the queue is empty at the end of a function. */ |
296b4ed9 | 327 | |
bbf6f052 | 328 | void |
502b8322 | 329 | finish_expr_for_function (void) |
bbf6f052 | 330 | { |
49ad7cfa BS |
331 | if (pending_chain) |
332 | abort (); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
333 | } |
334 | \f | |
335 | /* Manage the queue of increment instructions to be output | |
336 | for POSTINCREMENT_EXPR expressions, etc. */ | |
337 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
338 | /* Queue up to increment (or change) VAR later. BODY says how: |
339 | BODY should be the same thing you would pass to emit_insn | |
340 | to increment right away. It will go to emit_insn later on. | |
341 | ||
342 | The value is a QUEUED expression to be used in place of VAR | |
343 | where you want to guarantee the pre-incrementation value of VAR. */ | |
344 | ||
345 | static rtx | |
502b8322 | 346 | enqueue_insn (rtx var, rtx body) |
bbf6f052 | 347 | { |
c5c76735 JL |
348 | pending_chain = gen_rtx_QUEUED (GET_MODE (var), var, NULL_RTX, NULL_RTX, |
349 | body, pending_chain); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
350 | return pending_chain; |
351 | } | |
352 | ||
353 | /* Use protect_from_queue to convert a QUEUED expression | |
354 | into something that you can put immediately into an instruction. | |
355 | If the queued incrementation has not happened yet, | |
356 | protect_from_queue returns the variable itself. | |
357 | If the incrementation has happened, protect_from_queue returns a temp | |
358 | that contains a copy of the old value of the variable. | |
359 | ||
360 | Any time an rtx which might possibly be a QUEUED is to be put | |
361 | into an instruction, it must be passed through protect_from_queue first. | |
362 | QUEUED expressions are not meaningful in instructions. | |
363 | ||
364 | Do not pass a value through protect_from_queue and then hold | |
365 | on to it for a while before putting it in an instruction! | |
366 | If the queue is flushed in between, incorrect code will result. */ | |
367 | ||
368 | rtx | |
502b8322 | 369 | protect_from_queue (rtx x, int modify) |
bbf6f052 | 370 | { |
b3694847 | 371 | RTX_CODE code = GET_CODE (x); |
bbf6f052 RK |
372 | |
373 | #if 0 /* A QUEUED can hang around after the queue is forced out. */ | |
374 | /* Shortcut for most common case. */ | |
375 | if (pending_chain == 0) | |
376 | return x; | |
377 | #endif | |
378 | ||
379 | if (code != QUEUED) | |
380 | { | |
e9baa644 RK |
381 | /* A special hack for read access to (MEM (QUEUED ...)) to facilitate |
382 | use of autoincrement. Make a copy of the contents of the memory | |
383 | location rather than a copy of the address, but not if the value is | |
384 | of mode BLKmode. Don't modify X in place since it might be | |
385 | shared. */ | |
bbf6f052 RK |
386 | if (code == MEM && GET_MODE (x) != BLKmode |
387 | && GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == QUEUED && !modify) | |
388 | { | |
f1ec5147 RK |
389 | rtx y = XEXP (x, 0); |
390 | rtx new = replace_equiv_address_nv (x, QUEUED_VAR (y)); | |
e9baa644 | 391 | |
bbf6f052 RK |
392 | if (QUEUED_INSN (y)) |
393 | { | |
f1ec5147 RK |
394 | rtx temp = gen_reg_rtx (GET_MODE (x)); |
395 | ||
e9baa644 | 396 | emit_insn_before (gen_move_insn (temp, new), |
bbf6f052 RK |
397 | QUEUED_INSN (y)); |
398 | return temp; | |
399 | } | |
f1ec5147 | 400 | |
73b7f58c BS |
401 | /* Copy the address into a pseudo, so that the returned value |
402 | remains correct across calls to emit_queue. */ | |
f1ec5147 | 403 | return replace_equiv_address (new, copy_to_reg (XEXP (new, 0))); |
bbf6f052 | 404 | } |
f1ec5147 | 405 | |
bbf6f052 RK |
406 | /* Otherwise, recursively protect the subexpressions of all |
407 | the kinds of rtx's that can contain a QUEUED. */ | |
408 | if (code == MEM) | |
3f15938e RS |
409 | { |
410 | rtx tem = protect_from_queue (XEXP (x, 0), 0); | |
411 | if (tem != XEXP (x, 0)) | |
412 | { | |
413 | x = copy_rtx (x); | |
414 | XEXP (x, 0) = tem; | |
415 | } | |
416 | } | |
bbf6f052 RK |
417 | else if (code == PLUS || code == MULT) |
418 | { | |
3f15938e RS |
419 | rtx new0 = protect_from_queue (XEXP (x, 0), 0); |
420 | rtx new1 = protect_from_queue (XEXP (x, 1), 0); | |
421 | if (new0 != XEXP (x, 0) || new1 != XEXP (x, 1)) | |
422 | { | |
423 | x = copy_rtx (x); | |
424 | XEXP (x, 0) = new0; | |
425 | XEXP (x, 1) = new1; | |
426 | } | |
bbf6f052 RK |
427 | } |
428 | return x; | |
429 | } | |
73b7f58c BS |
430 | /* If the increment has not happened, use the variable itself. Copy it |
431 | into a new pseudo so that the value remains correct across calls to | |
432 | emit_queue. */ | |
bbf6f052 | 433 | if (QUEUED_INSN (x) == 0) |
73b7f58c | 434 | return copy_to_reg (QUEUED_VAR (x)); |
bbf6f052 RK |
435 | /* If the increment has happened and a pre-increment copy exists, |
436 | use that copy. */ | |
437 | if (QUEUED_COPY (x) != 0) | |
438 | return QUEUED_COPY (x); | |
439 | /* The increment has happened but we haven't set up a pre-increment copy. | |
440 | Set one up now, and use it. */ | |
441 | QUEUED_COPY (x) = gen_reg_rtx (GET_MODE (QUEUED_VAR (x))); | |
442 | emit_insn_before (gen_move_insn (QUEUED_COPY (x), QUEUED_VAR (x)), | |
443 | QUEUED_INSN (x)); | |
444 | return QUEUED_COPY (x); | |
445 | } | |
446 | ||
447 | /* Return nonzero if X contains a QUEUED expression: | |
448 | if it contains anything that will be altered by a queued increment. | |
449 | We handle only combinations of MEM, PLUS, MINUS and MULT operators | |
450 | since memory addresses generally contain only those. */ | |
451 | ||
1f06ee8d | 452 | int |
502b8322 | 453 | queued_subexp_p (rtx x) |
bbf6f052 | 454 | { |
b3694847 | 455 | enum rtx_code code = GET_CODE (x); |
bbf6f052 RK |
456 | switch (code) |
457 | { | |
458 | case QUEUED: | |
459 | return 1; | |
460 | case MEM: | |
461 | return queued_subexp_p (XEXP (x, 0)); | |
462 | case MULT: | |
463 | case PLUS: | |
464 | case MINUS: | |
e9a25f70 JL |
465 | return (queued_subexp_p (XEXP (x, 0)) |
466 | || queued_subexp_p (XEXP (x, 1))); | |
467 | default: | |
468 | return 0; | |
bbf6f052 | 469 | } |
bbf6f052 RK |
470 | } |
471 | ||
472 | /* Perform all the pending incrementations. */ | |
473 | ||
474 | void | |
502b8322 | 475 | emit_queue (void) |
bbf6f052 | 476 | { |
b3694847 | 477 | rtx p; |
381127e8 | 478 | while ((p = pending_chain)) |
bbf6f052 | 479 | { |
41b083c4 R |
480 | rtx body = QUEUED_BODY (p); |
481 | ||
2f937369 DM |
482 | switch (GET_CODE (body)) |
483 | { | |
484 | case INSN: | |
485 | case JUMP_INSN: | |
486 | case CALL_INSN: | |
487 | case CODE_LABEL: | |
488 | case BARRIER: | |
489 | case NOTE: | |
490 | QUEUED_INSN (p) = body; | |
491 | emit_insn (body); | |
492 | break; | |
493 | ||
494 | #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING | |
495 | case SEQUENCE: | |
496 | abort (); | |
497 | break; | |
498 | #endif | |
499 | ||
500 | default: | |
501 | QUEUED_INSN (p) = emit_insn (body); | |
502 | break; | |
41b083c4 | 503 | } |
2f937369 | 504 | |
bbf6f052 RK |
505 | pending_chain = QUEUED_NEXT (p); |
506 | } | |
507 | } | |
bbf6f052 RK |
508 | \f |
509 | /* Copy data from FROM to TO, where the machine modes are not the same. | |
510 | Both modes may be integer, or both may be floating. | |
511 | UNSIGNEDP should be nonzero if FROM is an unsigned type. | |
512 | This causes zero-extension instead of sign-extension. */ | |
513 | ||
514 | void | |
502b8322 | 515 | convert_move (rtx to, rtx from, int unsignedp) |
bbf6f052 RK |
516 | { |
517 | enum machine_mode to_mode = GET_MODE (to); | |
518 | enum machine_mode from_mode = GET_MODE (from); | |
519 | int to_real = GET_MODE_CLASS (to_mode) == MODE_FLOAT; | |
520 | int from_real = GET_MODE_CLASS (from_mode) == MODE_FLOAT; | |
521 | enum insn_code code; | |
522 | rtx libcall; | |
523 | ||
524 | /* rtx code for making an equivalent value. */ | |
37d0b254 SE |
525 | enum rtx_code equiv_code = (unsignedp < 0 ? UNKNOWN |
526 | : (unsignedp ? ZERO_EXTEND : SIGN_EXTEND)); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
527 | |
528 | to = protect_from_queue (to, 1); | |
529 | from = protect_from_queue (from, 0); | |
530 | ||
531 | if (to_real != from_real) | |
532 | abort (); | |
533 | ||
1499e0a8 RK |
534 | /* If FROM is a SUBREG that indicates that we have already done at least |
535 | the required extension, strip it. We don't handle such SUBREGs as | |
536 | TO here. */ | |
537 | ||
538 | if (GET_CODE (from) == SUBREG && SUBREG_PROMOTED_VAR_P (from) | |
539 | && (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (from))) | |
540 | >= GET_MODE_SIZE (to_mode)) | |
541 | && SUBREG_PROMOTED_UNSIGNED_P (from) == unsignedp) | |
542 | from = gen_lowpart (to_mode, from), from_mode = to_mode; | |
543 | ||
544 | if (GET_CODE (to) == SUBREG && SUBREG_PROMOTED_VAR_P (to)) | |
545 | abort (); | |
546 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
547 | if (to_mode == from_mode |
548 | || (from_mode == VOIDmode && CONSTANT_P (from))) | |
549 | { | |
550 | emit_move_insn (to, from); | |
551 | return; | |
552 | } | |
553 | ||
0b4565c9 BS |
554 | if (VECTOR_MODE_P (to_mode) || VECTOR_MODE_P (from_mode)) |
555 | { | |
556 | if (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (from_mode) != GET_MODE_BITSIZE (to_mode)) | |
557 | abort (); | |
3a94c984 | 558 | |
0b4565c9 | 559 | if (VECTOR_MODE_P (to_mode)) |
bafe341a | 560 | from = simplify_gen_subreg (to_mode, from, GET_MODE (from), 0); |
0b4565c9 | 561 | else |
bafe341a | 562 | to = simplify_gen_subreg (from_mode, to, GET_MODE (to), 0); |
0b4565c9 BS |
563 | |
564 | emit_move_insn (to, from); | |
565 | return; | |
566 | } | |
567 | ||
06765df1 R |
568 | if (GET_CODE (to) == CONCAT && GET_CODE (from) == CONCAT) |
569 | { | |
570 | convert_move (XEXP (to, 0), XEXP (from, 0), unsignedp); | |
571 | convert_move (XEXP (to, 1), XEXP (from, 1), unsignedp); | |
572 | return; | |
573 | } | |
574 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
575 | if (to_real) |
576 | { | |
642dfa8b | 577 | rtx value, insns; |
85363ca0 | 578 | convert_optab tab; |
81d79e2c | 579 | |
e44846d6 | 580 | if (GET_MODE_PRECISION (from_mode) < GET_MODE_PRECISION (to_mode)) |
85363ca0 | 581 | tab = sext_optab; |
e44846d6 | 582 | else if (GET_MODE_PRECISION (from_mode) > GET_MODE_PRECISION (to_mode)) |
85363ca0 ZW |
583 | tab = trunc_optab; |
584 | else | |
585 | abort (); | |
2b01c326 | 586 | |
85363ca0 | 587 | /* Try converting directly if the insn is supported. */ |
2b01c326 | 588 | |
85363ca0 ZW |
589 | code = tab->handlers[to_mode][from_mode].insn_code; |
590 | if (code != CODE_FOR_nothing) | |
b092b471 | 591 | { |
85363ca0 ZW |
592 | emit_unop_insn (code, to, from, |
593 | tab == sext_optab ? FLOAT_EXTEND : FLOAT_TRUNCATE); | |
b092b471 JW |
594 | return; |
595 | } | |
b092b471 | 596 | |
85363ca0 ZW |
597 | /* Otherwise use a libcall. */ |
598 | libcall = tab->handlers[to_mode][from_mode].libfunc; | |
3a94c984 | 599 | |
85363ca0 | 600 | if (!libcall) |
b092b471 | 601 | /* This conversion is not implemented yet. */ |
bbf6f052 RK |
602 | abort (); |
603 | ||
642dfa8b | 604 | start_sequence (); |
ebb1b59a | 605 | value = emit_library_call_value (libcall, NULL_RTX, LCT_CONST, to_mode, |
81d79e2c | 606 | 1, from, from_mode); |
642dfa8b BS |
607 | insns = get_insns (); |
608 | end_sequence (); | |
450b1728 EC |
609 | emit_libcall_block (insns, to, value, |
610 | tab == trunc_optab ? gen_rtx_FLOAT_TRUNCATE (to_mode, | |
611 | from) | |
612 | : gen_rtx_FLOAT_EXTEND (to_mode, from)); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
613 | return; |
614 | } | |
615 | ||
85363ca0 ZW |
616 | /* Handle pointer conversion. */ /* SPEE 900220. */ |
617 | /* Targets are expected to provide conversion insns between PxImode and | |
618 | xImode for all MODE_PARTIAL_INT modes they use, but no others. */ | |
619 | if (GET_MODE_CLASS (to_mode) == MODE_PARTIAL_INT) | |
620 | { | |
621 | enum machine_mode full_mode | |
622 | = smallest_mode_for_size (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (to_mode), MODE_INT); | |
623 | ||
624 | if (trunc_optab->handlers[to_mode][full_mode].insn_code | |
625 | == CODE_FOR_nothing) | |
626 | abort (); | |
627 | ||
628 | if (full_mode != from_mode) | |
629 | from = convert_to_mode (full_mode, from, unsignedp); | |
630 | emit_unop_insn (trunc_optab->handlers[to_mode][full_mode].insn_code, | |
631 | to, from, UNKNOWN); | |
632 | return; | |
633 | } | |
634 | if (GET_MODE_CLASS (from_mode) == MODE_PARTIAL_INT) | |
635 | { | |
636 | enum machine_mode full_mode | |
637 | = smallest_mode_for_size (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (from_mode), MODE_INT); | |
638 | ||
639 | if (sext_optab->handlers[full_mode][from_mode].insn_code | |
640 | == CODE_FOR_nothing) | |
641 | abort (); | |
642 | ||
643 | emit_unop_insn (sext_optab->handlers[full_mode][from_mode].insn_code, | |
644 | to, from, UNKNOWN); | |
645 | if (to_mode == full_mode) | |
646 | return; | |
647 | ||
648 | /* else proceed to integer conversions below */ | |
649 | from_mode = full_mode; | |
650 | } | |
651 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
652 | /* Now both modes are integers. */ |
653 | ||
654 | /* Handle expanding beyond a word. */ | |
655 | if (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (from_mode) < GET_MODE_BITSIZE (to_mode) | |
656 | && GET_MODE_BITSIZE (to_mode) > BITS_PER_WORD) | |
657 | { | |
658 | rtx insns; | |
659 | rtx lowpart; | |
660 | rtx fill_value; | |
661 | rtx lowfrom; | |
662 | int i; | |
663 | enum machine_mode lowpart_mode; | |
664 | int nwords = CEIL (GET_MODE_SIZE (to_mode), UNITS_PER_WORD); | |
665 | ||
666 | /* Try converting directly if the insn is supported. */ | |
667 | if ((code = can_extend_p (to_mode, from_mode, unsignedp)) | |
668 | != CODE_FOR_nothing) | |
669 | { | |
cd1b4b44 RK |
670 | /* If FROM is a SUBREG, put it into a register. Do this |
671 | so that we always generate the same set of insns for | |
672 | better cse'ing; if an intermediate assignment occurred, | |
673 | we won't be doing the operation directly on the SUBREG. */ | |
674 | if (optimize > 0 && GET_CODE (from) == SUBREG) | |
675 | from = force_reg (from_mode, from); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
676 | emit_unop_insn (code, to, from, equiv_code); |
677 | return; | |
678 | } | |
679 | /* Next, try converting via full word. */ | |
680 | else if (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (from_mode) < BITS_PER_WORD | |
681 | && ((code = can_extend_p (to_mode, word_mode, unsignedp)) | |
682 | != CODE_FOR_nothing)) | |
683 | { | |
a81fee56 | 684 | if (GET_CODE (to) == REG) |
38a448ca | 685 | emit_insn (gen_rtx_CLOBBER (VOIDmode, to)); |
bbf6f052 RK |
686 | convert_move (gen_lowpart (word_mode, to), from, unsignedp); |
687 | emit_unop_insn (code, to, | |
688 | gen_lowpart (word_mode, to), equiv_code); | |
689 | return; | |
690 | } | |
691 | ||
692 | /* No special multiword conversion insn; do it by hand. */ | |
693 | start_sequence (); | |
694 | ||
5c5033c3 RK |
695 | /* Since we will turn this into a no conflict block, we must ensure |
696 | that the source does not overlap the target. */ | |
697 | ||
698 | if (reg_overlap_mentioned_p (to, from)) | |
699 | from = force_reg (from_mode, from); | |
700 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
701 | /* Get a copy of FROM widened to a word, if necessary. */ |
702 | if (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (from_mode) < BITS_PER_WORD) | |
703 | lowpart_mode = word_mode; | |
704 | else | |
705 | lowpart_mode = from_mode; | |
706 | ||
707 | lowfrom = convert_to_mode (lowpart_mode, from, unsignedp); | |
708 | ||
709 | lowpart = gen_lowpart (lowpart_mode, to); | |
710 | emit_move_insn (lowpart, lowfrom); | |
711 | ||
712 | /* Compute the value to put in each remaining word. */ | |
713 | if (unsignedp) | |
714 | fill_value = const0_rtx; | |
715 | else | |
716 | { | |
717 | #ifdef HAVE_slt | |
718 | if (HAVE_slt | |
a995e389 | 719 | && insn_data[(int) CODE_FOR_slt].operand[0].mode == word_mode |
bbf6f052 RK |
720 | && STORE_FLAG_VALUE == -1) |
721 | { | |
906c4e36 | 722 | emit_cmp_insn (lowfrom, const0_rtx, NE, NULL_RTX, |
a06ef755 | 723 | lowpart_mode, 0); |
bbf6f052 RK |
724 | fill_value = gen_reg_rtx (word_mode); |
725 | emit_insn (gen_slt (fill_value)); | |
726 | } | |
727 | else | |
728 | #endif | |
729 | { | |
730 | fill_value | |
731 | = expand_shift (RSHIFT_EXPR, lowpart_mode, lowfrom, | |
732 | size_int (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (lowpart_mode) - 1), | |
906c4e36 | 733 | NULL_RTX, 0); |
bbf6f052 RK |
734 | fill_value = convert_to_mode (word_mode, fill_value, 1); |
735 | } | |
736 | } | |
737 | ||
738 | /* Fill the remaining words. */ | |
739 | for (i = GET_MODE_SIZE (lowpart_mode) / UNITS_PER_WORD; i < nwords; i++) | |
740 | { | |
741 | int index = (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN ? nwords - i - 1 : i); | |
742 | rtx subword = operand_subword (to, index, 1, to_mode); | |
743 | ||
744 | if (subword == 0) | |
745 | abort (); | |
746 | ||
747 | if (fill_value != subword) | |
748 | emit_move_insn (subword, fill_value); | |
749 | } | |
750 | ||
751 | insns = get_insns (); | |
752 | end_sequence (); | |
753 | ||
906c4e36 | 754 | emit_no_conflict_block (insns, to, from, NULL_RTX, |
38a448ca | 755 | gen_rtx_fmt_e (equiv_code, to_mode, copy_rtx (from))); |
bbf6f052 RK |
756 | return; |
757 | } | |
758 | ||
d3c64ee3 RS |
759 | /* Truncating multi-word to a word or less. */ |
760 | if (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (from_mode) > BITS_PER_WORD | |
761 | && GET_MODE_BITSIZE (to_mode) <= BITS_PER_WORD) | |
bbf6f052 | 762 | { |
431a6eca JW |
763 | if (!((GET_CODE (from) == MEM |
764 | && ! MEM_VOLATILE_P (from) | |
765 | && direct_load[(int) to_mode] | |
766 | && ! mode_dependent_address_p (XEXP (from, 0))) | |
767 | || GET_CODE (from) == REG | |
768 | || GET_CODE (from) == SUBREG)) | |
769 | from = force_reg (from_mode, from); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
770 | convert_move (to, gen_lowpart (word_mode, from), 0); |
771 | return; | |
772 | } | |
773 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
774 | /* Now follow all the conversions between integers |
775 | no more than a word long. */ | |
776 | ||
777 | /* For truncation, usually we can just refer to FROM in a narrower mode. */ | |
778 | if (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (to_mode) < GET_MODE_BITSIZE (from_mode) | |
779 | && TRULY_NOOP_TRUNCATION (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (to_mode), | |
d3c64ee3 | 780 | GET_MODE_BITSIZE (from_mode))) |
bbf6f052 | 781 | { |
d3c64ee3 RS |
782 | if (!((GET_CODE (from) == MEM |
783 | && ! MEM_VOLATILE_P (from) | |
784 | && direct_load[(int) to_mode] | |
785 | && ! mode_dependent_address_p (XEXP (from, 0))) | |
786 | || GET_CODE (from) == REG | |
787 | || GET_CODE (from) == SUBREG)) | |
788 | from = force_reg (from_mode, from); | |
34aa3599 RK |
789 | if (GET_CODE (from) == REG && REGNO (from) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER |
790 | && ! HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK (REGNO (from), to_mode)) | |
791 | from = copy_to_reg (from); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
792 | emit_move_insn (to, gen_lowpart (to_mode, from)); |
793 | return; | |
794 | } | |
795 | ||
d3c64ee3 | 796 | /* Handle extension. */ |
bbf6f052 RK |
797 | if (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (to_mode) > GET_MODE_BITSIZE (from_mode)) |
798 | { | |
799 | /* Convert directly if that works. */ | |
800 | if ((code = can_extend_p (to_mode, from_mode, unsignedp)) | |
801 | != CODE_FOR_nothing) | |
802 | { | |
9413de45 RK |
803 | if (flag_force_mem) |
804 | from = force_not_mem (from); | |
805 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
806 | emit_unop_insn (code, to, from, equiv_code); |
807 | return; | |
808 | } | |
809 | else | |
810 | { | |
811 | enum machine_mode intermediate; | |
2b28d92e NC |
812 | rtx tmp; |
813 | tree shift_amount; | |
bbf6f052 RK |
814 | |
815 | /* Search for a mode to convert via. */ | |
816 | for (intermediate = from_mode; intermediate != VOIDmode; | |
817 | intermediate = GET_MODE_WIDER_MODE (intermediate)) | |
930b4e39 RK |
818 | if (((can_extend_p (to_mode, intermediate, unsignedp) |
819 | != CODE_FOR_nothing) | |
820 | || (GET_MODE_SIZE (to_mode) < GET_MODE_SIZE (intermediate) | |
d60eaeff JL |
821 | && TRULY_NOOP_TRUNCATION (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (to_mode), |
822 | GET_MODE_BITSIZE (intermediate)))) | |
bbf6f052 RK |
823 | && (can_extend_p (intermediate, from_mode, unsignedp) |
824 | != CODE_FOR_nothing)) | |
825 | { | |
826 | convert_move (to, convert_to_mode (intermediate, from, | |
827 | unsignedp), unsignedp); | |
828 | return; | |
829 | } | |
830 | ||
2b28d92e | 831 | /* No suitable intermediate mode. |
3a94c984 | 832 | Generate what we need with shifts. */ |
2b28d92e NC |
833 | shift_amount = build_int_2 (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (to_mode) |
834 | - GET_MODE_BITSIZE (from_mode), 0); | |
835 | from = gen_lowpart (to_mode, force_reg (from_mode, from)); | |
836 | tmp = expand_shift (LSHIFT_EXPR, to_mode, from, shift_amount, | |
837 | to, unsignedp); | |
3a94c984 | 838 | tmp = expand_shift (RSHIFT_EXPR, to_mode, tmp, shift_amount, |
2b28d92e NC |
839 | to, unsignedp); |
840 | if (tmp != to) | |
841 | emit_move_insn (to, tmp); | |
842 | return; | |
bbf6f052 RK |
843 | } |
844 | } | |
845 | ||
3a94c984 | 846 | /* Support special truncate insns for certain modes. */ |
85363ca0 | 847 | if (trunc_optab->handlers[to_mode][from_mode].insn_code != CODE_FOR_nothing) |
bbf6f052 | 848 | { |
85363ca0 ZW |
849 | emit_unop_insn (trunc_optab->handlers[to_mode][from_mode].insn_code, |
850 | to, from, UNKNOWN); | |
b9bcad65 RK |
851 | return; |
852 | } | |
853 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
854 | /* Handle truncation of volatile memrefs, and so on; |
855 | the things that couldn't be truncated directly, | |
85363ca0 ZW |
856 | and for which there was no special instruction. |
857 | ||
858 | ??? Code above formerly short-circuited this, for most integer | |
859 | mode pairs, with a force_reg in from_mode followed by a recursive | |
860 | call to this routine. Appears always to have been wrong. */ | |
bbf6f052 RK |
861 | if (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (to_mode) < GET_MODE_BITSIZE (from_mode)) |
862 | { | |
863 | rtx temp = force_reg (to_mode, gen_lowpart (to_mode, from)); | |
864 | emit_move_insn (to, temp); | |
865 | return; | |
866 | } | |
867 | ||
868 | /* Mode combination is not recognized. */ | |
869 | abort (); | |
870 | } | |
871 | ||
872 | /* Return an rtx for a value that would result | |
873 | from converting X to mode MODE. | |
874 | Both X and MODE may be floating, or both integer. | |
875 | UNSIGNEDP is nonzero if X is an unsigned value. | |
876 | This can be done by referring to a part of X in place | |
5d901c31 RS |
877 | or by copying to a new temporary with conversion. |
878 | ||
879 | This function *must not* call protect_from_queue | |
880 | except when putting X into an insn (in which case convert_move does it). */ | |
bbf6f052 RK |
881 | |
882 | rtx | |
502b8322 | 883 | convert_to_mode (enum machine_mode mode, rtx x, int unsignedp) |
5ffe63ed RS |
884 | { |
885 | return convert_modes (mode, VOIDmode, x, unsignedp); | |
886 | } | |
887 | ||
888 | /* Return an rtx for a value that would result | |
889 | from converting X from mode OLDMODE to mode MODE. | |
890 | Both modes may be floating, or both integer. | |
891 | UNSIGNEDP is nonzero if X is an unsigned value. | |
892 | ||
893 | This can be done by referring to a part of X in place | |
894 | or by copying to a new temporary with conversion. | |
895 | ||
896 | You can give VOIDmode for OLDMODE, if you are sure X has a nonvoid mode. | |
897 | ||
898 | This function *must not* call protect_from_queue | |
899 | except when putting X into an insn (in which case convert_move does it). */ | |
900 | ||
901 | rtx | |
502b8322 | 902 | convert_modes (enum machine_mode mode, enum machine_mode oldmode, rtx x, int unsignedp) |
bbf6f052 | 903 | { |
b3694847 | 904 | rtx temp; |
5ffe63ed | 905 | |
1499e0a8 RK |
906 | /* If FROM is a SUBREG that indicates that we have already done at least |
907 | the required extension, strip it. */ | |
908 | ||
909 | if (GET_CODE (x) == SUBREG && SUBREG_PROMOTED_VAR_P (x) | |
910 | && GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (x))) >= GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) | |
911 | && SUBREG_PROMOTED_UNSIGNED_P (x) == unsignedp) | |
912 | x = gen_lowpart (mode, x); | |
bbf6f052 | 913 | |
64791b18 RK |
914 | if (GET_MODE (x) != VOIDmode) |
915 | oldmode = GET_MODE (x); | |
3a94c984 | 916 | |
5ffe63ed | 917 | if (mode == oldmode) |
bbf6f052 RK |
918 | return x; |
919 | ||
920 | /* There is one case that we must handle specially: If we are converting | |
906c4e36 | 921 | a CONST_INT into a mode whose size is twice HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT and |
bbf6f052 RK |
922 | we are to interpret the constant as unsigned, gen_lowpart will do |
923 | the wrong if the constant appears negative. What we want to do is | |
924 | make the high-order word of the constant zero, not all ones. */ | |
925 | ||
926 | if (unsignedp && GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT | |
906c4e36 | 927 | && GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) == 2 * HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT |
bbf6f052 | 928 | && GET_CODE (x) == CONST_INT && INTVAL (x) < 0) |
96ff8a16 ILT |
929 | { |
930 | HOST_WIDE_INT val = INTVAL (x); | |
931 | ||
932 | if (oldmode != VOIDmode | |
933 | && HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT > GET_MODE_BITSIZE (oldmode)) | |
934 | { | |
935 | int width = GET_MODE_BITSIZE (oldmode); | |
936 | ||
937 | /* We need to zero extend VAL. */ | |
938 | val &= ((HOST_WIDE_INT) 1 << width) - 1; | |
939 | } | |
940 | ||
941 | return immed_double_const (val, (HOST_WIDE_INT) 0, mode); | |
942 | } | |
bbf6f052 RK |
943 | |
944 | /* We can do this with a gen_lowpart if both desired and current modes | |
945 | are integer, and this is either a constant integer, a register, or a | |
ba2e110c RK |
946 | non-volatile MEM. Except for the constant case where MODE is no |
947 | wider than HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT, we must be narrowing the operand. */ | |
bbf6f052 | 948 | |
ba2e110c RK |
949 | if ((GET_CODE (x) == CONST_INT |
950 | && GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) <= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT) | |
bbf6f052 | 951 | || (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT |
5ffe63ed | 952 | && GET_MODE_CLASS (oldmode) == MODE_INT |
bbf6f052 | 953 | && (GET_CODE (x) == CONST_DOUBLE |
5ffe63ed | 954 | || (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) <= GET_MODE_SIZE (oldmode) |
d57c66da JW |
955 | && ((GET_CODE (x) == MEM && ! MEM_VOLATILE_P (x) |
956 | && direct_load[(int) mode]) | |
2bf29316 | 957 | || (GET_CODE (x) == REG |
006c9f4a SE |
958 | && (! HARD_REGISTER_P (x) |
959 | || HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK (REGNO (x), mode)) | |
2bf29316 JW |
960 | && TRULY_NOOP_TRUNCATION (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode), |
961 | GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (x))))))))) | |
ba2e110c RK |
962 | { |
963 | /* ?? If we don't know OLDMODE, we have to assume here that | |
964 | X does not need sign- or zero-extension. This may not be | |
965 | the case, but it's the best we can do. */ | |
966 | if (GET_CODE (x) == CONST_INT && oldmode != VOIDmode | |
967 | && GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) > GET_MODE_SIZE (oldmode)) | |
968 | { | |
969 | HOST_WIDE_INT val = INTVAL (x); | |
970 | int width = GET_MODE_BITSIZE (oldmode); | |
971 | ||
972 | /* We must sign or zero-extend in this case. Start by | |
973 | zero-extending, then sign extend if we need to. */ | |
974 | val &= ((HOST_WIDE_INT) 1 << width) - 1; | |
975 | if (! unsignedp | |
976 | && (val & ((HOST_WIDE_INT) 1 << (width - 1)))) | |
977 | val |= (HOST_WIDE_INT) (-1) << width; | |
978 | ||
2496c7bd | 979 | return gen_int_mode (val, mode); |
ba2e110c RK |
980 | } |
981 | ||
982 | return gen_lowpart (mode, x); | |
983 | } | |
bbf6f052 | 984 | |
ebe75517 JH |
985 | /* Converting from integer constant into mode is always equivalent to an |
986 | subreg operation. */ | |
987 | if (VECTOR_MODE_P (mode) && GET_MODE (x) == VOIDmode) | |
988 | { | |
989 | if (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) != GET_MODE_BITSIZE (oldmode)) | |
990 | abort (); | |
991 | return simplify_gen_subreg (mode, x, oldmode, 0); | |
992 | } | |
993 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
994 | temp = gen_reg_rtx (mode); |
995 | convert_move (temp, x, unsignedp); | |
996 | return temp; | |
997 | } | |
998 | \f | |
cf5124f6 RS |
999 | /* STORE_MAX_PIECES is the number of bytes at a time that we can |
1000 | store efficiently. Due to internal GCC limitations, this is | |
1001 | MOVE_MAX_PIECES limited by the number of bytes GCC can represent | |
1002 | for an immediate constant. */ | |
1003 | ||
1004 | #define STORE_MAX_PIECES MIN (MOVE_MAX_PIECES, 2 * sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT)) | |
1005 | ||
8fd3cf4e JJ |
1006 | /* Determine whether the LEN bytes can be moved by using several move |
1007 | instructions. Return nonzero if a call to move_by_pieces should | |
1008 | succeed. */ | |
1009 | ||
1010 | int | |
502b8322 AJ |
1011 | can_move_by_pieces (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT len, |
1012 | unsigned int align ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) | |
8fd3cf4e JJ |
1013 | { |
1014 | return MOVE_BY_PIECES_P (len, align); | |
1015 | } | |
1016 | ||
21d93687 RK |
1017 | /* Generate several move instructions to copy LEN bytes from block FROM to |
1018 | block TO. (These are MEM rtx's with BLKmode). The caller must pass FROM | |
1019 | and TO through protect_from_queue before calling. | |
566aa174 | 1020 | |
21d93687 RK |
1021 | If PUSH_ROUNDING is defined and TO is NULL, emit_single_push_insn is |
1022 | used to push FROM to the stack. | |
566aa174 | 1023 | |
8fd3cf4e | 1024 | ALIGN is maximum stack alignment we can assume. |
bbf6f052 | 1025 | |
8fd3cf4e JJ |
1026 | If ENDP is 0 return to, if ENDP is 1 return memory at the end ala |
1027 | mempcpy, and if ENDP is 2 return memory the end minus one byte ala | |
1028 | stpcpy. */ | |
1029 | ||
1030 | rtx | |
502b8322 AJ |
1031 | move_by_pieces (rtx to, rtx from, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT len, |
1032 | unsigned int align, int endp) | |
bbf6f052 RK |
1033 | { |
1034 | struct move_by_pieces data; | |
566aa174 | 1035 | rtx to_addr, from_addr = XEXP (from, 0); |
770ae6cc | 1036 | unsigned int max_size = MOVE_MAX_PIECES + 1; |
fbe1758d AM |
1037 | enum machine_mode mode = VOIDmode, tmode; |
1038 | enum insn_code icode; | |
bbf6f052 | 1039 | |
f26aca6d DD |
1040 | align = MIN (to ? MEM_ALIGN (to) : align, MEM_ALIGN (from)); |
1041 | ||
bbf6f052 | 1042 | data.offset = 0; |
bbf6f052 | 1043 | data.from_addr = from_addr; |
566aa174 JH |
1044 | if (to) |
1045 | { | |
1046 | to_addr = XEXP (to, 0); | |
1047 | data.to = to; | |
1048 | data.autinc_to | |
1049 | = (GET_CODE (to_addr) == PRE_INC || GET_CODE (to_addr) == PRE_DEC | |
1050 | || GET_CODE (to_addr) == POST_INC || GET_CODE (to_addr) == POST_DEC); | |
1051 | data.reverse | |
1052 | = (GET_CODE (to_addr) == PRE_DEC || GET_CODE (to_addr) == POST_DEC); | |
1053 | } | |
1054 | else | |
1055 | { | |
1056 | to_addr = NULL_RTX; | |
1057 | data.to = NULL_RTX; | |
1058 | data.autinc_to = 1; | |
1059 | #ifdef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD | |
1060 | data.reverse = 1; | |
1061 | #else | |
1062 | data.reverse = 0; | |
1063 | #endif | |
1064 | } | |
1065 | data.to_addr = to_addr; | |
bbf6f052 | 1066 | data.from = from; |
bbf6f052 RK |
1067 | data.autinc_from |
1068 | = (GET_CODE (from_addr) == PRE_INC || GET_CODE (from_addr) == PRE_DEC | |
1069 | || GET_CODE (from_addr) == POST_INC | |
1070 | || GET_CODE (from_addr) == POST_DEC); | |
1071 | ||
1072 | data.explicit_inc_from = 0; | |
1073 | data.explicit_inc_to = 0; | |
bbf6f052 RK |
1074 | if (data.reverse) data.offset = len; |
1075 | data.len = len; | |
1076 | ||
1077 | /* If copying requires more than two move insns, | |
1078 | copy addresses to registers (to make displacements shorter) | |
1079 | and use post-increment if available. */ | |
1080 | if (!(data.autinc_from && data.autinc_to) | |
1081 | && move_by_pieces_ninsns (len, align) > 2) | |
1082 | { | |
3a94c984 | 1083 | /* Find the mode of the largest move... */ |
fbe1758d AM |
1084 | for (tmode = GET_CLASS_NARROWEST_MODE (MODE_INT); |
1085 | tmode != VOIDmode; tmode = GET_MODE_WIDER_MODE (tmode)) | |
1086 | if (GET_MODE_SIZE (tmode) < max_size) | |
1087 | mode = tmode; | |
1088 | ||
1089 | if (USE_LOAD_PRE_DECREMENT (mode) && data.reverse && ! data.autinc_from) | |
bbf6f052 RK |
1090 | { |
1091 | data.from_addr = copy_addr_to_reg (plus_constant (from_addr, len)); | |
1092 | data.autinc_from = 1; | |
1093 | data.explicit_inc_from = -1; | |
1094 | } | |
fbe1758d | 1095 | if (USE_LOAD_POST_INCREMENT (mode) && ! data.autinc_from) |
bbf6f052 RK |
1096 | { |
1097 | data.from_addr = copy_addr_to_reg (from_addr); | |
1098 | data.autinc_from = 1; | |
1099 | data.explicit_inc_from = 1; | |
1100 | } | |
bbf6f052 RK |
1101 | if (!data.autinc_from && CONSTANT_P (from_addr)) |
1102 | data.from_addr = copy_addr_to_reg (from_addr); | |
fbe1758d | 1103 | if (USE_STORE_PRE_DECREMENT (mode) && data.reverse && ! data.autinc_to) |
bbf6f052 RK |
1104 | { |
1105 | data.to_addr = copy_addr_to_reg (plus_constant (to_addr, len)); | |
1106 | data.autinc_to = 1; | |
1107 | data.explicit_inc_to = -1; | |
1108 | } | |
fbe1758d | 1109 | if (USE_STORE_POST_INCREMENT (mode) && ! data.reverse && ! data.autinc_to) |
bbf6f052 RK |
1110 | { |
1111 | data.to_addr = copy_addr_to_reg (to_addr); | |
1112 | data.autinc_to = 1; | |
1113 | data.explicit_inc_to = 1; | |
1114 | } | |
bbf6f052 RK |
1115 | if (!data.autinc_to && CONSTANT_P (to_addr)) |
1116 | data.to_addr = copy_addr_to_reg (to_addr); | |
1117 | } | |
1118 | ||
e1565e65 | 1119 | if (! SLOW_UNALIGNED_ACCESS (word_mode, align) |
19caa751 RK |
1120 | || align > MOVE_MAX * BITS_PER_UNIT || align >= BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT) |
1121 | align = MOVE_MAX * BITS_PER_UNIT; | |
bbf6f052 RK |
1122 | |
1123 | /* First move what we can in the largest integer mode, then go to | |
1124 | successively smaller modes. */ | |
1125 | ||
1126 | while (max_size > 1) | |
1127 | { | |
e7c33f54 RK |
1128 | for (tmode = GET_CLASS_NARROWEST_MODE (MODE_INT); |
1129 | tmode != VOIDmode; tmode = GET_MODE_WIDER_MODE (tmode)) | |
1130 | if (GET_MODE_SIZE (tmode) < max_size) | |
bbf6f052 RK |
1131 | mode = tmode; |
1132 | ||
1133 | if (mode == VOIDmode) | |
1134 | break; | |
1135 | ||
1136 | icode = mov_optab->handlers[(int) mode].insn_code; | |
19caa751 | 1137 | if (icode != CODE_FOR_nothing && align >= GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (mode)) |
bbf6f052 RK |
1138 | move_by_pieces_1 (GEN_FCN (icode), mode, &data); |
1139 | ||
1140 | max_size = GET_MODE_SIZE (mode); | |
1141 | } | |
1142 | ||
1143 | /* The code above should have handled everything. */ | |
2a8e278c | 1144 | if (data.len > 0) |
bbf6f052 | 1145 | abort (); |
8fd3cf4e JJ |
1146 | |
1147 | if (endp) | |
1148 | { | |
1149 | rtx to1; | |
1150 | ||
1151 | if (data.reverse) | |
1152 | abort (); | |
1153 | if (data.autinc_to) | |
1154 | { | |
1155 | if (endp == 2) | |
1156 | { | |
1157 | if (HAVE_POST_INCREMENT && data.explicit_inc_to > 0) | |
1158 | emit_insn (gen_add2_insn (data.to_addr, constm1_rtx)); | |
1159 | else | |
1160 | data.to_addr = copy_addr_to_reg (plus_constant (data.to_addr, | |
1161 | -1)); | |
1162 | } | |
1163 | to1 = adjust_automodify_address (data.to, QImode, data.to_addr, | |
1164 | data.offset); | |
1165 | } | |
1166 | else | |
1167 | { | |
1168 | if (endp == 2) | |
1169 | --data.offset; | |
1170 | to1 = adjust_address (data.to, QImode, data.offset); | |
1171 | } | |
1172 | return to1; | |
1173 | } | |
1174 | else | |
1175 | return data.to; | |
bbf6f052 RK |
1176 | } |
1177 | ||
1178 | /* Return number of insns required to move L bytes by pieces. | |
f1eaaf73 | 1179 | ALIGN (in bits) is maximum alignment we can assume. */ |
bbf6f052 | 1180 | |
3bdf5ad1 | 1181 | static unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT |
502b8322 | 1182 | move_by_pieces_ninsns (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT l, unsigned int align) |
bbf6f052 | 1183 | { |
3bdf5ad1 RK |
1184 | unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT n_insns = 0; |
1185 | unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT max_size = MOVE_MAX + 1; | |
bbf6f052 | 1186 | |
e1565e65 | 1187 | if (! SLOW_UNALIGNED_ACCESS (word_mode, align) |
19caa751 | 1188 | || align > MOVE_MAX * BITS_PER_UNIT || align >= BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT) |
14c78e9b | 1189 | align = MOVE_MAX * BITS_PER_UNIT; |
bbf6f052 RK |
1190 | |
1191 | while (max_size > 1) | |
1192 | { | |
1193 | enum machine_mode mode = VOIDmode, tmode; | |
1194 | enum insn_code icode; | |
1195 | ||
e7c33f54 RK |
1196 | for (tmode = GET_CLASS_NARROWEST_MODE (MODE_INT); |
1197 | tmode != VOIDmode; tmode = GET_MODE_WIDER_MODE (tmode)) | |
1198 | if (GET_MODE_SIZE (tmode) < max_size) | |
bbf6f052 RK |
1199 | mode = tmode; |
1200 | ||
1201 | if (mode == VOIDmode) | |
1202 | break; | |
1203 | ||
1204 | icode = mov_optab->handlers[(int) mode].insn_code; | |
19caa751 | 1205 | if (icode != CODE_FOR_nothing && align >= GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (mode)) |
bbf6f052 RK |
1206 | n_insns += l / GET_MODE_SIZE (mode), l %= GET_MODE_SIZE (mode); |
1207 | ||
1208 | max_size = GET_MODE_SIZE (mode); | |
1209 | } | |
1210 | ||
13c6f0d5 NS |
1211 | if (l) |
1212 | abort (); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
1213 | return n_insns; |
1214 | } | |
1215 | ||
1216 | /* Subroutine of move_by_pieces. Move as many bytes as appropriate | |
1217 | with move instructions for mode MODE. GENFUN is the gen_... function | |
1218 | to make a move insn for that mode. DATA has all the other info. */ | |
1219 | ||
1220 | static void | |
502b8322 AJ |
1221 | move_by_pieces_1 (rtx (*genfun) (rtx, ...), enum machine_mode mode, |
1222 | struct move_by_pieces *data) | |
bbf6f052 | 1223 | { |
3bdf5ad1 | 1224 | unsigned int size = GET_MODE_SIZE (mode); |
ae0ed63a | 1225 | rtx to1 = NULL_RTX, from1; |
bbf6f052 RK |
1226 | |
1227 | while (data->len >= size) | |
1228 | { | |
3bdf5ad1 RK |
1229 | if (data->reverse) |
1230 | data->offset -= size; | |
1231 | ||
566aa174 | 1232 | if (data->to) |
3bdf5ad1 | 1233 | { |
566aa174 | 1234 | if (data->autinc_to) |
630036c6 JJ |
1235 | to1 = adjust_automodify_address (data->to, mode, data->to_addr, |
1236 | data->offset); | |
566aa174 | 1237 | else |
f4ef873c | 1238 | to1 = adjust_address (data->to, mode, data->offset); |
3bdf5ad1 | 1239 | } |
3bdf5ad1 RK |
1240 | |
1241 | if (data->autinc_from) | |
630036c6 JJ |
1242 | from1 = adjust_automodify_address (data->from, mode, data->from_addr, |
1243 | data->offset); | |
3bdf5ad1 | 1244 | else |
f4ef873c | 1245 | from1 = adjust_address (data->from, mode, data->offset); |
bbf6f052 | 1246 | |
940da324 | 1247 | if (HAVE_PRE_DECREMENT && data->explicit_inc_to < 0) |
3d709fd3 RH |
1248 | emit_insn (gen_add2_insn (data->to_addr, |
1249 | GEN_INT (-(HOST_WIDE_INT)size))); | |
940da324 | 1250 | if (HAVE_PRE_DECREMENT && data->explicit_inc_from < 0) |
3d709fd3 RH |
1251 | emit_insn (gen_add2_insn (data->from_addr, |
1252 | GEN_INT (-(HOST_WIDE_INT)size))); | |
bbf6f052 | 1253 | |
566aa174 JH |
1254 | if (data->to) |
1255 | emit_insn ((*genfun) (to1, from1)); | |
1256 | else | |
21d93687 RK |
1257 | { |
1258 | #ifdef PUSH_ROUNDING | |
1259 | emit_single_push_insn (mode, from1, NULL); | |
1260 | #else | |
1261 | abort (); | |
1262 | #endif | |
1263 | } | |
3bdf5ad1 | 1264 | |
940da324 | 1265 | if (HAVE_POST_INCREMENT && data->explicit_inc_to > 0) |
906c4e36 | 1266 | emit_insn (gen_add2_insn (data->to_addr, GEN_INT (size))); |
940da324 | 1267 | if (HAVE_POST_INCREMENT && data->explicit_inc_from > 0) |
906c4e36 | 1268 | emit_insn (gen_add2_insn (data->from_addr, GEN_INT (size))); |
bbf6f052 | 1269 | |
3bdf5ad1 RK |
1270 | if (! data->reverse) |
1271 | data->offset += size; | |
bbf6f052 RK |
1272 | |
1273 | data->len -= size; | |
1274 | } | |
1275 | } | |
1276 | \f | |
4ca79136 RH |
1277 | /* Emit code to move a block Y to a block X. This may be done with |
1278 | string-move instructions, with multiple scalar move instructions, | |
1279 | or with a library call. | |
bbf6f052 | 1280 | |
4ca79136 | 1281 | Both X and Y must be MEM rtx's (perhaps inside VOLATILE) with mode BLKmode. |
bbf6f052 | 1282 | SIZE is an rtx that says how long they are. |
19caa751 | 1283 | ALIGN is the maximum alignment we can assume they have. |
44bb111a | 1284 | METHOD describes what kind of copy this is, and what mechanisms may be used. |
bbf6f052 | 1285 | |
e9a25f70 JL |
1286 | Return the address of the new block, if memcpy is called and returns it, |
1287 | 0 otherwise. */ | |
1288 | ||
1289 | rtx | |
502b8322 | 1290 | emit_block_move (rtx x, rtx y, rtx size, enum block_op_methods method) |
bbf6f052 | 1291 | { |
44bb111a | 1292 | bool may_use_call; |
e9a25f70 | 1293 | rtx retval = 0; |
44bb111a RH |
1294 | unsigned int align; |
1295 | ||
1296 | switch (method) | |
1297 | { | |
1298 | case BLOCK_OP_NORMAL: | |
1299 | may_use_call = true; | |
1300 | break; | |
1301 | ||
1302 | case BLOCK_OP_CALL_PARM: | |
1303 | may_use_call = block_move_libcall_safe_for_call_parm (); | |
1304 | ||
1305 | /* Make inhibit_defer_pop nonzero around the library call | |
1306 | to force it to pop the arguments right away. */ | |
1307 | NO_DEFER_POP; | |
1308 | break; | |
1309 | ||
1310 | case BLOCK_OP_NO_LIBCALL: | |
1311 | may_use_call = false; | |
1312 | break; | |
1313 | ||
1314 | default: | |
1315 | abort (); | |
1316 | } | |
1317 | ||
1318 | align = MIN (MEM_ALIGN (x), MEM_ALIGN (y)); | |
e9a25f70 | 1319 | |
bbf6f052 RK |
1320 | if (GET_MODE (x) != BLKmode) |
1321 | abort (); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
1322 | if (GET_MODE (y) != BLKmode) |
1323 | abort (); | |
1324 | ||
1325 | x = protect_from_queue (x, 1); | |
1326 | y = protect_from_queue (y, 0); | |
5d901c31 | 1327 | size = protect_from_queue (size, 0); |
bbf6f052 RK |
1328 | |
1329 | if (GET_CODE (x) != MEM) | |
1330 | abort (); | |
1331 | if (GET_CODE (y) != MEM) | |
1332 | abort (); | |
1333 | if (size == 0) | |
1334 | abort (); | |
1335 | ||
cb38fd88 RH |
1336 | /* Set MEM_SIZE as appropriate for this block copy. The main place this |
1337 | can be incorrect is coming from __builtin_memcpy. */ | |
1338 | if (GET_CODE (size) == CONST_INT) | |
1339 | { | |
6972c506 JJ |
1340 | if (INTVAL (size) == 0) |
1341 | return 0; | |
1342 | ||
cb38fd88 RH |
1343 | x = shallow_copy_rtx (x); |
1344 | y = shallow_copy_rtx (y); | |
1345 | set_mem_size (x, size); | |
1346 | set_mem_size (y, size); | |
1347 | } | |
1348 | ||
fbe1758d | 1349 | if (GET_CODE (size) == CONST_INT && MOVE_BY_PIECES_P (INTVAL (size), align)) |
8fd3cf4e | 1350 | move_by_pieces (x, y, INTVAL (size), align, 0); |
4ca79136 RH |
1351 | else if (emit_block_move_via_movstr (x, y, size, align)) |
1352 | ; | |
44bb111a | 1353 | else if (may_use_call) |
4ca79136 | 1354 | retval = emit_block_move_via_libcall (x, y, size); |
44bb111a RH |
1355 | else |
1356 | emit_block_move_via_loop (x, y, size, align); | |
1357 | ||
1358 | if (method == BLOCK_OP_CALL_PARM) | |
1359 | OK_DEFER_POP; | |
266007a7 | 1360 | |
4ca79136 RH |
1361 | return retval; |
1362 | } | |
266007a7 | 1363 | |
502b8322 | 1364 | /* A subroutine of emit_block_move. Returns true if calling the |
44bb111a RH |
1365 | block move libcall will not clobber any parameters which may have |
1366 | already been placed on the stack. */ | |
1367 | ||
1368 | static bool | |
502b8322 | 1369 | block_move_libcall_safe_for_call_parm (void) |
44bb111a | 1370 | { |
a357a6d4 | 1371 | /* If arguments are pushed on the stack, then they're safe. */ |
44bb111a RH |
1372 | if (PUSH_ARGS) |
1373 | return true; | |
44bb111a | 1374 | |
450b1728 | 1375 | /* If registers go on the stack anyway, any argument is sure to clobber |
a357a6d4 GK |
1376 | an outgoing argument. */ |
1377 | #if defined (REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE) && defined (OUTGOING_REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE) | |
1378 | { | |
1379 | tree fn = emit_block_move_libcall_fn (false); | |
1380 | (void) fn; | |
1381 | if (REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE (fn) != 0) | |
1382 | return false; | |
1383 | } | |
44bb111a | 1384 | #endif |
44bb111a | 1385 | |
a357a6d4 GK |
1386 | /* If any argument goes in memory, then it might clobber an outgoing |
1387 | argument. */ | |
1388 | { | |
1389 | CUMULATIVE_ARGS args_so_far; | |
1390 | tree fn, arg; | |
450b1728 | 1391 | |
a357a6d4 GK |
1392 | fn = emit_block_move_libcall_fn (false); |
1393 | INIT_CUMULATIVE_ARGS (args_so_far, TREE_TYPE (fn), NULL_RTX, 0); | |
450b1728 | 1394 | |
a357a6d4 GK |
1395 | arg = TYPE_ARG_TYPES (TREE_TYPE (fn)); |
1396 | for ( ; arg != void_list_node ; arg = TREE_CHAIN (arg)) | |
1397 | { | |
1398 | enum machine_mode mode = TYPE_MODE (TREE_VALUE (arg)); | |
1399 | rtx tmp = FUNCTION_ARG (args_so_far, mode, NULL_TREE, 1); | |
1400 | if (!tmp || !REG_P (tmp)) | |
44bb111a | 1401 | return false; |
a357a6d4 GK |
1402 | #ifdef FUNCTION_ARG_PARTIAL_NREGS |
1403 | if (FUNCTION_ARG_PARTIAL_NREGS (args_so_far, mode, | |
1404 | NULL_TREE, 1)) | |
1405 | return false; | |
1406 | #endif | |
1407 | FUNCTION_ARG_ADVANCE (args_so_far, mode, NULL_TREE, 1); | |
1408 | } | |
1409 | } | |
1410 | return true; | |
44bb111a RH |
1411 | } |
1412 | ||
502b8322 | 1413 | /* A subroutine of emit_block_move. Expand a movstr pattern; |
4ca79136 | 1414 | return true if successful. */ |
3ef1eef4 | 1415 | |
4ca79136 | 1416 | static bool |
502b8322 | 1417 | emit_block_move_via_movstr (rtx x, rtx y, rtx size, unsigned int align) |
4ca79136 | 1418 | { |
4ca79136 RH |
1419 | rtx opalign = GEN_INT (align / BITS_PER_UNIT); |
1420 | enum machine_mode mode; | |
266007a7 | 1421 | |
4ca79136 RH |
1422 | /* Since this is a move insn, we don't care about volatility. */ |
1423 | volatile_ok = 1; | |
1424 | ||
ee960939 OH |
1425 | /* Try the most limited insn first, because there's no point |
1426 | including more than one in the machine description unless | |
1427 | the more limited one has some advantage. */ | |
1428 | ||
4ca79136 RH |
1429 | for (mode = GET_CLASS_NARROWEST_MODE (MODE_INT); mode != VOIDmode; |
1430 | mode = GET_MODE_WIDER_MODE (mode)) | |
1431 | { | |
1432 | enum insn_code code = movstr_optab[(int) mode]; | |
1433 | insn_operand_predicate_fn pred; | |
1434 | ||
1435 | if (code != CODE_FOR_nothing | |
1436 | /* We don't need MODE to be narrower than BITS_PER_HOST_WIDE_INT | |
1437 | here because if SIZE is less than the mode mask, as it is | |
1438 | returned by the macro, it will definitely be less than the | |
1439 | actual mode mask. */ | |
1440 | && ((GET_CODE (size) == CONST_INT | |
1441 | && ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) INTVAL (size) | |
1442 | <= (GET_MODE_MASK (mode) >> 1))) | |
1443 | || GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) >= BITS_PER_WORD) | |
1444 | && ((pred = insn_data[(int) code].operand[0].predicate) == 0 | |
1445 | || (*pred) (x, BLKmode)) | |
1446 | && ((pred = insn_data[(int) code].operand[1].predicate) == 0 | |
1447 | || (*pred) (y, BLKmode)) | |
1448 | && ((pred = insn_data[(int) code].operand[3].predicate) == 0 | |
1449 | || (*pred) (opalign, VOIDmode))) | |
1450 | { | |
1451 | rtx op2; | |
1452 | rtx last = get_last_insn (); | |
1453 | rtx pat; | |
1454 | ||
1455 | op2 = convert_to_mode (mode, size, 1); | |
1456 | pred = insn_data[(int) code].operand[2].predicate; | |
1457 | if (pred != 0 && ! (*pred) (op2, mode)) | |
1458 | op2 = copy_to_mode_reg (mode, op2); | |
1459 | ||
1460 | /* ??? When called via emit_block_move_for_call, it'd be | |
1461 | nice if there were some way to inform the backend, so | |
1462 | that it doesn't fail the expansion because it thinks | |
1463 | emitting the libcall would be more efficient. */ | |
1464 | ||
1465 | pat = GEN_FCN ((int) code) (x, y, op2, opalign); | |
1466 | if (pat) | |
1467 | { | |
1468 | emit_insn (pat); | |
1469 | volatile_ok = 0; | |
1470 | return true; | |
bbf6f052 | 1471 | } |
4ca79136 RH |
1472 | else |
1473 | delete_insns_since (last); | |
bbf6f052 | 1474 | } |
4ca79136 | 1475 | } |
bbf6f052 | 1476 | |
4ca79136 RH |
1477 | volatile_ok = 0; |
1478 | return false; | |
1479 | } | |
3ef1eef4 | 1480 | |
4ca79136 RH |
1481 | /* A subroutine of emit_block_move. Expand a call to memcpy or bcopy. |
1482 | Return the return value from memcpy, 0 otherwise. */ | |
4bc973ae | 1483 | |
4ca79136 | 1484 | static rtx |
502b8322 | 1485 | emit_block_move_via_libcall (rtx dst, rtx src, rtx size) |
4ca79136 | 1486 | { |
ee960939 | 1487 | rtx dst_addr, src_addr; |
4ca79136 RH |
1488 | tree call_expr, arg_list, fn, src_tree, dst_tree, size_tree; |
1489 | enum machine_mode size_mode; | |
1490 | rtx retval; | |
4bc973ae | 1491 | |
4ca79136 | 1492 | /* DST, SRC, or SIZE may have been passed through protect_from_queue. |
4bc973ae | 1493 | |
ee960939 OH |
1494 | It is unsafe to save the value generated by protect_from_queue and reuse |
1495 | it later. Consider what happens if emit_queue is called before the | |
1496 | return value from protect_from_queue is used. | |
4bc973ae | 1497 | |
ee960939 OH |
1498 | Expansion of the CALL_EXPR below will call emit_queue before we are |
1499 | finished emitting RTL for argument setup. So if we are not careful we | |
1500 | could get the wrong value for an argument. | |
4bc973ae | 1501 | |
ee960939 OH |
1502 | To avoid this problem we go ahead and emit code to copy the addresses of |
1503 | DST and SRC and SIZE into new pseudos. We can then place those new | |
1504 | pseudos into an RTL_EXPR and use them later, even after a call to | |
4ca79136 | 1505 | emit_queue. |
4bc973ae | 1506 | |
ee960939 OH |
1507 | Note this is not strictly needed for library calls since they do not call |
1508 | emit_queue before loading their arguments. However, we may need to have | |
1509 | library calls call emit_queue in the future since failing to do so could | |
1510 | cause problems for targets which define SMALL_REGISTER_CLASSES and pass | |
1511 | arguments in registers. */ | |
1512 | ||
1513 | dst_addr = copy_to_mode_reg (Pmode, XEXP (dst, 0)); | |
1514 | src_addr = copy_to_mode_reg (Pmode, XEXP (src, 0)); | |
4ca79136 | 1515 | |
ee960939 OH |
1516 | dst_addr = convert_memory_address (ptr_mode, dst_addr); |
1517 | src_addr = convert_memory_address (ptr_mode, src_addr); | |
ee960939 OH |
1518 | |
1519 | dst_tree = make_tree (ptr_type_node, dst_addr); | |
1520 | src_tree = make_tree (ptr_type_node, src_addr); | |
4ca79136 RH |
1521 | |
1522 | if (TARGET_MEM_FUNCTIONS) | |
1523 | size_mode = TYPE_MODE (sizetype); | |
1524 | else | |
1525 | size_mode = TYPE_MODE (unsigned_type_node); | |
ee960939 | 1526 | |
4ca79136 RH |
1527 | size = convert_to_mode (size_mode, size, 1); |
1528 | size = copy_to_mode_reg (size_mode, size); | |
1529 | ||
1530 | /* It is incorrect to use the libcall calling conventions to call | |
1531 | memcpy in this context. This could be a user call to memcpy and | |
1532 | the user may wish to examine the return value from memcpy. For | |
1533 | targets where libcalls and normal calls have different conventions | |
1534 | for returning pointers, we could end up generating incorrect code. | |
1535 | ||
1536 | For convenience, we generate the call to bcopy this way as well. */ | |
1537 | ||
4ca79136 RH |
1538 | if (TARGET_MEM_FUNCTIONS) |
1539 | size_tree = make_tree (sizetype, size); | |
1540 | else | |
1541 | size_tree = make_tree (unsigned_type_node, size); | |
1542 | ||
1543 | fn = emit_block_move_libcall_fn (true); | |
1544 | arg_list = tree_cons (NULL_TREE, size_tree, NULL_TREE); | |
1545 | if (TARGET_MEM_FUNCTIONS) | |
1546 | { | |
1547 | arg_list = tree_cons (NULL_TREE, src_tree, arg_list); | |
1548 | arg_list = tree_cons (NULL_TREE, dst_tree, arg_list); | |
1549 | } | |
1550 | else | |
1551 | { | |
1552 | arg_list = tree_cons (NULL_TREE, dst_tree, arg_list); | |
1553 | arg_list = tree_cons (NULL_TREE, src_tree, arg_list); | |
1554 | } | |
1555 | ||
1556 | /* Now we have to build up the CALL_EXPR itself. */ | |
1557 | call_expr = build1 (ADDR_EXPR, build_pointer_type (TREE_TYPE (fn)), fn); | |
1558 | call_expr = build (CALL_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (fn)), | |
1559 | call_expr, arg_list, NULL_TREE); | |
4ca79136 RH |
1560 | |
1561 | retval = expand_expr (call_expr, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); | |
1562 | ||
ee960939 OH |
1563 | /* If we are initializing a readonly value, show the above call clobbered |
1564 | it. Otherwise, a load from it may erroneously be hoisted from a loop, or | |
1565 | the delay slot scheduler might overlook conflicts and take nasty | |
1566 | decisions. */ | |
4ca79136 | 1567 | if (RTX_UNCHANGING_P (dst)) |
ee960939 OH |
1568 | add_function_usage_to |
1569 | (last_call_insn (), gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (VOIDmode, | |
1570 | gen_rtx_CLOBBER (VOIDmode, dst), | |
1571 | NULL_RTX)); | |
4ca79136 | 1572 | |
ee960939 | 1573 | return TARGET_MEM_FUNCTIONS ? retval : NULL_RTX; |
4ca79136 | 1574 | } |
52cf7115 | 1575 | |
4ca79136 RH |
1576 | /* A subroutine of emit_block_move_via_libcall. Create the tree node |
1577 | for the function we use for block copies. The first time FOR_CALL | |
1578 | is true, we call assemble_external. */ | |
52cf7115 | 1579 | |
4ca79136 RH |
1580 | static GTY(()) tree block_move_fn; |
1581 | ||
9661b15f | 1582 | void |
502b8322 | 1583 | init_block_move_fn (const char *asmspec) |
4ca79136 | 1584 | { |
9661b15f | 1585 | if (!block_move_fn) |
4ca79136 | 1586 | { |
8fd3cf4e | 1587 | tree args, fn; |
9661b15f | 1588 | |
4ca79136 | 1589 | if (TARGET_MEM_FUNCTIONS) |
52cf7115 | 1590 | { |
4ca79136 RH |
1591 | fn = get_identifier ("memcpy"); |
1592 | args = build_function_type_list (ptr_type_node, ptr_type_node, | |
1593 | const_ptr_type_node, sizetype, | |
1594 | NULL_TREE); | |
1595 | } | |
1596 | else | |
1597 | { | |
1598 | fn = get_identifier ("bcopy"); | |
1599 | args = build_function_type_list (void_type_node, const_ptr_type_node, | |
1600 | ptr_type_node, unsigned_type_node, | |
1601 | NULL_TREE); | |
52cf7115 JL |
1602 | } |
1603 | ||
4ca79136 RH |
1604 | fn = build_decl (FUNCTION_DECL, fn, args); |
1605 | DECL_EXTERNAL (fn) = 1; | |
1606 | TREE_PUBLIC (fn) = 1; | |
1607 | DECL_ARTIFICIAL (fn) = 1; | |
1608 | TREE_NOTHROW (fn) = 1; | |
66c60e67 | 1609 | |
4ca79136 | 1610 | block_move_fn = fn; |
bbf6f052 | 1611 | } |
e9a25f70 | 1612 | |
9661b15f JJ |
1613 | if (asmspec) |
1614 | { | |
1615 | SET_DECL_RTL (block_move_fn, NULL_RTX); | |
1616 | SET_DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (block_move_fn, get_identifier (asmspec)); | |
1617 | } | |
1618 | } | |
1619 | ||
1620 | static tree | |
502b8322 | 1621 | emit_block_move_libcall_fn (int for_call) |
9661b15f JJ |
1622 | { |
1623 | static bool emitted_extern; | |
1624 | ||
1625 | if (!block_move_fn) | |
1626 | init_block_move_fn (NULL); | |
1627 | ||
4ca79136 RH |
1628 | if (for_call && !emitted_extern) |
1629 | { | |
1630 | emitted_extern = true; | |
9661b15f JJ |
1631 | make_decl_rtl (block_move_fn, NULL); |
1632 | assemble_external (block_move_fn); | |
4ca79136 RH |
1633 | } |
1634 | ||
9661b15f | 1635 | return block_move_fn; |
bbf6f052 | 1636 | } |
44bb111a RH |
1637 | |
1638 | /* A subroutine of emit_block_move. Copy the data via an explicit | |
1639 | loop. This is used only when libcalls are forbidden. */ | |
1640 | /* ??? It'd be nice to copy in hunks larger than QImode. */ | |
1641 | ||
1642 | static void | |
502b8322 AJ |
1643 | emit_block_move_via_loop (rtx x, rtx y, rtx size, |
1644 | unsigned int align ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) | |
44bb111a RH |
1645 | { |
1646 | rtx cmp_label, top_label, iter, x_addr, y_addr, tmp; | |
1647 | enum machine_mode iter_mode; | |
1648 | ||
1649 | iter_mode = GET_MODE (size); | |
1650 | if (iter_mode == VOIDmode) | |
1651 | iter_mode = word_mode; | |
1652 | ||
1653 | top_label = gen_label_rtx (); | |
1654 | cmp_label = gen_label_rtx (); | |
1655 | iter = gen_reg_rtx (iter_mode); | |
1656 | ||
1657 | emit_move_insn (iter, const0_rtx); | |
1658 | ||
1659 | x_addr = force_operand (XEXP (x, 0), NULL_RTX); | |
1660 | y_addr = force_operand (XEXP (y, 0), NULL_RTX); | |
1661 | do_pending_stack_adjust (); | |
1662 | ||
2e040219 | 1663 | emit_note (NOTE_INSN_LOOP_BEG); |
44bb111a RH |
1664 | |
1665 | emit_jump (cmp_label); | |
1666 | emit_label (top_label); | |
1667 | ||
1668 | tmp = convert_modes (Pmode, iter_mode, iter, true); | |
1669 | x_addr = gen_rtx_PLUS (Pmode, x_addr, tmp); | |
1670 | y_addr = gen_rtx_PLUS (Pmode, y_addr, tmp); | |
1671 | x = change_address (x, QImode, x_addr); | |
1672 | y = change_address (y, QImode, y_addr); | |
1673 | ||
1674 | emit_move_insn (x, y); | |
1675 | ||
1676 | tmp = expand_simple_binop (iter_mode, PLUS, iter, const1_rtx, iter, | |
1677 | true, OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN); | |
1678 | if (tmp != iter) | |
1679 | emit_move_insn (iter, tmp); | |
1680 | ||
2e040219 | 1681 | emit_note (NOTE_INSN_LOOP_CONT); |
44bb111a RH |
1682 | emit_label (cmp_label); |
1683 | ||
1684 | emit_cmp_and_jump_insns (iter, size, LT, NULL_RTX, iter_mode, | |
1685 | true, top_label); | |
1686 | ||
2e040219 | 1687 | emit_note (NOTE_INSN_LOOP_END); |
44bb111a | 1688 | } |
bbf6f052 RK |
1689 | \f |
1690 | /* Copy all or part of a value X into registers starting at REGNO. | |
1691 | The number of registers to be filled is NREGS. */ | |
1692 | ||
1693 | void | |
502b8322 | 1694 | move_block_to_reg (int regno, rtx x, int nregs, enum machine_mode mode) |
bbf6f052 RK |
1695 | { |
1696 | int i; | |
381127e8 | 1697 | #ifdef HAVE_load_multiple |
3a94c984 | 1698 | rtx pat; |
381127e8 RL |
1699 | rtx last; |
1700 | #endif | |
bbf6f052 | 1701 | |
72bb9717 RK |
1702 | if (nregs == 0) |
1703 | return; | |
1704 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
1705 | if (CONSTANT_P (x) && ! LEGITIMATE_CONSTANT_P (x)) |
1706 | x = validize_mem (force_const_mem (mode, x)); | |
1707 | ||
1708 | /* See if the machine can do this with a load multiple insn. */ | |
1709 | #ifdef HAVE_load_multiple | |
c3a02afe | 1710 | if (HAVE_load_multiple) |
bbf6f052 | 1711 | { |
c3a02afe | 1712 | last = get_last_insn (); |
38a448ca | 1713 | pat = gen_load_multiple (gen_rtx_REG (word_mode, regno), x, |
c3a02afe RK |
1714 | GEN_INT (nregs)); |
1715 | if (pat) | |
1716 | { | |
1717 | emit_insn (pat); | |
1718 | return; | |
1719 | } | |
1720 | else | |
1721 | delete_insns_since (last); | |
bbf6f052 | 1722 | } |
bbf6f052 RK |
1723 | #endif |
1724 | ||
1725 | for (i = 0; i < nregs; i++) | |
38a448ca | 1726 | emit_move_insn (gen_rtx_REG (word_mode, regno + i), |
bbf6f052 RK |
1727 | operand_subword_force (x, i, mode)); |
1728 | } | |
1729 | ||
1730 | /* Copy all or part of a BLKmode value X out of registers starting at REGNO. | |
c6b97fac | 1731 | The number of registers to be filled is NREGS. */ |
0040593d | 1732 | |
bbf6f052 | 1733 | void |
502b8322 | 1734 | move_block_from_reg (int regno, rtx x, int nregs) |
bbf6f052 RK |
1735 | { |
1736 | int i; | |
bbf6f052 | 1737 | |
2954d7db RK |
1738 | if (nregs == 0) |
1739 | return; | |
1740 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
1741 | /* See if the machine can do this with a store multiple insn. */ |
1742 | #ifdef HAVE_store_multiple | |
c3a02afe | 1743 | if (HAVE_store_multiple) |
bbf6f052 | 1744 | { |
c6b97fac AM |
1745 | rtx last = get_last_insn (); |
1746 | rtx pat = gen_store_multiple (x, gen_rtx_REG (word_mode, regno), | |
1747 | GEN_INT (nregs)); | |
c3a02afe RK |
1748 | if (pat) |
1749 | { | |
1750 | emit_insn (pat); | |
1751 | return; | |
1752 | } | |
1753 | else | |
1754 | delete_insns_since (last); | |
bbf6f052 | 1755 | } |
bbf6f052 RK |
1756 | #endif |
1757 | ||
1758 | for (i = 0; i < nregs; i++) | |
1759 | { | |
1760 | rtx tem = operand_subword (x, i, 1, BLKmode); | |
1761 | ||
1762 | if (tem == 0) | |
1763 | abort (); | |
1764 | ||
38a448ca | 1765 | emit_move_insn (tem, gen_rtx_REG (word_mode, regno + i)); |
bbf6f052 RK |
1766 | } |
1767 | } | |
1768 | ||
084a1106 JDA |
1769 | /* Generate a PARALLEL rtx for a new non-consecutive group of registers from |
1770 | ORIG, where ORIG is a non-consecutive group of registers represented by | |
1771 | a PARALLEL. The clone is identical to the original except in that the | |
1772 | original set of registers is replaced by a new set of pseudo registers. | |
1773 | The new set has the same modes as the original set. */ | |
1774 | ||
1775 | rtx | |
502b8322 | 1776 | gen_group_rtx (rtx orig) |
084a1106 JDA |
1777 | { |
1778 | int i, length; | |
1779 | rtx *tmps; | |
1780 | ||
1781 | if (GET_CODE (orig) != PARALLEL) | |
1782 | abort (); | |
1783 | ||
1784 | length = XVECLEN (orig, 0); | |
703ad42b | 1785 | tmps = alloca (sizeof (rtx) * length); |
084a1106 JDA |
1786 | |
1787 | /* Skip a NULL entry in first slot. */ | |
1788 | i = XEXP (XVECEXP (orig, 0, 0), 0) ? 0 : 1; | |
1789 | ||
1790 | if (i) | |
1791 | tmps[0] = 0; | |
1792 | ||
1793 | for (; i < length; i++) | |
1794 | { | |
1795 | enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (XVECEXP (orig, 0, i), 0)); | |
1796 | rtx offset = XEXP (XVECEXP (orig, 0, i), 1); | |
1797 | ||
1798 | tmps[i] = gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (VOIDmode, gen_reg_rtx (mode), offset); | |
1799 | } | |
1800 | ||
1801 | return gen_rtx_PARALLEL (GET_MODE (orig), gen_rtvec_v (length, tmps)); | |
1802 | } | |
1803 | ||
6e985040 AM |
1804 | /* Emit code to move a block ORIG_SRC of type TYPE to a block DST, |
1805 | where DST is non-consecutive registers represented by a PARALLEL. | |
1806 | SSIZE represents the total size of block ORIG_SRC in bytes, or -1 | |
450b1728 | 1807 | if not known. */ |
fffa9c1d JW |
1808 | |
1809 | void | |
6e985040 | 1810 | emit_group_load (rtx dst, rtx orig_src, tree type ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, int ssize) |
fffa9c1d | 1811 | { |
aac5cc16 RH |
1812 | rtx *tmps, src; |
1813 | int start, i; | |
fffa9c1d | 1814 | |
aac5cc16 | 1815 | if (GET_CODE (dst) != PARALLEL) |
fffa9c1d JW |
1816 | abort (); |
1817 | ||
1818 | /* Check for a NULL entry, used to indicate that the parameter goes | |
1819 | both on the stack and in registers. */ | |
aac5cc16 RH |
1820 | if (XEXP (XVECEXP (dst, 0, 0), 0)) |
1821 | start = 0; | |
fffa9c1d | 1822 | else |
aac5cc16 RH |
1823 | start = 1; |
1824 | ||
703ad42b | 1825 | tmps = alloca (sizeof (rtx) * XVECLEN (dst, 0)); |
aac5cc16 | 1826 | |
aac5cc16 RH |
1827 | /* Process the pieces. */ |
1828 | for (i = start; i < XVECLEN (dst, 0); i++) | |
1829 | { | |
1830 | enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (XVECEXP (dst, 0, i), 0)); | |
770ae6cc RK |
1831 | HOST_WIDE_INT bytepos = INTVAL (XEXP (XVECEXP (dst, 0, i), 1)); |
1832 | unsigned int bytelen = GET_MODE_SIZE (mode); | |
aac5cc16 RH |
1833 | int shift = 0; |
1834 | ||
1835 | /* Handle trailing fragments that run over the size of the struct. */ | |
8752c357 | 1836 | if (ssize >= 0 && bytepos + (HOST_WIDE_INT) bytelen > ssize) |
aac5cc16 | 1837 | { |
6e985040 AM |
1838 | /* Arrange to shift the fragment to where it belongs. |
1839 | extract_bit_field loads to the lsb of the reg. */ | |
1840 | if ( | |
1841 | #ifdef BLOCK_REG_PADDING | |
1842 | BLOCK_REG_PADDING (GET_MODE (orig_src), type, i == start) | |
1843 | == (BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN ? upward : downward) | |
1844 | #else | |
1845 | BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN | |
1846 | #endif | |
1847 | ) | |
1848 | shift = (bytelen - (ssize - bytepos)) * BITS_PER_UNIT; | |
aac5cc16 RH |
1849 | bytelen = ssize - bytepos; |
1850 | if (bytelen <= 0) | |
729a2125 | 1851 | abort (); |
aac5cc16 RH |
1852 | } |
1853 | ||
f3ce87a9 DE |
1854 | /* If we won't be loading directly from memory, protect the real source |
1855 | from strange tricks we might play; but make sure that the source can | |
1856 | be loaded directly into the destination. */ | |
1857 | src = orig_src; | |
1858 | if (GET_CODE (orig_src) != MEM | |
1859 | && (!CONSTANT_P (orig_src) | |
1860 | || (GET_MODE (orig_src) != mode | |
1861 | && GET_MODE (orig_src) != VOIDmode))) | |
1862 | { | |
1863 | if (GET_MODE (orig_src) == VOIDmode) | |
1864 | src = gen_reg_rtx (mode); | |
1865 | else | |
1866 | src = gen_reg_rtx (GET_MODE (orig_src)); | |
04050c69 | 1867 | |
f3ce87a9 DE |
1868 | emit_move_insn (src, orig_src); |
1869 | } | |
1870 | ||
aac5cc16 RH |
1871 | /* Optimize the access just a bit. */ |
1872 | if (GET_CODE (src) == MEM | |
6e985040 AM |
1873 | && (! SLOW_UNALIGNED_ACCESS (mode, MEM_ALIGN (src)) |
1874 | || MEM_ALIGN (src) >= GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (mode)) | |
729a2125 | 1875 | && bytepos * BITS_PER_UNIT % GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (mode) == 0 |
aac5cc16 RH |
1876 | && bytelen == GET_MODE_SIZE (mode)) |
1877 | { | |
1878 | tmps[i] = gen_reg_rtx (mode); | |
f4ef873c | 1879 | emit_move_insn (tmps[i], adjust_address (src, mode, bytepos)); |
fffa9c1d | 1880 | } |
7c4a6db0 JW |
1881 | else if (GET_CODE (src) == CONCAT) |
1882 | { | |
015b1ad1 JDA |
1883 | unsigned int slen = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (src)); |
1884 | unsigned int slen0 = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (src, 0))); | |
1885 | ||
1886 | if ((bytepos == 0 && bytelen == slen0) | |
1887 | || (bytepos != 0 && bytepos + bytelen <= slen)) | |
cbb92744 | 1888 | { |
015b1ad1 JDA |
1889 | /* The following assumes that the concatenated objects all |
1890 | have the same size. In this case, a simple calculation | |
1891 | can be used to determine the object and the bit field | |
1892 | to be extracted. */ | |
1893 | tmps[i] = XEXP (src, bytepos / slen0); | |
cbb92744 JJ |
1894 | if (! CONSTANT_P (tmps[i]) |
1895 | && (GET_CODE (tmps[i]) != REG || GET_MODE (tmps[i]) != mode)) | |
1896 | tmps[i] = extract_bit_field (tmps[i], bytelen * BITS_PER_UNIT, | |
015b1ad1 JDA |
1897 | (bytepos % slen0) * BITS_PER_UNIT, |
1898 | 1, NULL_RTX, mode, mode, ssize); | |
cbb92744 | 1899 | } |
58f69841 JH |
1900 | else if (bytepos == 0) |
1901 | { | |
015b1ad1 | 1902 | rtx mem = assign_stack_temp (GET_MODE (src), slen, 0); |
58f69841 | 1903 | emit_move_insn (mem, src); |
04050c69 | 1904 | tmps[i] = adjust_address (mem, mode, 0); |
58f69841 | 1905 | } |
7c4a6db0 JW |
1906 | else |
1907 | abort (); | |
1908 | } | |
9c0631a7 AH |
1909 | /* FIXME: A SIMD parallel will eventually lead to a subreg of a |
1910 | SIMD register, which is currently broken. While we get GCC | |
1911 | to emit proper RTL for these cases, let's dump to memory. */ | |
1912 | else if (VECTOR_MODE_P (GET_MODE (dst)) | |
1913 | && GET_CODE (src) == REG) | |
1914 | { | |
1915 | int slen = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (src)); | |
1916 | rtx mem; | |
1917 | ||
1918 | mem = assign_stack_temp (GET_MODE (src), slen, 0); | |
1919 | emit_move_insn (mem, src); | |
1920 | tmps[i] = adjust_address (mem, mode, (int) bytepos); | |
1921 | } | |
d3a16cbd FJ |
1922 | else if (CONSTANT_P (src) && GET_MODE (dst) != BLKmode |
1923 | && XVECLEN (dst, 0) > 1) | |
1924 | tmps[i] = simplify_gen_subreg (mode, src, GET_MODE(dst), bytepos); | |
f3ce87a9 | 1925 | else if (CONSTANT_P (src) |
2ee5437b RH |
1926 | || (GET_CODE (src) == REG && GET_MODE (src) == mode)) |
1927 | tmps[i] = src; | |
fffa9c1d | 1928 | else |
19caa751 RK |
1929 | tmps[i] = extract_bit_field (src, bytelen * BITS_PER_UNIT, |
1930 | bytepos * BITS_PER_UNIT, 1, NULL_RTX, | |
04050c69 | 1931 | mode, mode, ssize); |
fffa9c1d | 1932 | |
6e985040 | 1933 | if (shift) |
19caa751 RK |
1934 | expand_binop (mode, ashl_optab, tmps[i], GEN_INT (shift), |
1935 | tmps[i], 0, OPTAB_WIDEN); | |
fffa9c1d | 1936 | } |
19caa751 | 1937 | |
3a94c984 | 1938 | emit_queue (); |
aac5cc16 RH |
1939 | |
1940 | /* Copy the extracted pieces into the proper (probable) hard regs. */ | |
1941 | for (i = start; i < XVECLEN (dst, 0); i++) | |
1942 | emit_move_insn (XEXP (XVECEXP (dst, 0, i), 0), tmps[i]); | |
fffa9c1d JW |
1943 | } |
1944 | ||
084a1106 JDA |
1945 | /* Emit code to move a block SRC to block DST, where SRC and DST are |
1946 | non-consecutive groups of registers, each represented by a PARALLEL. */ | |
1947 | ||
1948 | void | |
502b8322 | 1949 | emit_group_move (rtx dst, rtx src) |
084a1106 JDA |
1950 | { |
1951 | int i; | |
1952 | ||
1953 | if (GET_CODE (src) != PARALLEL | |
1954 | || GET_CODE (dst) != PARALLEL | |
1955 | || XVECLEN (src, 0) != XVECLEN (dst, 0)) | |
1956 | abort (); | |
1957 | ||
1958 | /* Skip first entry if NULL. */ | |
1959 | for (i = XEXP (XVECEXP (src, 0, 0), 0) ? 0 : 1; i < XVECLEN (src, 0); i++) | |
1960 | emit_move_insn (XEXP (XVECEXP (dst, 0, i), 0), | |
1961 | XEXP (XVECEXP (src, 0, i), 0)); | |
1962 | } | |
1963 | ||
6e985040 AM |
1964 | /* Emit code to move a block SRC to a block ORIG_DST of type TYPE, |
1965 | where SRC is non-consecutive registers represented by a PARALLEL. | |
1966 | SSIZE represents the total size of block ORIG_DST, or -1 if not | |
1967 | known. */ | |
fffa9c1d JW |
1968 | |
1969 | void | |
6e985040 | 1970 | emit_group_store (rtx orig_dst, rtx src, tree type ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, int ssize) |
fffa9c1d | 1971 | { |
aac5cc16 RH |
1972 | rtx *tmps, dst; |
1973 | int start, i; | |
fffa9c1d | 1974 | |
aac5cc16 | 1975 | if (GET_CODE (src) != PARALLEL) |
fffa9c1d JW |
1976 | abort (); |
1977 | ||
1978 | /* Check for a NULL entry, used to indicate that the parameter goes | |
1979 | both on the stack and in registers. */ | |
aac5cc16 RH |
1980 | if (XEXP (XVECEXP (src, 0, 0), 0)) |
1981 | start = 0; | |
fffa9c1d | 1982 | else |
aac5cc16 RH |
1983 | start = 1; |
1984 | ||
703ad42b | 1985 | tmps = alloca (sizeof (rtx) * XVECLEN (src, 0)); |
fffa9c1d | 1986 | |
aac5cc16 RH |
1987 | /* Copy the (probable) hard regs into pseudos. */ |
1988 | for (i = start; i < XVECLEN (src, 0); i++) | |
fffa9c1d | 1989 | { |
aac5cc16 RH |
1990 | rtx reg = XEXP (XVECEXP (src, 0, i), 0); |
1991 | tmps[i] = gen_reg_rtx (GET_MODE (reg)); | |
1992 | emit_move_insn (tmps[i], reg); | |
1993 | } | |
3a94c984 | 1994 | emit_queue (); |
fffa9c1d | 1995 | |
aac5cc16 RH |
1996 | /* If we won't be storing directly into memory, protect the real destination |
1997 | from strange tricks we might play. */ | |
1998 | dst = orig_dst; | |
10a9f2be JW |
1999 | if (GET_CODE (dst) == PARALLEL) |
2000 | { | |
2001 | rtx temp; | |
2002 | ||
2003 | /* We can get a PARALLEL dst if there is a conditional expression in | |
2004 | a return statement. In that case, the dst and src are the same, | |
2005 | so no action is necessary. */ | |
2006 | if (rtx_equal_p (dst, src)) | |
2007 | return; | |
2008 | ||
2009 | /* It is unclear if we can ever reach here, but we may as well handle | |
2010 | it. Allocate a temporary, and split this into a store/load to/from | |
2011 | the temporary. */ | |
2012 | ||
2013 | temp = assign_stack_temp (GET_MODE (dst), ssize, 0); | |
6e985040 AM |
2014 | emit_group_store (temp, src, type, ssize); |
2015 | emit_group_load (dst, temp, type, ssize); | |
10a9f2be JW |
2016 | return; |
2017 | } | |
75897075 | 2018 | else if (GET_CODE (dst) != MEM && GET_CODE (dst) != CONCAT) |
aac5cc16 RH |
2019 | { |
2020 | dst = gen_reg_rtx (GET_MODE (orig_dst)); | |
2021 | /* Make life a bit easier for combine. */ | |
8ae91fc0 | 2022 | emit_move_insn (dst, CONST0_RTX (GET_MODE (orig_dst))); |
aac5cc16 | 2023 | } |
aac5cc16 RH |
2024 | |
2025 | /* Process the pieces. */ | |
2026 | for (i = start; i < XVECLEN (src, 0); i++) | |
2027 | { | |
770ae6cc | 2028 | HOST_WIDE_INT bytepos = INTVAL (XEXP (XVECEXP (src, 0, i), 1)); |
aac5cc16 | 2029 | enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (tmps[i]); |
770ae6cc | 2030 | unsigned int bytelen = GET_MODE_SIZE (mode); |
6ddae612 | 2031 | rtx dest = dst; |
aac5cc16 RH |
2032 | |
2033 | /* Handle trailing fragments that run over the size of the struct. */ | |
8752c357 | 2034 | if (ssize >= 0 && bytepos + (HOST_WIDE_INT) bytelen > ssize) |
71bc0330 | 2035 | { |
6e985040 AM |
2036 | /* store_bit_field always takes its value from the lsb. |
2037 | Move the fragment to the lsb if it's not already there. */ | |
2038 | if ( | |
2039 | #ifdef BLOCK_REG_PADDING | |
2040 | BLOCK_REG_PADDING (GET_MODE (orig_dst), type, i == start) | |
2041 | == (BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN ? upward : downward) | |
2042 | #else | |
2043 | BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN | |
2044 | #endif | |
2045 | ) | |
aac5cc16 RH |
2046 | { |
2047 | int shift = (bytelen - (ssize - bytepos)) * BITS_PER_UNIT; | |
2048 | expand_binop (mode, ashr_optab, tmps[i], GEN_INT (shift), | |
2049 | tmps[i], 0, OPTAB_WIDEN); | |
2050 | } | |
2051 | bytelen = ssize - bytepos; | |
71bc0330 | 2052 | } |
fffa9c1d | 2053 | |
6ddae612 JJ |
2054 | if (GET_CODE (dst) == CONCAT) |
2055 | { | |
2056 | if (bytepos + bytelen <= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (dst, 0)))) | |
2057 | dest = XEXP (dst, 0); | |
2058 | else if (bytepos >= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (dst, 0)))) | |
2059 | { | |
2060 | bytepos -= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (dst, 0))); | |
2061 | dest = XEXP (dst, 1); | |
2062 | } | |
0d446150 JH |
2063 | else if (bytepos == 0 && XVECLEN (src, 0)) |
2064 | { | |
2065 | dest = assign_stack_temp (GET_MODE (dest), | |
2066 | GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest)), 0); | |
2067 | emit_move_insn (adjust_address (dest, GET_MODE (tmps[i]), bytepos), | |
2068 | tmps[i]); | |
2069 | dst = dest; | |
2070 | break; | |
2071 | } | |
6ddae612 JJ |
2072 | else |
2073 | abort (); | |
2074 | } | |
2075 | ||
aac5cc16 | 2076 | /* Optimize the access just a bit. */ |
6ddae612 | 2077 | if (GET_CODE (dest) == MEM |
6e985040 AM |
2078 | && (! SLOW_UNALIGNED_ACCESS (mode, MEM_ALIGN (dest)) |
2079 | || MEM_ALIGN (dest) >= GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (mode)) | |
729a2125 | 2080 | && bytepos * BITS_PER_UNIT % GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (mode) == 0 |
aac5cc16 | 2081 | && bytelen == GET_MODE_SIZE (mode)) |
6ddae612 | 2082 | emit_move_insn (adjust_address (dest, mode, bytepos), tmps[i]); |
aac5cc16 | 2083 | else |
6ddae612 | 2084 | store_bit_field (dest, bytelen * BITS_PER_UNIT, bytepos * BITS_PER_UNIT, |
04050c69 | 2085 | mode, tmps[i], ssize); |
fffa9c1d | 2086 | } |
729a2125 | 2087 | |
3a94c984 | 2088 | emit_queue (); |
aac5cc16 RH |
2089 | |
2090 | /* Copy from the pseudo into the (probable) hard reg. */ | |
0d446150 | 2091 | if (orig_dst != dst) |
aac5cc16 | 2092 | emit_move_insn (orig_dst, dst); |
fffa9c1d JW |
2093 | } |
2094 | ||
c36fce9a GRK |
2095 | /* Generate code to copy a BLKmode object of TYPE out of a |
2096 | set of registers starting with SRCREG into TGTBLK. If TGTBLK | |
2097 | is null, a stack temporary is created. TGTBLK is returned. | |
2098 | ||
c988af2b RS |
2099 | The purpose of this routine is to handle functions that return |
2100 | BLKmode structures in registers. Some machines (the PA for example) | |
2101 | want to return all small structures in registers regardless of the | |
2102 | structure's alignment. */ | |
c36fce9a GRK |
2103 | |
2104 | rtx | |
502b8322 | 2105 | copy_blkmode_from_reg (rtx tgtblk, rtx srcreg, tree type) |
c36fce9a | 2106 | { |
19caa751 RK |
2107 | unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT bytes = int_size_in_bytes (type); |
2108 | rtx src = NULL, dst = NULL; | |
2109 | unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize = MIN (TYPE_ALIGN (type), BITS_PER_WORD); | |
c988af2b | 2110 | unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos, xbitpos, padding_correction = 0; |
19caa751 RK |
2111 | |
2112 | if (tgtblk == 0) | |
2113 | { | |
1da68f56 RK |
2114 | tgtblk = assign_temp (build_qualified_type (type, |
2115 | (TYPE_QUALS (type) | |
2116 | | TYPE_QUAL_CONST)), | |
2117 | 0, 1, 1); | |
19caa751 RK |
2118 | preserve_temp_slots (tgtblk); |
2119 | } | |
3a94c984 | 2120 | |
1ed1b4fb | 2121 | /* This code assumes srcreg is at least a full word. If it isn't, copy it |
9ac3e73b | 2122 | into a new pseudo which is a full word. */ |
0d7839da | 2123 | |
19caa751 RK |
2124 | if (GET_MODE (srcreg) != BLKmode |
2125 | && GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (srcreg)) < UNITS_PER_WORD) | |
9ac3e73b | 2126 | srcreg = convert_to_mode (word_mode, srcreg, TREE_UNSIGNED (type)); |
19caa751 | 2127 | |
c988af2b RS |
2128 | /* If the structure doesn't take up a whole number of words, see whether |
2129 | SRCREG is padded on the left or on the right. If it's on the left, | |
2130 | set PADDING_CORRECTION to the number of bits to skip. | |
2131 | ||
2132 | In most ABIs, the structure will be returned at the least end of | |
2133 | the register, which translates to right padding on little-endian | |
2134 | targets and left padding on big-endian targets. The opposite | |
2135 | holds if the structure is returned at the most significant | |
2136 | end of the register. */ | |
2137 | if (bytes % UNITS_PER_WORD != 0 | |
2138 | && (targetm.calls.return_in_msb (type) | |
2139 | ? !BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN | |
2140 | : BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN)) | |
2141 | padding_correction | |
19caa751 RK |
2142 | = (BITS_PER_WORD - ((bytes % UNITS_PER_WORD) * BITS_PER_UNIT)); |
2143 | ||
2144 | /* Copy the structure BITSIZE bites at a time. | |
3a94c984 | 2145 | |
19caa751 RK |
2146 | We could probably emit more efficient code for machines which do not use |
2147 | strict alignment, but it doesn't seem worth the effort at the current | |
2148 | time. */ | |
c988af2b | 2149 | for (bitpos = 0, xbitpos = padding_correction; |
19caa751 RK |
2150 | bitpos < bytes * BITS_PER_UNIT; |
2151 | bitpos += bitsize, xbitpos += bitsize) | |
2152 | { | |
3a94c984 | 2153 | /* We need a new source operand each time xbitpos is on a |
c988af2b | 2154 | word boundary and when xbitpos == padding_correction |
19caa751 RK |
2155 | (the first time through). */ |
2156 | if (xbitpos % BITS_PER_WORD == 0 | |
c988af2b | 2157 | || xbitpos == padding_correction) |
b47f8cfc JH |
2158 | src = operand_subword_force (srcreg, xbitpos / BITS_PER_WORD, |
2159 | GET_MODE (srcreg)); | |
19caa751 RK |
2160 | |
2161 | /* We need a new destination operand each time bitpos is on | |
2162 | a word boundary. */ | |
2163 | if (bitpos % BITS_PER_WORD == 0) | |
2164 | dst = operand_subword (tgtblk, bitpos / BITS_PER_WORD, 1, BLKmode); | |
3a94c984 | 2165 | |
19caa751 RK |
2166 | /* Use xbitpos for the source extraction (right justified) and |
2167 | xbitpos for the destination store (left justified). */ | |
2168 | store_bit_field (dst, bitsize, bitpos % BITS_PER_WORD, word_mode, | |
2169 | extract_bit_field (src, bitsize, | |
2170 | xbitpos % BITS_PER_WORD, 1, | |
2171 | NULL_RTX, word_mode, word_mode, | |
04050c69 RK |
2172 | BITS_PER_WORD), |
2173 | BITS_PER_WORD); | |
19caa751 RK |
2174 | } |
2175 | ||
2176 | return tgtblk; | |
c36fce9a GRK |
2177 | } |
2178 | ||
94b25f81 RK |
2179 | /* Add a USE expression for REG to the (possibly empty) list pointed |
2180 | to by CALL_FUSAGE. REG must denote a hard register. */ | |
bbf6f052 RK |
2181 | |
2182 | void | |
502b8322 | 2183 | use_reg (rtx *call_fusage, rtx reg) |
b3f8cf4a | 2184 | { |
0304dfbb DE |
2185 | if (GET_CODE (reg) != REG |
2186 | || REGNO (reg) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER) | |
3a94c984 | 2187 | abort (); |
b3f8cf4a RK |
2188 | |
2189 | *call_fusage | |
38a448ca RH |
2190 | = gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (VOIDmode, |
2191 | gen_rtx_USE (VOIDmode, reg), *call_fusage); | |
b3f8cf4a RK |
2192 | } |
2193 | ||
94b25f81 RK |
2194 | /* Add USE expressions to *CALL_FUSAGE for each of NREGS consecutive regs, |
2195 | starting at REGNO. All of these registers must be hard registers. */ | |
b3f8cf4a RK |
2196 | |
2197 | void | |
502b8322 | 2198 | use_regs (rtx *call_fusage, int regno, int nregs) |
bbf6f052 | 2199 | { |
0304dfbb | 2200 | int i; |
bbf6f052 | 2201 | |
0304dfbb DE |
2202 | if (regno + nregs > FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER) |
2203 | abort (); | |
2204 | ||
2205 | for (i = 0; i < nregs; i++) | |
e50126e8 | 2206 | use_reg (call_fusage, regno_reg_rtx[regno + i]); |
bbf6f052 | 2207 | } |
fffa9c1d JW |
2208 | |
2209 | /* Add USE expressions to *CALL_FUSAGE for each REG contained in the | |
2210 | PARALLEL REGS. This is for calls that pass values in multiple | |
2211 | non-contiguous locations. The Irix 6 ABI has examples of this. */ | |
2212 | ||
2213 | void | |
502b8322 | 2214 | use_group_regs (rtx *call_fusage, rtx regs) |
fffa9c1d JW |
2215 | { |
2216 | int i; | |
2217 | ||
6bd35f86 DE |
2218 | for (i = 0; i < XVECLEN (regs, 0); i++) |
2219 | { | |
2220 | rtx reg = XEXP (XVECEXP (regs, 0, i), 0); | |
fffa9c1d | 2221 | |
6bd35f86 DE |
2222 | /* A NULL entry means the parameter goes both on the stack and in |
2223 | registers. This can also be a MEM for targets that pass values | |
2224 | partially on the stack and partially in registers. */ | |
e9a25f70 | 2225 | if (reg != 0 && GET_CODE (reg) == REG) |
6bd35f86 DE |
2226 | use_reg (call_fusage, reg); |
2227 | } | |
fffa9c1d | 2228 | } |
bbf6f052 | 2229 | \f |
57814e5e | 2230 | |
cf5124f6 RS |
2231 | /* Determine whether the LEN bytes generated by CONSTFUN can be |
2232 | stored to memory using several move instructions. CONSTFUNDATA is | |
2233 | a pointer which will be passed as argument in every CONSTFUN call. | |
2234 | ALIGN is maximum alignment we can assume. Return nonzero if a | |
2235 | call to store_by_pieces should succeed. */ | |
2236 | ||
57814e5e | 2237 | int |
502b8322 AJ |
2238 | can_store_by_pieces (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT len, |
2239 | rtx (*constfun) (void *, HOST_WIDE_INT, enum machine_mode), | |
2240 | void *constfundata, unsigned int align) | |
57814e5e | 2241 | { |
98166639 | 2242 | unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT max_size, l; |
57814e5e JJ |
2243 | HOST_WIDE_INT offset = 0; |
2244 | enum machine_mode mode, tmode; | |
2245 | enum insn_code icode; | |
2246 | int reverse; | |
2247 | rtx cst; | |
2248 | ||
2c430630 RS |
2249 | if (len == 0) |
2250 | return 1; | |
2251 | ||
4977bab6 | 2252 | if (! STORE_BY_PIECES_P (len, align)) |
57814e5e JJ |
2253 | return 0; |
2254 | ||
2255 | if (! SLOW_UNALIGNED_ACCESS (word_mode, align) | |
2256 | || align > MOVE_MAX * BITS_PER_UNIT || align >= BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT) | |
2257 | align = MOVE_MAX * BITS_PER_UNIT; | |
2258 | ||
2259 | /* We would first store what we can in the largest integer mode, then go to | |
2260 | successively smaller modes. */ | |
2261 | ||
2262 | for (reverse = 0; | |
2263 | reverse <= (HAVE_PRE_DECREMENT || HAVE_POST_DECREMENT); | |
2264 | reverse++) | |
2265 | { | |
2266 | l = len; | |
2267 | mode = VOIDmode; | |
cf5124f6 | 2268 | max_size = STORE_MAX_PIECES + 1; |
57814e5e JJ |
2269 | while (max_size > 1) |
2270 | { | |
2271 | for (tmode = GET_CLASS_NARROWEST_MODE (MODE_INT); | |
2272 | tmode != VOIDmode; tmode = GET_MODE_WIDER_MODE (tmode)) | |
2273 | if (GET_MODE_SIZE (tmode) < max_size) | |
2274 | mode = tmode; | |
2275 | ||
2276 | if (mode == VOIDmode) | |
2277 | break; | |
2278 | ||
2279 | icode = mov_optab->handlers[(int) mode].insn_code; | |
2280 | if (icode != CODE_FOR_nothing | |
2281 | && align >= GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (mode)) | |
2282 | { | |
2283 | unsigned int size = GET_MODE_SIZE (mode); | |
2284 | ||
2285 | while (l >= size) | |
2286 | { | |
2287 | if (reverse) | |
2288 | offset -= size; | |
2289 | ||
2290 | cst = (*constfun) (constfundata, offset, mode); | |
2291 | if (!LEGITIMATE_CONSTANT_P (cst)) | |
2292 | return 0; | |
2293 | ||
2294 | if (!reverse) | |
2295 | offset += size; | |
2296 | ||
2297 | l -= size; | |
2298 | } | |
2299 | } | |
2300 | ||
2301 | max_size = GET_MODE_SIZE (mode); | |
2302 | } | |
2303 | ||
2304 | /* The code above should have handled everything. */ | |
2305 | if (l != 0) | |
2306 | abort (); | |
2307 | } | |
2308 | ||
2309 | return 1; | |
2310 | } | |
2311 | ||
2312 | /* Generate several move instructions to store LEN bytes generated by | |
2313 | CONSTFUN to block TO. (A MEM rtx with BLKmode). CONSTFUNDATA is a | |
2314 | pointer which will be passed as argument in every CONSTFUN call. | |
8fd3cf4e JJ |
2315 | ALIGN is maximum alignment we can assume. |
2316 | If ENDP is 0 return to, if ENDP is 1 return memory at the end ala | |
2317 | mempcpy, and if ENDP is 2 return memory the end minus one byte ala | |
2318 | stpcpy. */ | |
57814e5e | 2319 | |
8fd3cf4e | 2320 | rtx |
502b8322 AJ |
2321 | store_by_pieces (rtx to, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT len, |
2322 | rtx (*constfun) (void *, HOST_WIDE_INT, enum machine_mode), | |
2323 | void *constfundata, unsigned int align, int endp) | |
57814e5e JJ |
2324 | { |
2325 | struct store_by_pieces data; | |
2326 | ||
2c430630 RS |
2327 | if (len == 0) |
2328 | { | |
2329 | if (endp == 2) | |
2330 | abort (); | |
2331 | return to; | |
2332 | } | |
2333 | ||
4977bab6 | 2334 | if (! STORE_BY_PIECES_P (len, align)) |
57814e5e JJ |
2335 | abort (); |
2336 | to = protect_from_queue (to, 1); | |
2337 | data.constfun = constfun; | |
2338 | data.constfundata = constfundata; | |
2339 | data.len = len; | |
2340 | data.to = to; | |
2341 | store_by_pieces_1 (&data, align); | |
8fd3cf4e JJ |
2342 | if (endp) |
2343 | { | |
2344 | rtx to1; | |
2345 | ||
2346 | if (data.reverse) | |
2347 | abort (); | |
2348 | if (data.autinc_to) | |
2349 | { | |
2350 | if (endp == 2) | |
2351 | { | |
2352 | if (HAVE_POST_INCREMENT && data.explicit_inc_to > 0) | |
2353 | emit_insn (gen_add2_insn (data.to_addr, constm1_rtx)); | |
2354 | else | |
2355 | data.to_addr = copy_addr_to_reg (plus_constant (data.to_addr, | |
2356 | -1)); | |
2357 | } | |
2358 | to1 = adjust_automodify_address (data.to, QImode, data.to_addr, | |
2359 | data.offset); | |
2360 | } | |
2361 | else | |
2362 | { | |
2363 | if (endp == 2) | |
2364 | --data.offset; | |
2365 | to1 = adjust_address (data.to, QImode, data.offset); | |
2366 | } | |
2367 | return to1; | |
2368 | } | |
2369 | else | |
2370 | return data.to; | |
57814e5e JJ |
2371 | } |
2372 | ||
19caa751 RK |
2373 | /* Generate several move instructions to clear LEN bytes of block TO. (A MEM |
2374 | rtx with BLKmode). The caller must pass TO through protect_from_queue | |
2375 | before calling. ALIGN is maximum alignment we can assume. */ | |
9de08200 RK |
2376 | |
2377 | static void | |
342e2b74 | 2378 | clear_by_pieces (rtx to, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT len, unsigned int align) |
9de08200 | 2379 | { |
57814e5e JJ |
2380 | struct store_by_pieces data; |
2381 | ||
2c430630 RS |
2382 | if (len == 0) |
2383 | return; | |
2384 | ||
57814e5e | 2385 | data.constfun = clear_by_pieces_1; |
df4ae160 | 2386 | data.constfundata = NULL; |
57814e5e JJ |
2387 | data.len = len; |
2388 | data.to = to; | |
2389 | store_by_pieces_1 (&data, align); | |
2390 | } | |
2391 | ||
2392 | /* Callback routine for clear_by_pieces. | |
2393 | Return const0_rtx unconditionally. */ | |
2394 | ||
2395 | static rtx | |
502b8322 AJ |
2396 | clear_by_pieces_1 (void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, |
2397 | HOST_WIDE_INT offset ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, | |
2398 | enum machine_mode mode ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) | |
57814e5e JJ |
2399 | { |
2400 | return const0_rtx; | |
2401 | } | |
2402 | ||
2403 | /* Subroutine of clear_by_pieces and store_by_pieces. | |
2404 | Generate several move instructions to store LEN bytes of block TO. (A MEM | |
2405 | rtx with BLKmode). The caller must pass TO through protect_from_queue | |
2406 | before calling. ALIGN is maximum alignment we can assume. */ | |
2407 | ||
2408 | static void | |
502b8322 AJ |
2409 | store_by_pieces_1 (struct store_by_pieces *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, |
2410 | unsigned int align ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) | |
57814e5e JJ |
2411 | { |
2412 | rtx to_addr = XEXP (data->to, 0); | |
cf5124f6 | 2413 | unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT max_size = STORE_MAX_PIECES + 1; |
fbe1758d AM |
2414 | enum machine_mode mode = VOIDmode, tmode; |
2415 | enum insn_code icode; | |
9de08200 | 2416 | |
57814e5e JJ |
2417 | data->offset = 0; |
2418 | data->to_addr = to_addr; | |
2419 | data->autinc_to | |
9de08200 RK |
2420 | = (GET_CODE (to_addr) == PRE_INC || GET_CODE (to_addr) == PRE_DEC |
2421 | || GET_CODE (to_addr) == POST_INC || GET_CODE (to_addr) == POST_DEC); | |
2422 | ||
57814e5e JJ |
2423 | data->explicit_inc_to = 0; |
2424 | data->reverse | |
9de08200 | 2425 | = (GET_CODE (to_addr) == PRE_DEC || GET_CODE (to_addr) == POST_DEC); |
57814e5e JJ |
2426 | if (data->reverse) |
2427 | data->offset = data->len; | |
9de08200 | 2428 | |
57814e5e | 2429 | /* If storing requires more than two move insns, |
9de08200 RK |
2430 | copy addresses to registers (to make displacements shorter) |
2431 | and use post-increment if available. */ | |
57814e5e JJ |
2432 | if (!data->autinc_to |
2433 | && move_by_pieces_ninsns (data->len, align) > 2) | |
9de08200 | 2434 | { |
3a94c984 | 2435 | /* Determine the main mode we'll be using. */ |
fbe1758d AM |
2436 | for (tmode = GET_CLASS_NARROWEST_MODE (MODE_INT); |
2437 | tmode != VOIDmode; tmode = GET_MODE_WIDER_MODE (tmode)) | |
2438 | if (GET_MODE_SIZE (tmode) < max_size) | |
2439 | mode = tmode; | |
2440 | ||
57814e5e | 2441 | if (USE_STORE_PRE_DECREMENT (mode) && data->reverse && ! data->autinc_to) |
9de08200 | 2442 | { |
57814e5e JJ |
2443 | data->to_addr = copy_addr_to_reg (plus_constant (to_addr, data->len)); |
2444 | data->autinc_to = 1; | |
2445 | data->explicit_inc_to = -1; | |
9de08200 | 2446 | } |
3bdf5ad1 | 2447 | |
57814e5e JJ |
2448 | if (USE_STORE_POST_INCREMENT (mode) && ! data->reverse |
2449 | && ! data->autinc_to) | |
9de08200 | 2450 | { |
57814e5e JJ |
2451 | data->to_addr = copy_addr_to_reg (to_addr); |
2452 | data->autinc_to = 1; | |
2453 | data->explicit_inc_to = 1; | |
9de08200 | 2454 | } |
3bdf5ad1 | 2455 | |
57814e5e JJ |
2456 | if ( !data->autinc_to && CONSTANT_P (to_addr)) |
2457 | data->to_addr = copy_addr_to_reg (to_addr); | |
9de08200 RK |
2458 | } |
2459 | ||
e1565e65 | 2460 | if (! SLOW_UNALIGNED_ACCESS (word_mode, align) |
19caa751 | 2461 | || align > MOVE_MAX * BITS_PER_UNIT || align >= BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT) |
bdb429a5 | 2462 | align = MOVE_MAX * BITS_PER_UNIT; |
9de08200 | 2463 | |
57814e5e | 2464 | /* First store what we can in the largest integer mode, then go to |
9de08200 RK |
2465 | successively smaller modes. */ |
2466 | ||
2467 | while (max_size > 1) | |
2468 | { | |
9de08200 RK |
2469 | for (tmode = GET_CLASS_NARROWEST_MODE (MODE_INT); |
2470 | tmode != VOIDmode; tmode = GET_MODE_WIDER_MODE (tmode)) | |
2471 | if (GET_MODE_SIZE (tmode) < max_size) | |
2472 | mode = tmode; | |
2473 | ||
2474 | if (mode == VOIDmode) | |
2475 | break; | |
2476 | ||
2477 | icode = mov_optab->handlers[(int) mode].insn_code; | |
19caa751 | 2478 | if (icode != CODE_FOR_nothing && align >= GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (mode)) |
57814e5e | 2479 | store_by_pieces_2 (GEN_FCN (icode), mode, data); |
9de08200 RK |
2480 | |
2481 | max_size = GET_MODE_SIZE (mode); | |
2482 | } | |
2483 | ||
2484 | /* The code above should have handled everything. */ | |
57814e5e | 2485 | if (data->len != 0) |
9de08200 RK |
2486 | abort (); |
2487 | } | |
2488 | ||
57814e5e | 2489 | /* Subroutine of store_by_pieces_1. Store as many bytes as appropriate |
9de08200 RK |
2490 | with move instructions for mode MODE. GENFUN is the gen_... function |
2491 | to make a move insn for that mode. DATA has all the other info. */ | |
2492 | ||
2493 | static void | |
502b8322 AJ |
2494 | store_by_pieces_2 (rtx (*genfun) (rtx, ...), enum machine_mode mode, |
2495 | struct store_by_pieces *data) | |
9de08200 | 2496 | { |
3bdf5ad1 | 2497 | unsigned int size = GET_MODE_SIZE (mode); |
57814e5e | 2498 | rtx to1, cst; |
9de08200 RK |
2499 | |
2500 | while (data->len >= size) | |
2501 | { | |
3bdf5ad1 RK |
2502 | if (data->reverse) |
2503 | data->offset -= size; | |
9de08200 | 2504 | |
3bdf5ad1 | 2505 | if (data->autinc_to) |
630036c6 JJ |
2506 | to1 = adjust_automodify_address (data->to, mode, data->to_addr, |
2507 | data->offset); | |
3a94c984 | 2508 | else |
f4ef873c | 2509 | to1 = adjust_address (data->to, mode, data->offset); |
9de08200 | 2510 | |
940da324 | 2511 | if (HAVE_PRE_DECREMENT && data->explicit_inc_to < 0) |
57814e5e JJ |
2512 | emit_insn (gen_add2_insn (data->to_addr, |
2513 | GEN_INT (-(HOST_WIDE_INT) size))); | |
9de08200 | 2514 | |
57814e5e JJ |
2515 | cst = (*data->constfun) (data->constfundata, data->offset, mode); |
2516 | emit_insn ((*genfun) (to1, cst)); | |
3bdf5ad1 | 2517 | |
940da324 | 2518 | if (HAVE_POST_INCREMENT && data->explicit_inc_to > 0) |
9de08200 | 2519 | emit_insn (gen_add2_insn (data->to_addr, GEN_INT (size))); |
9de08200 | 2520 | |
3bdf5ad1 RK |
2521 | if (! data->reverse) |
2522 | data->offset += size; | |
9de08200 RK |
2523 | |
2524 | data->len -= size; | |
2525 | } | |
2526 | } | |
2527 | \f | |
19caa751 | 2528 | /* Write zeros through the storage of OBJECT. If OBJECT has BLKmode, SIZE is |
8ac61af7 | 2529 | its length in bytes. */ |
e9a25f70 JL |
2530 | |
2531 | rtx | |
502b8322 | 2532 | clear_storage (rtx object, rtx size) |
bbf6f052 | 2533 | { |
e9a25f70 | 2534 | rtx retval = 0; |
8ac61af7 RK |
2535 | unsigned int align = (GET_CODE (object) == MEM ? MEM_ALIGN (object) |
2536 | : GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (GET_MODE (object))); | |
e9a25f70 | 2537 | |
fcf1b822 RK |
2538 | /* If OBJECT is not BLKmode and SIZE is the same size as its mode, |
2539 | just move a zero. Otherwise, do this a piece at a time. */ | |
69ef87e2 | 2540 | if (GET_MODE (object) != BLKmode |
fcf1b822 | 2541 | && GET_CODE (size) == CONST_INT |
4ca79136 | 2542 | && INTVAL (size) == (HOST_WIDE_INT) GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (object))) |
fcf1b822 RK |
2543 | emit_move_insn (object, CONST0_RTX (GET_MODE (object))); |
2544 | else | |
bbf6f052 | 2545 | { |
9de08200 RK |
2546 | object = protect_from_queue (object, 1); |
2547 | size = protect_from_queue (size, 0); | |
2548 | ||
6972c506 | 2549 | if (size == const0_rtx) |
2c430630 RS |
2550 | ; |
2551 | else if (GET_CODE (size) == CONST_INT | |
78762e3b | 2552 | && CLEAR_BY_PIECES_P (INTVAL (size), align)) |
9de08200 | 2553 | clear_by_pieces (object, INTVAL (size), align); |
4ca79136 RH |
2554 | else if (clear_storage_via_clrstr (object, size, align)) |
2555 | ; | |
9de08200 | 2556 | else |
4ca79136 RH |
2557 | retval = clear_storage_via_libcall (object, size); |
2558 | } | |
2559 | ||
2560 | return retval; | |
2561 | } | |
2562 | ||
2563 | /* A subroutine of clear_storage. Expand a clrstr pattern; | |
2564 | return true if successful. */ | |
2565 | ||
2566 | static bool | |
502b8322 | 2567 | clear_storage_via_clrstr (rtx object, rtx size, unsigned int align) |
4ca79136 RH |
2568 | { |
2569 | /* Try the most limited insn first, because there's no point | |
2570 | including more than one in the machine description unless | |
2571 | the more limited one has some advantage. */ | |
2572 | ||
2573 | rtx opalign = GEN_INT (align / BITS_PER_UNIT); | |
2574 | enum machine_mode mode; | |
2575 | ||
2576 | for (mode = GET_CLASS_NARROWEST_MODE (MODE_INT); mode != VOIDmode; | |
2577 | mode = GET_MODE_WIDER_MODE (mode)) | |
2578 | { | |
2579 | enum insn_code code = clrstr_optab[(int) mode]; | |
2580 | insn_operand_predicate_fn pred; | |
2581 | ||
2582 | if (code != CODE_FOR_nothing | |
2583 | /* We don't need MODE to be narrower than | |
2584 | BITS_PER_HOST_WIDE_INT here because if SIZE is less than | |
2585 | the mode mask, as it is returned by the macro, it will | |
2586 | definitely be less than the actual mode mask. */ | |
2587 | && ((GET_CODE (size) == CONST_INT | |
2588 | && ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) INTVAL (size) | |
2589 | <= (GET_MODE_MASK (mode) >> 1))) | |
2590 | || GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) >= BITS_PER_WORD) | |
2591 | && ((pred = insn_data[(int) code].operand[0].predicate) == 0 | |
2592 | || (*pred) (object, BLKmode)) | |
2593 | && ((pred = insn_data[(int) code].operand[2].predicate) == 0 | |
2594 | || (*pred) (opalign, VOIDmode))) | |
9de08200 | 2595 | { |
4ca79136 RH |
2596 | rtx op1; |
2597 | rtx last = get_last_insn (); | |
2598 | rtx pat; | |
9de08200 | 2599 | |
4ca79136 RH |
2600 | op1 = convert_to_mode (mode, size, 1); |
2601 | pred = insn_data[(int) code].operand[1].predicate; | |
2602 | if (pred != 0 && ! (*pred) (op1, mode)) | |
2603 | op1 = copy_to_mode_reg (mode, op1); | |
9de08200 | 2604 | |
4ca79136 RH |
2605 | pat = GEN_FCN ((int) code) (object, op1, opalign); |
2606 | if (pat) | |
9de08200 | 2607 | { |
4ca79136 RH |
2608 | emit_insn (pat); |
2609 | return true; | |
2610 | } | |
2611 | else | |
2612 | delete_insns_since (last); | |
2613 | } | |
2614 | } | |
9de08200 | 2615 | |
4ca79136 RH |
2616 | return false; |
2617 | } | |
9de08200 | 2618 | |
4ca79136 RH |
2619 | /* A subroutine of clear_storage. Expand a call to memset or bzero. |
2620 | Return the return value of memset, 0 otherwise. */ | |
9de08200 | 2621 | |
4ca79136 | 2622 | static rtx |
502b8322 | 2623 | clear_storage_via_libcall (rtx object, rtx size) |
4ca79136 RH |
2624 | { |
2625 | tree call_expr, arg_list, fn, object_tree, size_tree; | |
2626 | enum machine_mode size_mode; | |
2627 | rtx retval; | |
9de08200 | 2628 | |
4ca79136 | 2629 | /* OBJECT or SIZE may have been passed through protect_from_queue. |
52cf7115 | 2630 | |
4ca79136 RH |
2631 | It is unsafe to save the value generated by protect_from_queue |
2632 | and reuse it later. Consider what happens if emit_queue is | |
2633 | called before the return value from protect_from_queue is used. | |
52cf7115 | 2634 | |
4ca79136 RH |
2635 | Expansion of the CALL_EXPR below will call emit_queue before |
2636 | we are finished emitting RTL for argument setup. So if we are | |
2637 | not careful we could get the wrong value for an argument. | |
52cf7115 | 2638 | |
4ca79136 RH |
2639 | To avoid this problem we go ahead and emit code to copy OBJECT |
2640 | and SIZE into new pseudos. We can then place those new pseudos | |
2641 | into an RTL_EXPR and use them later, even after a call to | |
2642 | emit_queue. | |
52cf7115 | 2643 | |
4ca79136 RH |
2644 | Note this is not strictly needed for library calls since they |
2645 | do not call emit_queue before loading their arguments. However, | |
2646 | we may need to have library calls call emit_queue in the future | |
2647 | since failing to do so could cause problems for targets which | |
2648 | define SMALL_REGISTER_CLASSES and pass arguments in registers. */ | |
52cf7115 | 2649 | |
4ca79136 | 2650 | object = copy_to_mode_reg (Pmode, XEXP (object, 0)); |
52cf7115 | 2651 | |
4ca79136 RH |
2652 | if (TARGET_MEM_FUNCTIONS) |
2653 | size_mode = TYPE_MODE (sizetype); | |
2654 | else | |
2655 | size_mode = TYPE_MODE (unsigned_type_node); | |
2656 | size = convert_to_mode (size_mode, size, 1); | |
2657 | size = copy_to_mode_reg (size_mode, size); | |
52cf7115 | 2658 | |
4ca79136 RH |
2659 | /* It is incorrect to use the libcall calling conventions to call |
2660 | memset in this context. This could be a user call to memset and | |
2661 | the user may wish to examine the return value from memset. For | |
2662 | targets where libcalls and normal calls have different conventions | |
2663 | for returning pointers, we could end up generating incorrect code. | |
4bc973ae | 2664 | |
4ca79136 | 2665 | For convenience, we generate the call to bzero this way as well. */ |
4bc973ae | 2666 | |
4ca79136 RH |
2667 | object_tree = make_tree (ptr_type_node, object); |
2668 | if (TARGET_MEM_FUNCTIONS) | |
2669 | size_tree = make_tree (sizetype, size); | |
2670 | else | |
2671 | size_tree = make_tree (unsigned_type_node, size); | |
2672 | ||
2673 | fn = clear_storage_libcall_fn (true); | |
2674 | arg_list = tree_cons (NULL_TREE, size_tree, NULL_TREE); | |
2675 | if (TARGET_MEM_FUNCTIONS) | |
2676 | arg_list = tree_cons (NULL_TREE, integer_zero_node, arg_list); | |
2677 | arg_list = tree_cons (NULL_TREE, object_tree, arg_list); | |
2678 | ||
2679 | /* Now we have to build up the CALL_EXPR itself. */ | |
2680 | call_expr = build1 (ADDR_EXPR, build_pointer_type (TREE_TYPE (fn)), fn); | |
2681 | call_expr = build (CALL_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (fn)), | |
2682 | call_expr, arg_list, NULL_TREE); | |
4ca79136 RH |
2683 | |
2684 | retval = expand_expr (call_expr, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); | |
2685 | ||
2686 | /* If we are initializing a readonly value, show the above call | |
2687 | clobbered it. Otherwise, a load from it may erroneously be | |
2688 | hoisted from a loop. */ | |
2689 | if (RTX_UNCHANGING_P (object)) | |
2690 | emit_insn (gen_rtx_CLOBBER (VOIDmode, object)); | |
2691 | ||
2692 | return (TARGET_MEM_FUNCTIONS ? retval : NULL_RTX); | |
2693 | } | |
2694 | ||
2695 | /* A subroutine of clear_storage_via_libcall. Create the tree node | |
2696 | for the function we use for block clears. The first time FOR_CALL | |
2697 | is true, we call assemble_external. */ | |
2698 | ||
2699 | static GTY(()) tree block_clear_fn; | |
66c60e67 | 2700 | |
9661b15f | 2701 | void |
502b8322 | 2702 | init_block_clear_fn (const char *asmspec) |
4ca79136 | 2703 | { |
9661b15f | 2704 | if (!block_clear_fn) |
4ca79136 | 2705 | { |
9661b15f JJ |
2706 | tree fn, args; |
2707 | ||
4ca79136 RH |
2708 | if (TARGET_MEM_FUNCTIONS) |
2709 | { | |
2710 | fn = get_identifier ("memset"); | |
2711 | args = build_function_type_list (ptr_type_node, ptr_type_node, | |
2712 | integer_type_node, sizetype, | |
2713 | NULL_TREE); | |
2714 | } | |
2715 | else | |
2716 | { | |
2717 | fn = get_identifier ("bzero"); | |
2718 | args = build_function_type_list (void_type_node, ptr_type_node, | |
2719 | unsigned_type_node, NULL_TREE); | |
9de08200 | 2720 | } |
4ca79136 RH |
2721 | |
2722 | fn = build_decl (FUNCTION_DECL, fn, args); | |
2723 | DECL_EXTERNAL (fn) = 1; | |
2724 | TREE_PUBLIC (fn) = 1; | |
2725 | DECL_ARTIFICIAL (fn) = 1; | |
2726 | TREE_NOTHROW (fn) = 1; | |
2727 | ||
2728 | block_clear_fn = fn; | |
bbf6f052 | 2729 | } |
e9a25f70 | 2730 | |
9661b15f JJ |
2731 | if (asmspec) |
2732 | { | |
2733 | SET_DECL_RTL (block_clear_fn, NULL_RTX); | |
2734 | SET_DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (block_clear_fn, get_identifier (asmspec)); | |
2735 | } | |
2736 | } | |
2737 | ||
2738 | static tree | |
502b8322 | 2739 | clear_storage_libcall_fn (int for_call) |
9661b15f JJ |
2740 | { |
2741 | static bool emitted_extern; | |
2742 | ||
2743 | if (!block_clear_fn) | |
2744 | init_block_clear_fn (NULL); | |
2745 | ||
4ca79136 RH |
2746 | if (for_call && !emitted_extern) |
2747 | { | |
2748 | emitted_extern = true; | |
9661b15f JJ |
2749 | make_decl_rtl (block_clear_fn, NULL); |
2750 | assemble_external (block_clear_fn); | |
4ca79136 | 2751 | } |
bbf6f052 | 2752 | |
9661b15f | 2753 | return block_clear_fn; |
4ca79136 RH |
2754 | } |
2755 | \f | |
bbf6f052 RK |
2756 | /* Generate code to copy Y into X. |
2757 | Both Y and X must have the same mode, except that | |
2758 | Y can be a constant with VOIDmode. | |
2759 | This mode cannot be BLKmode; use emit_block_move for that. | |
2760 | ||
2761 | Return the last instruction emitted. */ | |
2762 | ||
2763 | rtx | |
502b8322 | 2764 | emit_move_insn (rtx x, rtx y) |
bbf6f052 RK |
2765 | { |
2766 | enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (x); | |
de1b33dd | 2767 | rtx y_cst = NULL_RTX; |
0c19a26f | 2768 | rtx last_insn, set; |
bbf6f052 RK |
2769 | |
2770 | x = protect_from_queue (x, 1); | |
2771 | y = protect_from_queue (y, 0); | |
2772 | ||
2773 | if (mode == BLKmode || (GET_MODE (y) != mode && GET_MODE (y) != VOIDmode)) | |
2774 | abort (); | |
2775 | ||
ee5332b8 RH |
2776 | /* Never force constant_p_rtx to memory. */ |
2777 | if (GET_CODE (y) == CONSTANT_P_RTX) | |
2778 | ; | |
51286de6 | 2779 | else if (CONSTANT_P (y)) |
de1b33dd | 2780 | { |
51286de6 | 2781 | if (optimize |
075fc17a | 2782 | && SCALAR_FLOAT_MODE_P (GET_MODE (x)) |
51286de6 RH |
2783 | && (last_insn = compress_float_constant (x, y))) |
2784 | return last_insn; | |
2785 | ||
0c19a26f RS |
2786 | y_cst = y; |
2787 | ||
51286de6 RH |
2788 | if (!LEGITIMATE_CONSTANT_P (y)) |
2789 | { | |
51286de6 | 2790 | y = force_const_mem (mode, y); |
3a04ff64 RH |
2791 | |
2792 | /* If the target's cannot_force_const_mem prevented the spill, | |
2793 | assume that the target's move expanders will also take care | |
2794 | of the non-legitimate constant. */ | |
2795 | if (!y) | |
2796 | y = y_cst; | |
51286de6 | 2797 | } |
de1b33dd | 2798 | } |
bbf6f052 RK |
2799 | |
2800 | /* If X or Y are memory references, verify that their addresses are valid | |
2801 | for the machine. */ | |
2802 | if (GET_CODE (x) == MEM | |
2803 | && ((! memory_address_p (GET_MODE (x), XEXP (x, 0)) | |
2804 | && ! push_operand (x, GET_MODE (x))) | |
2805 | || (flag_force_addr | |
2806 | && CONSTANT_ADDRESS_P (XEXP (x, 0))))) | |
792760b9 | 2807 | x = validize_mem (x); |
bbf6f052 RK |
2808 | |
2809 | if (GET_CODE (y) == MEM | |
2810 | && (! memory_address_p (GET_MODE (y), XEXP (y, 0)) | |
2811 | || (flag_force_addr | |
2812 | && CONSTANT_ADDRESS_P (XEXP (y, 0))))) | |
792760b9 | 2813 | y = validize_mem (y); |
bbf6f052 RK |
2814 | |
2815 | if (mode == BLKmode) | |
2816 | abort (); | |
2817 | ||
de1b33dd AO |
2818 | last_insn = emit_move_insn_1 (x, y); |
2819 | ||
0c19a26f RS |
2820 | if (y_cst && GET_CODE (x) == REG |
2821 | && (set = single_set (last_insn)) != NULL_RTX | |
2822 | && SET_DEST (set) == x | |
2823 | && ! rtx_equal_p (y_cst, SET_SRC (set))) | |
3d238248 | 2824 | set_unique_reg_note (last_insn, REG_EQUAL, y_cst); |
de1b33dd AO |
2825 | |
2826 | return last_insn; | |
261c4230 RS |
2827 | } |
2828 | ||
2829 | /* Low level part of emit_move_insn. | |
2830 | Called just like emit_move_insn, but assumes X and Y | |
2831 | are basically valid. */ | |
2832 | ||
2833 | rtx | |
502b8322 | 2834 | emit_move_insn_1 (rtx x, rtx y) |
261c4230 RS |
2835 | { |
2836 | enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (x); | |
2837 | enum machine_mode submode; | |
2838 | enum mode_class class = GET_MODE_CLASS (mode); | |
261c4230 | 2839 | |
dbbbbf3b | 2840 | if ((unsigned int) mode >= (unsigned int) MAX_MACHINE_MODE) |
3a94c984 | 2841 | abort (); |
76bbe028 | 2842 | |
bbf6f052 RK |
2843 | if (mov_optab->handlers[(int) mode].insn_code != CODE_FOR_nothing) |
2844 | return | |
2845 | emit_insn (GEN_FCN (mov_optab->handlers[(int) mode].insn_code) (x, y)); | |
2846 | ||
89742723 | 2847 | /* Expand complex moves by moving real part and imag part, if possible. */ |
7308a047 | 2848 | else if ((class == MODE_COMPLEX_FLOAT || class == MODE_COMPLEX_INT) |
27e58a70 | 2849 | && BLKmode != (submode = GET_MODE_INNER (mode)) |
7308a047 RS |
2850 | && (mov_optab->handlers[(int) submode].insn_code |
2851 | != CODE_FOR_nothing)) | |
2852 | { | |
2853 | /* Don't split destination if it is a stack push. */ | |
2854 | int stack = push_operand (x, GET_MODE (x)); | |
7308a047 | 2855 | |
79ce92d7 | 2856 | #ifdef PUSH_ROUNDING |
0e9cbd11 KH |
2857 | /* In case we output to the stack, but the size is smaller than the |
2858 | machine can push exactly, we need to use move instructions. */ | |
1a06f5fe | 2859 | if (stack |
bb93b973 RK |
2860 | && (PUSH_ROUNDING (GET_MODE_SIZE (submode)) |
2861 | != GET_MODE_SIZE (submode))) | |
1a06f5fe JH |
2862 | { |
2863 | rtx temp; | |
bb93b973 | 2864 | HOST_WIDE_INT offset1, offset2; |
1a06f5fe JH |
2865 | |
2866 | /* Do not use anti_adjust_stack, since we don't want to update | |
2867 | stack_pointer_delta. */ | |
2868 | temp = expand_binop (Pmode, | |
2869 | #ifdef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD | |
2870 | sub_optab, | |
2871 | #else | |
2872 | add_optab, | |
2873 | #endif | |
2874 | stack_pointer_rtx, | |
2875 | GEN_INT | |
bb93b973 RK |
2876 | (PUSH_ROUNDING |
2877 | (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x)))), | |
2878 | stack_pointer_rtx, 0, OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN); | |
2879 | ||
1a06f5fe JH |
2880 | if (temp != stack_pointer_rtx) |
2881 | emit_move_insn (stack_pointer_rtx, temp); | |
bb93b973 | 2882 | |
1a06f5fe JH |
2883 | #ifdef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD |
2884 | offset1 = 0; | |
2885 | offset2 = GET_MODE_SIZE (submode); | |
2886 | #else | |
2887 | offset1 = -PUSH_ROUNDING (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x))); | |
2888 | offset2 = (-PUSH_ROUNDING (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x))) | |
2889 | + GET_MODE_SIZE (submode)); | |
2890 | #endif | |
bb93b973 | 2891 | |
1a06f5fe JH |
2892 | emit_move_insn (change_address (x, submode, |
2893 | gen_rtx_PLUS (Pmode, | |
2894 | stack_pointer_rtx, | |
2895 | GEN_INT (offset1))), | |
2896 | gen_realpart (submode, y)); | |
2897 | emit_move_insn (change_address (x, submode, | |
2898 | gen_rtx_PLUS (Pmode, | |
2899 | stack_pointer_rtx, | |
2900 | GEN_INT (offset2))), | |
2901 | gen_imagpart (submode, y)); | |
2902 | } | |
e9c0bd54 | 2903 | else |
79ce92d7 | 2904 | #endif |
7308a047 RS |
2905 | /* If this is a stack, push the highpart first, so it |
2906 | will be in the argument order. | |
2907 | ||
2908 | In that case, change_address is used only to convert | |
2909 | the mode, not to change the address. */ | |
e9c0bd54 | 2910 | if (stack) |
c937357e | 2911 | { |
e33c0d66 RS |
2912 | /* Note that the real part always precedes the imag part in memory |
2913 | regardless of machine's endianness. */ | |
c937357e | 2914 | #ifdef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD |
a79b3dc7 RS |
2915 | emit_move_insn (gen_rtx_MEM (submode, XEXP (x, 0)), |
2916 | gen_imagpart (submode, y)); | |
2917 | emit_move_insn (gen_rtx_MEM (submode, XEXP (x, 0)), | |
2918 | gen_realpart (submode, y)); | |
c937357e | 2919 | #else |
a79b3dc7 RS |
2920 | emit_move_insn (gen_rtx_MEM (submode, XEXP (x, 0)), |
2921 | gen_realpart (submode, y)); | |
2922 | emit_move_insn (gen_rtx_MEM (submode, XEXP (x, 0)), | |
2923 | gen_imagpart (submode, y)); | |
c937357e RS |
2924 | #endif |
2925 | } | |
2926 | else | |
2927 | { | |
235ae7be DM |
2928 | rtx realpart_x, realpart_y; |
2929 | rtx imagpart_x, imagpart_y; | |
2930 | ||
405f63da MM |
2931 | /* If this is a complex value with each part being smaller than a |
2932 | word, the usual calling sequence will likely pack the pieces into | |
2933 | a single register. Unfortunately, SUBREG of hard registers only | |
2934 | deals in terms of words, so we have a problem converting input | |
2935 | arguments to the CONCAT of two registers that is used elsewhere | |
2936 | for complex values. If this is before reload, we can copy it into | |
2937 | memory and reload. FIXME, we should see about using extract and | |
2938 | insert on integer registers, but complex short and complex char | |
2939 | variables should be rarely used. */ | |
3a94c984 | 2940 | if (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) < 2 * BITS_PER_WORD |
405f63da MM |
2941 | && (reload_in_progress | reload_completed) == 0) |
2942 | { | |
bb93b973 RK |
2943 | int packed_dest_p |
2944 | = (REG_P (x) && REGNO (x) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER); | |
2945 | int packed_src_p | |
2946 | = (REG_P (y) && REGNO (y) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER); | |
405f63da MM |
2947 | |
2948 | if (packed_dest_p || packed_src_p) | |
2949 | { | |
2950 | enum mode_class reg_class = ((class == MODE_COMPLEX_FLOAT) | |
2951 | ? MODE_FLOAT : MODE_INT); | |
2952 | ||
1da68f56 RK |
2953 | enum machine_mode reg_mode |
2954 | = mode_for_size (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode), reg_class, 1); | |
405f63da MM |
2955 | |
2956 | if (reg_mode != BLKmode) | |
2957 | { | |
2958 | rtx mem = assign_stack_temp (reg_mode, | |
2959 | GET_MODE_SIZE (mode), 0); | |
f4ef873c | 2960 | rtx cmem = adjust_address (mem, mode, 0); |
405f63da | 2961 | |
1da68f56 RK |
2962 | cfun->cannot_inline |
2963 | = N_("function using short complex types cannot be inline"); | |
405f63da MM |
2964 | |
2965 | if (packed_dest_p) | |
2966 | { | |
2967 | rtx sreg = gen_rtx_SUBREG (reg_mode, x, 0); | |
bb93b973 | 2968 | |
405f63da MM |
2969 | emit_move_insn_1 (cmem, y); |
2970 | return emit_move_insn_1 (sreg, mem); | |
2971 | } | |
2972 | else | |
2973 | { | |
2974 | rtx sreg = gen_rtx_SUBREG (reg_mode, y, 0); | |
bb93b973 | 2975 | |
405f63da MM |
2976 | emit_move_insn_1 (mem, sreg); |
2977 | return emit_move_insn_1 (x, cmem); | |
2978 | } | |
2979 | } | |
2980 | } | |
2981 | } | |
2982 | ||
235ae7be DM |
2983 | realpart_x = gen_realpart (submode, x); |
2984 | realpart_y = gen_realpart (submode, y); | |
2985 | imagpart_x = gen_imagpart (submode, x); | |
2986 | imagpart_y = gen_imagpart (submode, y); | |
2987 | ||
2988 | /* Show the output dies here. This is necessary for SUBREGs | |
2989 | of pseudos since we cannot track their lifetimes correctly; | |
c14c6529 RH |
2990 | hard regs shouldn't appear here except as return values. |
2991 | We never want to emit such a clobber after reload. */ | |
2992 | if (x != y | |
235ae7be DM |
2993 | && ! (reload_in_progress || reload_completed) |
2994 | && (GET_CODE (realpart_x) == SUBREG | |
2995 | || GET_CODE (imagpart_x) == SUBREG)) | |
bb93b973 | 2996 | emit_insn (gen_rtx_CLOBBER (VOIDmode, x)); |
2638126a | 2997 | |
a79b3dc7 RS |
2998 | emit_move_insn (realpart_x, realpart_y); |
2999 | emit_move_insn (imagpart_x, imagpart_y); | |
c937357e | 3000 | } |
7308a047 | 3001 | |
7a1ab50a | 3002 | return get_last_insn (); |
7308a047 RS |
3003 | } |
3004 | ||
a3600c71 HPN |
3005 | /* Handle MODE_CC modes: If we don't have a special move insn for this mode, |
3006 | find a mode to do it in. If we have a movcc, use it. Otherwise, | |
3007 | find the MODE_INT mode of the same width. */ | |
3008 | else if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_CC | |
3009 | && mov_optab->handlers[(int) mode].insn_code == CODE_FOR_nothing) | |
3010 | { | |
3011 | enum insn_code insn_code; | |
3012 | enum machine_mode tmode = VOIDmode; | |
3013 | rtx x1 = x, y1 = y; | |
3014 | ||
3015 | if (mode != CCmode | |
3016 | && mov_optab->handlers[(int) CCmode].insn_code != CODE_FOR_nothing) | |
3017 | tmode = CCmode; | |
3018 | else | |
3019 | for (tmode = QImode; tmode != VOIDmode; | |
3020 | tmode = GET_MODE_WIDER_MODE (tmode)) | |
3021 | if (GET_MODE_SIZE (tmode) == GET_MODE_SIZE (mode)) | |
3022 | break; | |
3023 | ||
3024 | if (tmode == VOIDmode) | |
3025 | abort (); | |
3026 | ||
3027 | /* Get X and Y in TMODE. We can't use gen_lowpart here because it | |
3028 | may call change_address which is not appropriate if we were | |
3029 | called when a reload was in progress. We don't have to worry | |
3030 | about changing the address since the size in bytes is supposed to | |
3031 | be the same. Copy the MEM to change the mode and move any | |
3032 | substitutions from the old MEM to the new one. */ | |
3033 | ||
3034 | if (reload_in_progress) | |
3035 | { | |
3036 | x = gen_lowpart_common (tmode, x1); | |
3037 | if (x == 0 && GET_CODE (x1) == MEM) | |
3038 | { | |
3039 | x = adjust_address_nv (x1, tmode, 0); | |
3040 | copy_replacements (x1, x); | |
3041 | } | |
3042 | ||
3043 | y = gen_lowpart_common (tmode, y1); | |
3044 | if (y == 0 && GET_CODE (y1) == MEM) | |
3045 | { | |
3046 | y = adjust_address_nv (y1, tmode, 0); | |
3047 | copy_replacements (y1, y); | |
3048 | } | |
3049 | } | |
3050 | else | |
3051 | { | |
3052 | x = gen_lowpart (tmode, x); | |
3053 | y = gen_lowpart (tmode, y); | |
3054 | } | |
502b8322 | 3055 | |
a3600c71 HPN |
3056 | insn_code = mov_optab->handlers[(int) tmode].insn_code; |
3057 | return emit_insn (GEN_FCN (insn_code) (x, y)); | |
3058 | } | |
3059 | ||
5581fc91 RS |
3060 | /* Try using a move pattern for the corresponding integer mode. This is |
3061 | only safe when simplify_subreg can convert MODE constants into integer | |
3062 | constants. At present, it can only do this reliably if the value | |
3063 | fits within a HOST_WIDE_INT. */ | |
3064 | else if (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) <= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT | |
3065 | && (submode = int_mode_for_mode (mode)) != BLKmode | |
3066 | && mov_optab->handlers[submode].insn_code != CODE_FOR_nothing) | |
3067 | return emit_insn (GEN_FCN (mov_optab->handlers[submode].insn_code) | |
3068 | (simplify_gen_subreg (submode, x, mode, 0), | |
3069 | simplify_gen_subreg (submode, y, mode, 0))); | |
3070 | ||
cffa2189 R |
3071 | /* This will handle any multi-word or full-word mode that lacks a move_insn |
3072 | pattern. However, you will get better code if you define such patterns, | |
bbf6f052 | 3073 | even if they must turn into multiple assembler instructions. */ |
cffa2189 | 3074 | else if (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) >= UNITS_PER_WORD) |
bbf6f052 RK |
3075 | { |
3076 | rtx last_insn = 0; | |
3ef1eef4 | 3077 | rtx seq, inner; |
235ae7be | 3078 | int need_clobber; |
bb93b973 | 3079 | int i; |
3a94c984 | 3080 | |
a98c9f1a RK |
3081 | #ifdef PUSH_ROUNDING |
3082 | ||
3083 | /* If X is a push on the stack, do the push now and replace | |
3084 | X with a reference to the stack pointer. */ | |
3085 | if (push_operand (x, GET_MODE (x))) | |
3086 | { | |
918a6124 GK |
3087 | rtx temp; |
3088 | enum rtx_code code; | |
0fb7aeda | 3089 | |
918a6124 GK |
3090 | /* Do not use anti_adjust_stack, since we don't want to update |
3091 | stack_pointer_delta. */ | |
3092 | temp = expand_binop (Pmode, | |
3093 | #ifdef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD | |
3094 | sub_optab, | |
3095 | #else | |
3096 | add_optab, | |
3097 | #endif | |
3098 | stack_pointer_rtx, | |
3099 | GEN_INT | |
bb93b973 RK |
3100 | (PUSH_ROUNDING |
3101 | (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x)))), | |
a426c92e | 3102 | stack_pointer_rtx, 0, OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN); |
bb93b973 | 3103 | |
0fb7aeda KH |
3104 | if (temp != stack_pointer_rtx) |
3105 | emit_move_insn (stack_pointer_rtx, temp); | |
918a6124 GK |
3106 | |
3107 | code = GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)); | |
bb93b973 | 3108 | |
918a6124 GK |
3109 | /* Just hope that small offsets off SP are OK. */ |
3110 | if (code == POST_INC) | |
0fb7aeda | 3111 | temp = gen_rtx_PLUS (Pmode, stack_pointer_rtx, |
bb93b973 RK |
3112 | GEN_INT (-((HOST_WIDE_INT) |
3113 | GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x))))); | |
918a6124 | 3114 | else if (code == POST_DEC) |
0fb7aeda | 3115 | temp = gen_rtx_PLUS (Pmode, stack_pointer_rtx, |
918a6124 GK |
3116 | GEN_INT (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x)))); |
3117 | else | |
3118 | temp = stack_pointer_rtx; | |
3119 | ||
3120 | x = change_address (x, VOIDmode, temp); | |
a98c9f1a RK |
3121 | } |
3122 | #endif | |
3a94c984 | 3123 | |
3ef1eef4 RK |
3124 | /* If we are in reload, see if either operand is a MEM whose address |
3125 | is scheduled for replacement. */ | |
3126 | if (reload_in_progress && GET_CODE (x) == MEM | |
3127 | && (inner = find_replacement (&XEXP (x, 0))) != XEXP (x, 0)) | |
f1ec5147 | 3128 | x = replace_equiv_address_nv (x, inner); |
3ef1eef4 RK |
3129 | if (reload_in_progress && GET_CODE (y) == MEM |
3130 | && (inner = find_replacement (&XEXP (y, 0))) != XEXP (y, 0)) | |
f1ec5147 | 3131 | y = replace_equiv_address_nv (y, inner); |
3ef1eef4 | 3132 | |
235ae7be | 3133 | start_sequence (); |
15a7a8ec | 3134 | |
235ae7be | 3135 | need_clobber = 0; |
bbf6f052 | 3136 | for (i = 0; |
3a94c984 | 3137 | i < (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) + (UNITS_PER_WORD - 1)) / UNITS_PER_WORD; |
bbf6f052 RK |
3138 | i++) |
3139 | { | |
3140 | rtx xpart = operand_subword (x, i, 1, mode); | |
3141 | rtx ypart = operand_subword (y, i, 1, mode); | |
3142 | ||
3143 | /* If we can't get a part of Y, put Y into memory if it is a | |
3144 | constant. Otherwise, force it into a register. If we still | |
3145 | can't get a part of Y, abort. */ | |
3146 | if (ypart == 0 && CONSTANT_P (y)) | |
3147 | { | |
3148 | y = force_const_mem (mode, y); | |
3149 | ypart = operand_subword (y, i, 1, mode); | |
3150 | } | |
3151 | else if (ypart == 0) | |
3152 | ypart = operand_subword_force (y, i, mode); | |
3153 | ||
3154 | if (xpart == 0 || ypart == 0) | |
3155 | abort (); | |
3156 | ||
235ae7be DM |
3157 | need_clobber |= (GET_CODE (xpart) == SUBREG); |
3158 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
3159 | last_insn = emit_move_insn (xpart, ypart); |
3160 | } | |
6551fa4d | 3161 | |
2f937369 | 3162 | seq = get_insns (); |
235ae7be DM |
3163 | end_sequence (); |
3164 | ||
3165 | /* Show the output dies here. This is necessary for SUBREGs | |
3166 | of pseudos since we cannot track their lifetimes correctly; | |
3167 | hard regs shouldn't appear here except as return values. | |
3168 | We never want to emit such a clobber after reload. */ | |
3169 | if (x != y | |
3170 | && ! (reload_in_progress || reload_completed) | |
3171 | && need_clobber != 0) | |
bb93b973 | 3172 | emit_insn (gen_rtx_CLOBBER (VOIDmode, x)); |
235ae7be DM |
3173 | |
3174 | emit_insn (seq); | |
3175 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
3176 | return last_insn; |
3177 | } | |
3178 | else | |
3179 | abort (); | |
3180 | } | |
51286de6 RH |
3181 | |
3182 | /* If Y is representable exactly in a narrower mode, and the target can | |
3183 | perform the extension directly from constant or memory, then emit the | |
3184 | move as an extension. */ | |
3185 | ||
3186 | static rtx | |
502b8322 | 3187 | compress_float_constant (rtx x, rtx y) |
51286de6 RH |
3188 | { |
3189 | enum machine_mode dstmode = GET_MODE (x); | |
3190 | enum machine_mode orig_srcmode = GET_MODE (y); | |
3191 | enum machine_mode srcmode; | |
3192 | REAL_VALUE_TYPE r; | |
3193 | ||
3194 | REAL_VALUE_FROM_CONST_DOUBLE (r, y); | |
3195 | ||
3196 | for (srcmode = GET_CLASS_NARROWEST_MODE (GET_MODE_CLASS (orig_srcmode)); | |
3197 | srcmode != orig_srcmode; | |
3198 | srcmode = GET_MODE_WIDER_MODE (srcmode)) | |
3199 | { | |
3200 | enum insn_code ic; | |
3201 | rtx trunc_y, last_insn; | |
3202 | ||
3203 | /* Skip if the target can't extend this way. */ | |
3204 | ic = can_extend_p (dstmode, srcmode, 0); | |
3205 | if (ic == CODE_FOR_nothing) | |
3206 | continue; | |
3207 | ||
3208 | /* Skip if the narrowed value isn't exact. */ | |
3209 | if (! exact_real_truncate (srcmode, &r)) | |
3210 | continue; | |
3211 | ||
3212 | trunc_y = CONST_DOUBLE_FROM_REAL_VALUE (r, srcmode); | |
3213 | ||
3214 | if (LEGITIMATE_CONSTANT_P (trunc_y)) | |
3215 | { | |
3216 | /* Skip if the target needs extra instructions to perform | |
3217 | the extension. */ | |
3218 | if (! (*insn_data[ic].operand[1].predicate) (trunc_y, srcmode)) | |
3219 | continue; | |
3220 | } | |
3221 | else if (float_extend_from_mem[dstmode][srcmode]) | |
3222 | trunc_y = validize_mem (force_const_mem (srcmode, trunc_y)); | |
3223 | else | |
3224 | continue; | |
3225 | ||
3226 | emit_unop_insn (ic, x, trunc_y, UNKNOWN); | |
3227 | last_insn = get_last_insn (); | |
3228 | ||
3229 | if (GET_CODE (x) == REG) | |
0c19a26f | 3230 | set_unique_reg_note (last_insn, REG_EQUAL, y); |
51286de6 RH |
3231 | |
3232 | return last_insn; | |
3233 | } | |
3234 | ||
3235 | return NULL_RTX; | |
3236 | } | |
bbf6f052 RK |
3237 | \f |
3238 | /* Pushing data onto the stack. */ | |
3239 | ||
3240 | /* Push a block of length SIZE (perhaps variable) | |
3241 | and return an rtx to address the beginning of the block. | |
3242 | Note that it is not possible for the value returned to be a QUEUED. | |
3243 | The value may be virtual_outgoing_args_rtx. | |
3244 | ||
3245 | EXTRA is the number of bytes of padding to push in addition to SIZE. | |
3246 | BELOW nonzero means this padding comes at low addresses; | |
3247 | otherwise, the padding comes at high addresses. */ | |
3248 | ||
3249 | rtx | |
502b8322 | 3250 | push_block (rtx size, int extra, int below) |
bbf6f052 | 3251 | { |
b3694847 | 3252 | rtx temp; |
88f63c77 RK |
3253 | |
3254 | size = convert_modes (Pmode, ptr_mode, size, 1); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
3255 | if (CONSTANT_P (size)) |
3256 | anti_adjust_stack (plus_constant (size, extra)); | |
3257 | else if (GET_CODE (size) == REG && extra == 0) | |
3258 | anti_adjust_stack (size); | |
3259 | else | |
3260 | { | |
ce48579b | 3261 | temp = copy_to_mode_reg (Pmode, size); |
bbf6f052 | 3262 | if (extra != 0) |
906c4e36 | 3263 | temp = expand_binop (Pmode, add_optab, temp, GEN_INT (extra), |
bbf6f052 RK |
3264 | temp, 0, OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN); |
3265 | anti_adjust_stack (temp); | |
3266 | } | |
3267 | ||
f73ad30e | 3268 | #ifndef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD |
f73ad30e | 3269 | if (0) |
f73ad30e JH |
3270 | #else |
3271 | if (1) | |
bbf6f052 | 3272 | #endif |
f73ad30e | 3273 | { |
f73ad30e JH |
3274 | temp = virtual_outgoing_args_rtx; |
3275 | if (extra != 0 && below) | |
3276 | temp = plus_constant (temp, extra); | |
3277 | } | |
3278 | else | |
3279 | { | |
3280 | if (GET_CODE (size) == CONST_INT) | |
3281 | temp = plus_constant (virtual_outgoing_args_rtx, | |
3a94c984 | 3282 | -INTVAL (size) - (below ? 0 : extra)); |
f73ad30e JH |
3283 | else if (extra != 0 && !below) |
3284 | temp = gen_rtx_PLUS (Pmode, virtual_outgoing_args_rtx, | |
3bdf5ad1 | 3285 | negate_rtx (Pmode, plus_constant (size, extra))); |
f73ad30e JH |
3286 | else |
3287 | temp = gen_rtx_PLUS (Pmode, virtual_outgoing_args_rtx, | |
3288 | negate_rtx (Pmode, size)); | |
3289 | } | |
bbf6f052 RK |
3290 | |
3291 | return memory_address (GET_CLASS_NARROWEST_MODE (MODE_INT), temp); | |
3292 | } | |
3293 | ||
21d93687 RK |
3294 | #ifdef PUSH_ROUNDING |
3295 | ||
566aa174 | 3296 | /* Emit single push insn. */ |
21d93687 | 3297 | |
566aa174 | 3298 | static void |
502b8322 | 3299 | emit_single_push_insn (enum machine_mode mode, rtx x, tree type) |
566aa174 | 3300 | { |
566aa174 | 3301 | rtx dest_addr; |
918a6124 | 3302 | unsigned rounded_size = PUSH_ROUNDING (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode)); |
566aa174 | 3303 | rtx dest; |
371b8fc0 JH |
3304 | enum insn_code icode; |
3305 | insn_operand_predicate_fn pred; | |
566aa174 | 3306 | |
371b8fc0 JH |
3307 | stack_pointer_delta += PUSH_ROUNDING (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode)); |
3308 | /* If there is push pattern, use it. Otherwise try old way of throwing | |
3309 | MEM representing push operation to move expander. */ | |
3310 | icode = push_optab->handlers[(int) mode].insn_code; | |
3311 | if (icode != CODE_FOR_nothing) | |
3312 | { | |
3313 | if (((pred = insn_data[(int) icode].operand[0].predicate) | |
505ddab6 | 3314 | && !((*pred) (x, mode)))) |
371b8fc0 JH |
3315 | x = force_reg (mode, x); |
3316 | emit_insn (GEN_FCN (icode) (x)); | |
3317 | return; | |
3318 | } | |
566aa174 JH |
3319 | if (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) == rounded_size) |
3320 | dest_addr = gen_rtx_fmt_e (STACK_PUSH_CODE, Pmode, stack_pointer_rtx); | |
329d586f KH |
3321 | /* If we are to pad downward, adjust the stack pointer first and |
3322 | then store X into the stack location using an offset. This is | |
3323 | because emit_move_insn does not know how to pad; it does not have | |
3324 | access to type. */ | |
3325 | else if (FUNCTION_ARG_PADDING (mode, type) == downward) | |
3326 | { | |
3327 | unsigned padding_size = rounded_size - GET_MODE_SIZE (mode); | |
3328 | HOST_WIDE_INT offset; | |
3329 | ||
3330 | emit_move_insn (stack_pointer_rtx, | |
3331 | expand_binop (Pmode, | |
3332 | #ifdef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD | |
3333 | sub_optab, | |
3334 | #else | |
3335 | add_optab, | |
3336 | #endif | |
3337 | stack_pointer_rtx, | |
3338 | GEN_INT (rounded_size), | |
3339 | NULL_RTX, 0, OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN)); | |
3340 | ||
3341 | offset = (HOST_WIDE_INT) padding_size; | |
3342 | #ifdef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD | |
3343 | if (STACK_PUSH_CODE == POST_DEC) | |
3344 | /* We have already decremented the stack pointer, so get the | |
3345 | previous value. */ | |
3346 | offset += (HOST_WIDE_INT) rounded_size; | |
3347 | #else | |
3348 | if (STACK_PUSH_CODE == POST_INC) | |
3349 | /* We have already incremented the stack pointer, so get the | |
3350 | previous value. */ | |
3351 | offset -= (HOST_WIDE_INT) rounded_size; | |
3352 | #endif | |
3353 | dest_addr = gen_rtx_PLUS (Pmode, stack_pointer_rtx, GEN_INT (offset)); | |
3354 | } | |
566aa174 JH |
3355 | else |
3356 | { | |
3357 | #ifdef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD | |
329d586f | 3358 | /* ??? This seems wrong if STACK_PUSH_CODE == POST_DEC. */ |
566aa174 | 3359 | dest_addr = gen_rtx_PLUS (Pmode, stack_pointer_rtx, |
505ddab6 | 3360 | GEN_INT (-(HOST_WIDE_INT) rounded_size)); |
566aa174 | 3361 | #else |
329d586f | 3362 | /* ??? This seems wrong if STACK_PUSH_CODE == POST_INC. */ |
566aa174 JH |
3363 | dest_addr = gen_rtx_PLUS (Pmode, stack_pointer_rtx, |
3364 | GEN_INT (rounded_size)); | |
3365 | #endif | |
3366 | dest_addr = gen_rtx_PRE_MODIFY (Pmode, stack_pointer_rtx, dest_addr); | |
3367 | } | |
3368 | ||
3369 | dest = gen_rtx_MEM (mode, dest_addr); | |
3370 | ||
566aa174 JH |
3371 | if (type != 0) |
3372 | { | |
3373 | set_mem_attributes (dest, type, 1); | |
c3d32120 RK |
3374 | |
3375 | if (flag_optimize_sibling_calls) | |
3376 | /* Function incoming arguments may overlap with sibling call | |
3377 | outgoing arguments and we cannot allow reordering of reads | |
3378 | from function arguments with stores to outgoing arguments | |
3379 | of sibling calls. */ | |
3380 | set_mem_alias_set (dest, 0); | |
566aa174 JH |
3381 | } |
3382 | emit_move_insn (dest, x); | |
566aa174 | 3383 | } |
21d93687 | 3384 | #endif |
566aa174 | 3385 | |
bbf6f052 RK |
3386 | /* Generate code to push X onto the stack, assuming it has mode MODE and |
3387 | type TYPE. | |
3388 | MODE is redundant except when X is a CONST_INT (since they don't | |
3389 | carry mode info). | |
3390 | SIZE is an rtx for the size of data to be copied (in bytes), | |
3391 | needed only if X is BLKmode. | |
3392 | ||
f1eaaf73 | 3393 | ALIGN (in bits) is maximum alignment we can assume. |
bbf6f052 | 3394 | |
cd048831 RK |
3395 | If PARTIAL and REG are both nonzero, then copy that many of the first |
3396 | words of X into registers starting with REG, and push the rest of X. | |
bbf6f052 RK |
3397 | The amount of space pushed is decreased by PARTIAL words, |
3398 | rounded *down* to a multiple of PARM_BOUNDARY. | |
3399 | REG must be a hard register in this case. | |
cd048831 RK |
3400 | If REG is zero but PARTIAL is not, take any all others actions for an |
3401 | argument partially in registers, but do not actually load any | |
3402 | registers. | |
bbf6f052 RK |
3403 | |
3404 | EXTRA is the amount in bytes of extra space to leave next to this arg. | |
6dc42e49 | 3405 | This is ignored if an argument block has already been allocated. |
bbf6f052 RK |
3406 | |
3407 | On a machine that lacks real push insns, ARGS_ADDR is the address of | |
3408 | the bottom of the argument block for this call. We use indexing off there | |
3409 | to store the arg. On machines with push insns, ARGS_ADDR is 0 when a | |
3410 | argument block has not been preallocated. | |
3411 | ||
e5e809f4 JL |
3412 | ARGS_SO_FAR is the size of args previously pushed for this call. |
3413 | ||
3414 | REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE is nonzero if functions require stack space | |
3415 | for arguments passed in registers. If nonzero, it will be the number | |
3416 | of bytes required. */ | |
bbf6f052 RK |
3417 | |
3418 | void | |
502b8322 AJ |
3419 | emit_push_insn (rtx x, enum machine_mode mode, tree type, rtx size, |
3420 | unsigned int align, int partial, rtx reg, int extra, | |
3421 | rtx args_addr, rtx args_so_far, int reg_parm_stack_space, | |
3422 | rtx alignment_pad) | |
bbf6f052 RK |
3423 | { |
3424 | rtx xinner; | |
3425 | enum direction stack_direction | |
3426 | #ifdef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD | |
3427 | = downward; | |
3428 | #else | |
3429 | = upward; | |
3430 | #endif | |
3431 | ||
3432 | /* Decide where to pad the argument: `downward' for below, | |
3433 | `upward' for above, or `none' for don't pad it. | |
3434 | Default is below for small data on big-endian machines; else above. */ | |
3435 | enum direction where_pad = FUNCTION_ARG_PADDING (mode, type); | |
3436 | ||
0fb7aeda | 3437 | /* Invert direction if stack is post-decrement. |
9e0e11bf GK |
3438 | FIXME: why? */ |
3439 | if (STACK_PUSH_CODE == POST_DEC) | |
bbf6f052 RK |
3440 | if (where_pad != none) |
3441 | where_pad = (where_pad == downward ? upward : downward); | |
3442 | ||
3443 | xinner = x = protect_from_queue (x, 0); | |
3444 | ||
3445 | if (mode == BLKmode) | |
3446 | { | |
3447 | /* Copy a block into the stack, entirely or partially. */ | |
3448 | ||
b3694847 | 3449 | rtx temp; |
bbf6f052 | 3450 | int used = partial * UNITS_PER_WORD; |
531547e9 | 3451 | int offset; |
bbf6f052 | 3452 | int skip; |
3a94c984 | 3453 | |
531547e9 FJ |
3454 | if (reg && GET_CODE (reg) == PARALLEL) |
3455 | { | |
3456 | /* Use the size of the elt to compute offset. */ | |
3457 | rtx elt = XEXP (XVECEXP (reg, 0, 0), 0); | |
3458 | used = partial * GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (elt)); | |
3459 | offset = used % (PARM_BOUNDARY / BITS_PER_UNIT); | |
3460 | } | |
3461 | else | |
3462 | offset = used % (PARM_BOUNDARY / BITS_PER_UNIT); | |
3463 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
3464 | if (size == 0) |
3465 | abort (); | |
3466 | ||
3467 | used -= offset; | |
3468 | ||
3469 | /* USED is now the # of bytes we need not copy to the stack | |
3470 | because registers will take care of them. */ | |
3471 | ||
3472 | if (partial != 0) | |
f4ef873c | 3473 | xinner = adjust_address (xinner, BLKmode, used); |
bbf6f052 RK |
3474 | |
3475 | /* If the partial register-part of the arg counts in its stack size, | |
3476 | skip the part of stack space corresponding to the registers. | |
3477 | Otherwise, start copying to the beginning of the stack space, | |
3478 | by setting SKIP to 0. */ | |
e5e809f4 | 3479 | skip = (reg_parm_stack_space == 0) ? 0 : used; |
bbf6f052 RK |
3480 | |
3481 | #ifdef PUSH_ROUNDING | |
3482 | /* Do it with several push insns if that doesn't take lots of insns | |
3483 | and if there is no difficulty with push insns that skip bytes | |
3484 | on the stack for alignment purposes. */ | |
3485 | if (args_addr == 0 | |
f73ad30e | 3486 | && PUSH_ARGS |
bbf6f052 RK |
3487 | && GET_CODE (size) == CONST_INT |
3488 | && skip == 0 | |
f26aca6d | 3489 | && MEM_ALIGN (xinner) >= align |
15914757 | 3490 | && (MOVE_BY_PIECES_P ((unsigned) INTVAL (size) - used, align)) |
bbf6f052 RK |
3491 | /* Here we avoid the case of a structure whose weak alignment |
3492 | forces many pushes of a small amount of data, | |
3493 | and such small pushes do rounding that causes trouble. */ | |
e1565e65 | 3494 | && ((! SLOW_UNALIGNED_ACCESS (word_mode, align)) |
19caa751 | 3495 | || align >= BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT |
f1eaaf73 DE |
3496 | || (PUSH_ROUNDING (align / BITS_PER_UNIT) |
3497 | == (align / BITS_PER_UNIT))) | |
bbf6f052 RK |
3498 | && PUSH_ROUNDING (INTVAL (size)) == INTVAL (size)) |
3499 | { | |
3500 | /* Push padding now if padding above and stack grows down, | |
3501 | or if padding below and stack grows up. | |
3502 | But if space already allocated, this has already been done. */ | |
3503 | if (extra && args_addr == 0 | |
3504 | && where_pad != none && where_pad != stack_direction) | |
906c4e36 | 3505 | anti_adjust_stack (GEN_INT (extra)); |
bbf6f052 | 3506 | |
8fd3cf4e | 3507 | move_by_pieces (NULL, xinner, INTVAL (size) - used, align, 0); |
bbf6f052 RK |
3508 | } |
3509 | else | |
3a94c984 | 3510 | #endif /* PUSH_ROUNDING */ |
bbf6f052 | 3511 | { |
7ab923cc JJ |
3512 | rtx target; |
3513 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
3514 | /* Otherwise make space on the stack and copy the data |
3515 | to the address of that space. */ | |
3516 | ||
3517 | /* Deduct words put into registers from the size we must copy. */ | |
3518 | if (partial != 0) | |
3519 | { | |
3520 | if (GET_CODE (size) == CONST_INT) | |
906c4e36 | 3521 | size = GEN_INT (INTVAL (size) - used); |
bbf6f052 RK |
3522 | else |
3523 | size = expand_binop (GET_MODE (size), sub_optab, size, | |
906c4e36 RK |
3524 | GEN_INT (used), NULL_RTX, 0, |
3525 | OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
3526 | } |
3527 | ||
3528 | /* Get the address of the stack space. | |
3529 | In this case, we do not deal with EXTRA separately. | |
3530 | A single stack adjust will do. */ | |
3531 | if (! args_addr) | |
3532 | { | |
3533 | temp = push_block (size, extra, where_pad == downward); | |
3534 | extra = 0; | |
3535 | } | |
3536 | else if (GET_CODE (args_so_far) == CONST_INT) | |
3537 | temp = memory_address (BLKmode, | |
3538 | plus_constant (args_addr, | |
3539 | skip + INTVAL (args_so_far))); | |
3540 | else | |
3541 | temp = memory_address (BLKmode, | |
38a448ca RH |
3542 | plus_constant (gen_rtx_PLUS (Pmode, |
3543 | args_addr, | |
3544 | args_so_far), | |
bbf6f052 | 3545 | skip)); |
4ca79136 RH |
3546 | |
3547 | if (!ACCUMULATE_OUTGOING_ARGS) | |
3548 | { | |
3549 | /* If the source is referenced relative to the stack pointer, | |
3550 | copy it to another register to stabilize it. We do not need | |
3551 | to do this if we know that we won't be changing sp. */ | |
3552 | ||
3553 | if (reg_mentioned_p (virtual_stack_dynamic_rtx, temp) | |
3554 | || reg_mentioned_p (virtual_outgoing_args_rtx, temp)) | |
3555 | temp = copy_to_reg (temp); | |
3556 | } | |
3557 | ||
3a94c984 | 3558 | target = gen_rtx_MEM (BLKmode, temp); |
7ab923cc | 3559 | |
3a94c984 KH |
3560 | if (type != 0) |
3561 | { | |
3562 | set_mem_attributes (target, type, 1); | |
3563 | /* Function incoming arguments may overlap with sibling call | |
3564 | outgoing arguments and we cannot allow reordering of reads | |
3565 | from function arguments with stores to outgoing arguments | |
3566 | of sibling calls. */ | |
ba4828e0 | 3567 | set_mem_alias_set (target, 0); |
3a94c984 | 3568 | } |
4ca79136 | 3569 | |
44bb111a RH |
3570 | /* ALIGN may well be better aligned than TYPE, e.g. due to |
3571 | PARM_BOUNDARY. Assume the caller isn't lying. */ | |
3572 | set_mem_align (target, align); | |
4ca79136 | 3573 | |
44bb111a | 3574 | emit_block_move (target, xinner, size, BLOCK_OP_CALL_PARM); |
bbf6f052 RK |
3575 | } |
3576 | } | |
3577 | else if (partial > 0) | |
3578 | { | |
3579 | /* Scalar partly in registers. */ | |
3580 | ||
3581 | int size = GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) / UNITS_PER_WORD; | |
3582 | int i; | |
3583 | int not_stack; | |
3584 | /* # words of start of argument | |
3585 | that we must make space for but need not store. */ | |
3586 | int offset = partial % (PARM_BOUNDARY / BITS_PER_WORD); | |
3587 | int args_offset = INTVAL (args_so_far); | |
3588 | int skip; | |
3589 | ||
3590 | /* Push padding now if padding above and stack grows down, | |
3591 | or if padding below and stack grows up. | |
3592 | But if space already allocated, this has already been done. */ | |
3593 | if (extra && args_addr == 0 | |
3594 | && where_pad != none && where_pad != stack_direction) | |
906c4e36 | 3595 | anti_adjust_stack (GEN_INT (extra)); |
bbf6f052 RK |
3596 | |
3597 | /* If we make space by pushing it, we might as well push | |
3598 | the real data. Otherwise, we can leave OFFSET nonzero | |
3599 | and leave the space uninitialized. */ | |
3600 | if (args_addr == 0) | |
3601 | offset = 0; | |
3602 | ||
3603 | /* Now NOT_STACK gets the number of words that we don't need to | |
3604 | allocate on the stack. */ | |
3605 | not_stack = partial - offset; | |
3606 | ||
3607 | /* If the partial register-part of the arg counts in its stack size, | |
3608 | skip the part of stack space corresponding to the registers. | |
3609 | Otherwise, start copying to the beginning of the stack space, | |
3610 | by setting SKIP to 0. */ | |
e5e809f4 | 3611 | skip = (reg_parm_stack_space == 0) ? 0 : not_stack; |
bbf6f052 RK |
3612 | |
3613 | if (CONSTANT_P (x) && ! LEGITIMATE_CONSTANT_P (x)) | |
3614 | x = validize_mem (force_const_mem (mode, x)); | |
3615 | ||
3616 | /* If X is a hard register in a non-integer mode, copy it into a pseudo; | |
3617 | SUBREGs of such registers are not allowed. */ | |
3618 | if ((GET_CODE (x) == REG && REGNO (x) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER | |
3619 | && GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (x)) != MODE_INT)) | |
3620 | x = copy_to_reg (x); | |
3621 | ||
3622 | /* Loop over all the words allocated on the stack for this arg. */ | |
3623 | /* We can do it by words, because any scalar bigger than a word | |
3624 | has a size a multiple of a word. */ | |
3625 | #ifndef PUSH_ARGS_REVERSED | |
3626 | for (i = not_stack; i < size; i++) | |
3627 | #else | |
3628 | for (i = size - 1; i >= not_stack; i--) | |
3629 | #endif | |
3630 | if (i >= not_stack + offset) | |
3631 | emit_push_insn (operand_subword_force (x, i, mode), | |
906c4e36 RK |
3632 | word_mode, NULL_TREE, NULL_RTX, align, 0, NULL_RTX, |
3633 | 0, args_addr, | |
3634 | GEN_INT (args_offset + ((i - not_stack + skip) | |
e5e809f4 | 3635 | * UNITS_PER_WORD)), |
4fc026cd | 3636 | reg_parm_stack_space, alignment_pad); |
bbf6f052 RK |
3637 | } |
3638 | else | |
3639 | { | |
3640 | rtx addr; | |
3bdf5ad1 | 3641 | rtx dest; |
bbf6f052 RK |
3642 | |
3643 | /* Push padding now if padding above and stack grows down, | |
3644 | or if padding below and stack grows up. | |
3645 | But if space already allocated, this has already been done. */ | |
3646 | if (extra && args_addr == 0 | |
3647 | && where_pad != none && where_pad != stack_direction) | |
906c4e36 | 3648 | anti_adjust_stack (GEN_INT (extra)); |
bbf6f052 RK |
3649 | |
3650 | #ifdef PUSH_ROUNDING | |
f73ad30e | 3651 | if (args_addr == 0 && PUSH_ARGS) |
566aa174 | 3652 | emit_single_push_insn (mode, x, type); |
bbf6f052 RK |
3653 | else |
3654 | #endif | |
921b3427 RK |
3655 | { |
3656 | if (GET_CODE (args_so_far) == CONST_INT) | |
3657 | addr | |
3658 | = memory_address (mode, | |
3a94c984 | 3659 | plus_constant (args_addr, |
921b3427 | 3660 | INTVAL (args_so_far))); |
3a94c984 | 3661 | else |
38a448ca RH |
3662 | addr = memory_address (mode, gen_rtx_PLUS (Pmode, args_addr, |
3663 | args_so_far)); | |
566aa174 JH |
3664 | dest = gen_rtx_MEM (mode, addr); |
3665 | if (type != 0) | |
3666 | { | |
3667 | set_mem_attributes (dest, type, 1); | |
3668 | /* Function incoming arguments may overlap with sibling call | |
3669 | outgoing arguments and we cannot allow reordering of reads | |
3670 | from function arguments with stores to outgoing arguments | |
3671 | of sibling calls. */ | |
ba4828e0 | 3672 | set_mem_alias_set (dest, 0); |
566aa174 | 3673 | } |
bbf6f052 | 3674 | |
566aa174 | 3675 | emit_move_insn (dest, x); |
566aa174 | 3676 | } |
bbf6f052 RK |
3677 | } |
3678 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
3679 | /* If part should go in registers, copy that part |
3680 | into the appropriate registers. Do this now, at the end, | |
3681 | since mem-to-mem copies above may do function calls. */ | |
cd048831 | 3682 | if (partial > 0 && reg != 0) |
fffa9c1d JW |
3683 | { |
3684 | /* Handle calls that pass values in multiple non-contiguous locations. | |
3685 | The Irix 6 ABI has examples of this. */ | |
3686 | if (GET_CODE (reg) == PARALLEL) | |
6e985040 | 3687 | emit_group_load (reg, x, type, -1); |
fffa9c1d JW |
3688 | else |
3689 | move_block_to_reg (REGNO (reg), x, partial, mode); | |
3690 | } | |
bbf6f052 RK |
3691 | |
3692 | if (extra && args_addr == 0 && where_pad == stack_direction) | |
906c4e36 | 3693 | anti_adjust_stack (GEN_INT (extra)); |
3a94c984 | 3694 | |
3ea2292a | 3695 | if (alignment_pad && args_addr == 0) |
4fc026cd | 3696 | anti_adjust_stack (alignment_pad); |
bbf6f052 RK |
3697 | } |
3698 | \f | |
296b4ed9 RK |
3699 | /* Return X if X can be used as a subtarget in a sequence of arithmetic |
3700 | operations. */ | |
3701 | ||
3702 | static rtx | |
502b8322 | 3703 | get_subtarget (rtx x) |
296b4ed9 RK |
3704 | { |
3705 | return ((x == 0 | |
3706 | /* Only registers can be subtargets. */ | |
3707 | || GET_CODE (x) != REG | |
3708 | /* If the register is readonly, it can't be set more than once. */ | |
3709 | || RTX_UNCHANGING_P (x) | |
3710 | /* Don't use hard regs to avoid extending their life. */ | |
3711 | || REGNO (x) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER | |
3712 | /* Avoid subtargets inside loops, | |
3713 | since they hide some invariant expressions. */ | |
3714 | || preserve_subexpressions_p ()) | |
3715 | ? 0 : x); | |
3716 | } | |
3717 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
3718 | /* Expand an assignment that stores the value of FROM into TO. |
3719 | If WANT_VALUE is nonzero, return an rtx for the value of TO. | |
709f5be1 RS |
3720 | (This may contain a QUEUED rtx; |
3721 | if the value is constant, this rtx is a constant.) | |
b90f141a | 3722 | Otherwise, the returned value is NULL_RTX. */ |
bbf6f052 RK |
3723 | |
3724 | rtx | |
b90f141a | 3725 | expand_assignment (tree to, tree from, int want_value) |
bbf6f052 | 3726 | { |
b3694847 | 3727 | rtx to_rtx = 0; |
bbf6f052 RK |
3728 | rtx result; |
3729 | ||
3730 | /* Don't crash if the lhs of the assignment was erroneous. */ | |
3731 | ||
3732 | if (TREE_CODE (to) == ERROR_MARK) | |
709f5be1 RS |
3733 | { |
3734 | result = expand_expr (from, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); | |
3735 | return want_value ? result : NULL_RTX; | |
3736 | } | |
bbf6f052 RK |
3737 | |
3738 | /* Assignment of a structure component needs special treatment | |
3739 | if the structure component's rtx is not simply a MEM. | |
6be58303 JW |
3740 | Assignment of an array element at a constant index, and assignment of |
3741 | an array element in an unaligned packed structure field, has the same | |
3742 | problem. */ | |
bbf6f052 | 3743 | |
08293add | 3744 | if (TREE_CODE (to) == COMPONENT_REF || TREE_CODE (to) == BIT_FIELD_REF |
7c02ae17 DE |
3745 | || TREE_CODE (to) == ARRAY_REF || TREE_CODE (to) == ARRAY_RANGE_REF |
3746 | || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (to)) == ARRAY_TYPE) | |
bbf6f052 RK |
3747 | { |
3748 | enum machine_mode mode1; | |
770ae6cc | 3749 | HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize, bitpos; |
a06ef755 | 3750 | rtx orig_to_rtx; |
7bb0943f | 3751 | tree offset; |
bbf6f052 RK |
3752 | int unsignedp; |
3753 | int volatilep = 0; | |
0088fcb1 RK |
3754 | tree tem; |
3755 | ||
3756 | push_temp_slots (); | |
839c4796 | 3757 | tem = get_inner_reference (to, &bitsize, &bitpos, &offset, &mode1, |
a06ef755 | 3758 | &unsignedp, &volatilep); |
bbf6f052 RK |
3759 | |
3760 | /* If we are going to use store_bit_field and extract_bit_field, | |
3761 | make sure to_rtx will be safe for multiple use. */ | |
3762 | ||
3763 | if (mode1 == VOIDmode && want_value) | |
3764 | tem = stabilize_reference (tem); | |
3765 | ||
1ed1b4fb RK |
3766 | orig_to_rtx = to_rtx = expand_expr (tem, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); |
3767 | ||
7bb0943f RS |
3768 | if (offset != 0) |
3769 | { | |
e3c8ea67 | 3770 | rtx offset_rtx = expand_expr (offset, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, EXPAND_SUM); |
7bb0943f RS |
3771 | |
3772 | if (GET_CODE (to_rtx) != MEM) | |
3773 | abort (); | |
bd070e1a | 3774 | |
bd070e1a | 3775 | #ifdef POINTERS_EXTEND_UNSIGNED |
4b6c1672 | 3776 | if (GET_MODE (offset_rtx) != Pmode) |
267b28bd | 3777 | offset_rtx = convert_to_mode (Pmode, offset_rtx, 0); |
fa06ab5c RK |
3778 | #else |
3779 | if (GET_MODE (offset_rtx) != ptr_mode) | |
3780 | offset_rtx = convert_to_mode (ptr_mode, offset_rtx, 0); | |
bd070e1a | 3781 | #endif |
bd070e1a | 3782 | |
9a7b9f4f JL |
3783 | /* A constant address in TO_RTX can have VOIDmode, we must not try |
3784 | to call force_reg for that case. Avoid that case. */ | |
89752202 HB |
3785 | if (GET_CODE (to_rtx) == MEM |
3786 | && GET_MODE (to_rtx) == BLKmode | |
9a7b9f4f | 3787 | && GET_MODE (XEXP (to_rtx, 0)) != VOIDmode |
a06ef755 | 3788 | && bitsize > 0 |
3a94c984 | 3789 | && (bitpos % bitsize) == 0 |
89752202 | 3790 | && (bitsize % GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (mode1)) == 0 |
a06ef755 | 3791 | && MEM_ALIGN (to_rtx) == GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (mode1)) |
89752202 | 3792 | { |
e3c8ea67 | 3793 | to_rtx = adjust_address (to_rtx, mode1, bitpos / BITS_PER_UNIT); |
89752202 HB |
3794 | bitpos = 0; |
3795 | } | |
3796 | ||
0d4903b8 | 3797 | to_rtx = offset_address (to_rtx, offset_rtx, |
818c0c94 RH |
3798 | highest_pow2_factor_for_type (TREE_TYPE (to), |
3799 | offset)); | |
7bb0943f | 3800 | } |
c5c76735 | 3801 | |
998d7deb RH |
3802 | if (GET_CODE (to_rtx) == MEM) |
3803 | { | |
998d7deb RH |
3804 | /* If the field is at offset zero, we could have been given the |
3805 | DECL_RTX of the parent struct. Don't munge it. */ | |
3806 | to_rtx = shallow_copy_rtx (to_rtx); | |
3807 | ||
6f1087be | 3808 | set_mem_attributes_minus_bitpos (to_rtx, to, 0, bitpos); |
998d7deb | 3809 | } |
effbcc6a | 3810 | |
a06ef755 RK |
3811 | /* Deal with volatile and readonly fields. The former is only done |
3812 | for MEM. Also set MEM_KEEP_ALIAS_SET_P if needed. */ | |
3813 | if (volatilep && GET_CODE (to_rtx) == MEM) | |
3814 | { | |
3815 | if (to_rtx == orig_to_rtx) | |
3816 | to_rtx = copy_rtx (to_rtx); | |
3817 | MEM_VOLATILE_P (to_rtx) = 1; | |
bbf6f052 RK |
3818 | } |
3819 | ||
956d6950 | 3820 | if (TREE_CODE (to) == COMPONENT_REF |
d76bc29c EB |
3821 | && TREE_READONLY (TREE_OPERAND (to, 1)) |
3822 | /* We can't assert that a MEM won't be set more than once | |
3823 | if the component is not addressable because another | |
3824 | non-addressable component may be referenced by the same MEM. */ | |
3825 | && ! (GET_CODE (to_rtx) == MEM && ! can_address_p (to))) | |
956d6950 | 3826 | { |
a06ef755 | 3827 | if (to_rtx == orig_to_rtx) |
956d6950 | 3828 | to_rtx = copy_rtx (to_rtx); |
956d6950 JL |
3829 | RTX_UNCHANGING_P (to_rtx) = 1; |
3830 | } | |
3831 | ||
a84b4898 | 3832 | if (GET_CODE (to_rtx) == MEM && ! can_address_p (to)) |
a06ef755 RK |
3833 | { |
3834 | if (to_rtx == orig_to_rtx) | |
3835 | to_rtx = copy_rtx (to_rtx); | |
3836 | MEM_KEEP_ALIAS_SET_P (to_rtx) = 1; | |
3837 | } | |
3838 | ||
a06ef755 RK |
3839 | result = store_field (to_rtx, bitsize, bitpos, mode1, from, |
3840 | (want_value | |
3841 | /* Spurious cast for HPUX compiler. */ | |
3842 | ? ((enum machine_mode) | |
3843 | TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (to))) | |
3844 | : VOIDmode), | |
3845 | unsignedp, TREE_TYPE (tem), get_alias_set (to)); | |
a69beca1 | 3846 | |
a06ef755 RK |
3847 | preserve_temp_slots (result); |
3848 | free_temp_slots (); | |
3849 | pop_temp_slots (); | |
a69beca1 | 3850 | |
a06ef755 RK |
3851 | /* If the value is meaningful, convert RESULT to the proper mode. |
3852 | Otherwise, return nothing. */ | |
3853 | return (want_value ? convert_modes (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (to)), | |
3854 | TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (from)), | |
3855 | result, | |
3856 | TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (to))) | |
3857 | : NULL_RTX); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
3858 | } |
3859 | ||
cd1db108 RS |
3860 | /* If the rhs is a function call and its value is not an aggregate, |
3861 | call the function before we start to compute the lhs. | |
3862 | This is needed for correct code for cases such as | |
3863 | val = setjmp (buf) on machines where reference to val | |
1ad87b63 RK |
3864 | requires loading up part of an address in a separate insn. |
3865 | ||
1858863b JW |
3866 | Don't do this if TO is a VAR_DECL or PARM_DECL whose DECL_RTL is REG |
3867 | since it might be a promoted variable where the zero- or sign- extension | |
3868 | needs to be done. Handling this in the normal way is safe because no | |
3869 | computation is done before the call. */ | |
61f71b34 | 3870 | if (TREE_CODE (from) == CALL_EXPR && ! aggregate_value_p (from, from) |
b35cd3c1 | 3871 | && TREE_CODE (TYPE_SIZE (TREE_TYPE (from))) == INTEGER_CST |
1858863b JW |
3872 | && ! ((TREE_CODE (to) == VAR_DECL || TREE_CODE (to) == PARM_DECL) |
3873 | && GET_CODE (DECL_RTL (to)) == REG)) | |
cd1db108 | 3874 | { |
0088fcb1 RK |
3875 | rtx value; |
3876 | ||
3877 | push_temp_slots (); | |
3878 | value = expand_expr (from, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); | |
cd1db108 | 3879 | if (to_rtx == 0) |
37a08a29 | 3880 | to_rtx = expand_expr (to, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, EXPAND_WRITE); |
aaf87c45 | 3881 | |
fffa9c1d JW |
3882 | /* Handle calls that return values in multiple non-contiguous locations. |
3883 | The Irix 6 ABI has examples of this. */ | |
3884 | if (GET_CODE (to_rtx) == PARALLEL) | |
6e985040 AM |
3885 | emit_group_load (to_rtx, value, TREE_TYPE (from), |
3886 | int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (from))); | |
fffa9c1d | 3887 | else if (GET_MODE (to_rtx) == BLKmode) |
44bb111a | 3888 | emit_block_move (to_rtx, value, expr_size (from), BLOCK_OP_NORMAL); |
aaf87c45 | 3889 | else |
6419e5b0 | 3890 | { |
5ae6cd0d | 3891 | if (POINTER_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (to))) |
6419e5b0 | 3892 | value = convert_memory_address (GET_MODE (to_rtx), value); |
6419e5b0 DT |
3893 | emit_move_insn (to_rtx, value); |
3894 | } | |
cd1db108 RS |
3895 | preserve_temp_slots (to_rtx); |
3896 | free_temp_slots (); | |
0088fcb1 | 3897 | pop_temp_slots (); |
709f5be1 | 3898 | return want_value ? to_rtx : NULL_RTX; |
cd1db108 RS |
3899 | } |
3900 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
3901 | /* Ordinary treatment. Expand TO to get a REG or MEM rtx. |
3902 | Don't re-expand if it was expanded already (in COMPONENT_REF case). */ | |
3903 | ||
3904 | if (to_rtx == 0) | |
37a08a29 | 3905 | to_rtx = expand_expr (to, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, EXPAND_WRITE); |
bbf6f052 | 3906 | |
86d38d25 | 3907 | /* Don't move directly into a return register. */ |
14a774a9 RK |
3908 | if (TREE_CODE (to) == RESULT_DECL |
3909 | && (GET_CODE (to_rtx) == REG || GET_CODE (to_rtx) == PARALLEL)) | |
86d38d25 | 3910 | { |
0088fcb1 RK |
3911 | rtx temp; |
3912 | ||
3913 | push_temp_slots (); | |
3914 | temp = expand_expr (from, 0, GET_MODE (to_rtx), 0); | |
14a774a9 RK |
3915 | |
3916 | if (GET_CODE (to_rtx) == PARALLEL) | |
6e985040 AM |
3917 | emit_group_load (to_rtx, temp, TREE_TYPE (from), |
3918 | int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (from))); | |
14a774a9 RK |
3919 | else |
3920 | emit_move_insn (to_rtx, temp); | |
3921 | ||
86d38d25 RS |
3922 | preserve_temp_slots (to_rtx); |
3923 | free_temp_slots (); | |
0088fcb1 | 3924 | pop_temp_slots (); |
709f5be1 | 3925 | return want_value ? to_rtx : NULL_RTX; |
86d38d25 RS |
3926 | } |
3927 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
3928 | /* In case we are returning the contents of an object which overlaps |
3929 | the place the value is being stored, use a safe function when copying | |
3930 | a value through a pointer into a structure value return block. */ | |
3931 | if (TREE_CODE (to) == RESULT_DECL && TREE_CODE (from) == INDIRECT_REF | |
3932 | && current_function_returns_struct | |
3933 | && !current_function_returns_pcc_struct) | |
3934 | { | |
0088fcb1 RK |
3935 | rtx from_rtx, size; |
3936 | ||
3937 | push_temp_slots (); | |
33a20d10 | 3938 | size = expr_size (from); |
37a08a29 | 3939 | from_rtx = expand_expr (from, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); |
bbf6f052 | 3940 | |
4ca79136 RH |
3941 | if (TARGET_MEM_FUNCTIONS) |
3942 | emit_library_call (memmove_libfunc, LCT_NORMAL, | |
3943 | VOIDmode, 3, XEXP (to_rtx, 0), Pmode, | |
3944 | XEXP (from_rtx, 0), Pmode, | |
3945 | convert_to_mode (TYPE_MODE (sizetype), | |
3946 | size, TREE_UNSIGNED (sizetype)), | |
3947 | TYPE_MODE (sizetype)); | |
3948 | else | |
3949 | emit_library_call (bcopy_libfunc, LCT_NORMAL, | |
3950 | VOIDmode, 3, XEXP (from_rtx, 0), Pmode, | |
3951 | XEXP (to_rtx, 0), Pmode, | |
3952 | convert_to_mode (TYPE_MODE (integer_type_node), | |
3953 | size, | |
3954 | TREE_UNSIGNED (integer_type_node)), | |
3955 | TYPE_MODE (integer_type_node)); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
3956 | |
3957 | preserve_temp_slots (to_rtx); | |
3958 | free_temp_slots (); | |
0088fcb1 | 3959 | pop_temp_slots (); |
709f5be1 | 3960 | return want_value ? to_rtx : NULL_RTX; |
bbf6f052 RK |
3961 | } |
3962 | ||
3963 | /* Compute FROM and store the value in the rtx we got. */ | |
3964 | ||
0088fcb1 | 3965 | push_temp_slots (); |
bbf6f052 RK |
3966 | result = store_expr (from, to_rtx, want_value); |
3967 | preserve_temp_slots (result); | |
3968 | free_temp_slots (); | |
0088fcb1 | 3969 | pop_temp_slots (); |
709f5be1 | 3970 | return want_value ? result : NULL_RTX; |
bbf6f052 RK |
3971 | } |
3972 | ||
3973 | /* Generate code for computing expression EXP, | |
3974 | and storing the value into TARGET. | |
bbf6f052 RK |
3975 | TARGET may contain a QUEUED rtx. |
3976 | ||
8403445a | 3977 | If WANT_VALUE & 1 is nonzero, return a copy of the value |
709f5be1 RS |
3978 | not in TARGET, so that we can be sure to use the proper |
3979 | value in a containing expression even if TARGET has something | |
3980 | else stored in it. If possible, we copy the value through a pseudo | |
3981 | and return that pseudo. Or, if the value is constant, we try to | |
3982 | return the constant. In some cases, we return a pseudo | |
3983 | copied *from* TARGET. | |
3984 | ||
3985 | If the mode is BLKmode then we may return TARGET itself. | |
3986 | It turns out that in BLKmode it doesn't cause a problem. | |
3987 | because C has no operators that could combine two different | |
3988 | assignments into the same BLKmode object with different values | |
3989 | with no sequence point. Will other languages need this to | |
3990 | be more thorough? | |
3991 | ||
8403445a | 3992 | If WANT_VALUE & 1 is 0, we return NULL, to make sure |
709f5be1 | 3993 | to catch quickly any cases where the caller uses the value |
8403445a AM |
3994 | and fails to set WANT_VALUE. |
3995 | ||
3996 | If WANT_VALUE & 2 is set, this is a store into a call param on the | |
3997 | stack, and block moves may need to be treated specially. */ | |
bbf6f052 RK |
3998 | |
3999 | rtx | |
502b8322 | 4000 | store_expr (tree exp, rtx target, int want_value) |
bbf6f052 | 4001 | { |
b3694847 | 4002 | rtx temp; |
0fab64a3 | 4003 | rtx alt_rtl = NULL_RTX; |
bbf6f052 | 4004 | int dont_return_target = 0; |
e5408e52 | 4005 | int dont_store_target = 0; |
bbf6f052 | 4006 | |
847311f4 AL |
4007 | if (VOID_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (exp))) |
4008 | { | |
4009 | /* C++ can generate ?: expressions with a throw expression in one | |
4010 | branch and an rvalue in the other. Here, we resolve attempts to | |
4d6922ee | 4011 | store the throw expression's nonexistent result. */ |
847311f4 AL |
4012 | if (want_value) |
4013 | abort (); | |
4014 | expand_expr (exp, const0_rtx, VOIDmode, 0); | |
4015 | return NULL_RTX; | |
4016 | } | |
bbf6f052 RK |
4017 | if (TREE_CODE (exp) == COMPOUND_EXPR) |
4018 | { | |
4019 | /* Perform first part of compound expression, then assign from second | |
4020 | part. */ | |
8403445a AM |
4021 | expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), const0_rtx, VOIDmode, |
4022 | want_value & 2 ? EXPAND_STACK_PARM : EXPAND_NORMAL); | |
bbf6f052 | 4023 | emit_queue (); |
709f5be1 | 4024 | return store_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), target, want_value); |
bbf6f052 RK |
4025 | } |
4026 | else if (TREE_CODE (exp) == COND_EXPR && GET_MODE (target) == BLKmode) | |
4027 | { | |
4028 | /* For conditional expression, get safe form of the target. Then | |
4029 | test the condition, doing the appropriate assignment on either | |
4030 | side. This avoids the creation of unnecessary temporaries. | |
4031 | For non-BLKmode, it is more efficient not to do this. */ | |
4032 | ||
4033 | rtx lab1 = gen_label_rtx (), lab2 = gen_label_rtx (); | |
4034 | ||
4035 | emit_queue (); | |
4036 | target = protect_from_queue (target, 1); | |
4037 | ||
dabf8373 | 4038 | do_pending_stack_adjust (); |
bbf6f052 RK |
4039 | NO_DEFER_POP; |
4040 | jumpifnot (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), lab1); | |
956d6950 | 4041 | start_cleanup_deferral (); |
8403445a | 4042 | store_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), target, want_value & 2); |
956d6950 | 4043 | end_cleanup_deferral (); |
bbf6f052 RK |
4044 | emit_queue (); |
4045 | emit_jump_insn (gen_jump (lab2)); | |
4046 | emit_barrier (); | |
4047 | emit_label (lab1); | |
956d6950 | 4048 | start_cleanup_deferral (); |
8403445a | 4049 | store_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2), target, want_value & 2); |
956d6950 | 4050 | end_cleanup_deferral (); |
bbf6f052 RK |
4051 | emit_queue (); |
4052 | emit_label (lab2); | |
4053 | OK_DEFER_POP; | |
a3a58acc | 4054 | |
8403445a | 4055 | return want_value & 1 ? target : NULL_RTX; |
bbf6f052 | 4056 | } |
bbf6f052 | 4057 | else if (queued_subexp_p (target)) |
709f5be1 RS |
4058 | /* If target contains a postincrement, let's not risk |
4059 | using it as the place to generate the rhs. */ | |
bbf6f052 RK |
4060 | { |
4061 | if (GET_MODE (target) != BLKmode && GET_MODE (target) != VOIDmode) | |
4062 | { | |
4063 | /* Expand EXP into a new pseudo. */ | |
4064 | temp = gen_reg_rtx (GET_MODE (target)); | |
8403445a AM |
4065 | temp = expand_expr (exp, temp, GET_MODE (target), |
4066 | (want_value & 2 | |
4067 | ? EXPAND_STACK_PARM : EXPAND_NORMAL)); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
4068 | } |
4069 | else | |
8403445a AM |
4070 | temp = expand_expr (exp, NULL_RTX, GET_MODE (target), |
4071 | (want_value & 2 | |
4072 | ? EXPAND_STACK_PARM : EXPAND_NORMAL)); | |
709f5be1 RS |
4073 | |
4074 | /* If target is volatile, ANSI requires accessing the value | |
4075 | *from* the target, if it is accessed. So make that happen. | |
4076 | In no case return the target itself. */ | |
8403445a | 4077 | if (! MEM_VOLATILE_P (target) && (want_value & 1) != 0) |
709f5be1 | 4078 | dont_return_target = 1; |
bbf6f052 | 4079 | } |
8403445a AM |
4080 | else if ((want_value & 1) != 0 |
4081 | && GET_CODE (target) == MEM | |
4082 | && ! MEM_VOLATILE_P (target) | |
12f06d17 CH |
4083 | && GET_MODE (target) != BLKmode) |
4084 | /* If target is in memory and caller wants value in a register instead, | |
4085 | arrange that. Pass TARGET as target for expand_expr so that, | |
4086 | if EXP is another assignment, WANT_VALUE will be nonzero for it. | |
4087 | We know expand_expr will not use the target in that case. | |
4088 | Don't do this if TARGET is volatile because we are supposed | |
4089 | to write it and then read it. */ | |
4090 | { | |
8403445a AM |
4091 | temp = expand_expr (exp, target, GET_MODE (target), |
4092 | want_value & 2 ? EXPAND_STACK_PARM : EXPAND_NORMAL); | |
12f06d17 | 4093 | if (GET_MODE (temp) != BLKmode && GET_MODE (temp) != VOIDmode) |
e5408e52 JJ |
4094 | { |
4095 | /* If TEMP is already in the desired TARGET, only copy it from | |
4096 | memory and don't store it there again. */ | |
4097 | if (temp == target | |
4098 | || (rtx_equal_p (temp, target) | |
4099 | && ! side_effects_p (temp) && ! side_effects_p (target))) | |
4100 | dont_store_target = 1; | |
4101 | temp = copy_to_reg (temp); | |
4102 | } | |
12f06d17 CH |
4103 | dont_return_target = 1; |
4104 | } | |
1499e0a8 | 4105 | else if (GET_CODE (target) == SUBREG && SUBREG_PROMOTED_VAR_P (target)) |
09da1532 | 4106 | /* If this is a scalar in a register that is stored in a wider mode |
1499e0a8 RK |
4107 | than the declared mode, compute the result into its declared mode |
4108 | and then convert to the wider mode. Our value is the computed | |
4109 | expression. */ | |
4110 | { | |
b76b08ef RK |
4111 | rtx inner_target = 0; |
4112 | ||
5a32d038 | 4113 | /* If we don't want a value, we can do the conversion inside EXP, |
f635a84d RK |
4114 | which will often result in some optimizations. Do the conversion |
4115 | in two steps: first change the signedness, if needed, then | |
ab6c58f1 RK |
4116 | the extend. But don't do this if the type of EXP is a subtype |
4117 | of something else since then the conversion might involve | |
4118 | more than just converting modes. */ | |
8403445a AM |
4119 | if ((want_value & 1) == 0 |
4120 | && INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (exp)) | |
ab6c58f1 | 4121 | && TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (exp)) == 0) |
f635a84d RK |
4122 | { |
4123 | if (TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (exp)) | |
4124 | != SUBREG_PROMOTED_UNSIGNED_P (target)) | |
ceef8ce4 NB |
4125 | exp = convert |
4126 | ((*lang_hooks.types.signed_or_unsigned_type) | |
4127 | (SUBREG_PROMOTED_UNSIGNED_P (target), TREE_TYPE (exp)), exp); | |
f635a84d | 4128 | |
b0c48229 NB |
4129 | exp = convert ((*lang_hooks.types.type_for_mode) |
4130 | (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (target)), | |
4131 | SUBREG_PROMOTED_UNSIGNED_P (target)), | |
f635a84d | 4132 | exp); |
b76b08ef RK |
4133 | |
4134 | inner_target = SUBREG_REG (target); | |
f635a84d | 4135 | } |
3a94c984 | 4136 | |
8403445a AM |
4137 | temp = expand_expr (exp, inner_target, VOIDmode, |
4138 | want_value & 2 ? EXPAND_STACK_PARM : EXPAND_NORMAL); | |
b258707c | 4139 | |
7abec5be | 4140 | /* If TEMP is a MEM and we want a result value, make the access |
502b8322 AJ |
4141 | now so it gets done only once. Strictly speaking, this is |
4142 | only necessary if the MEM is volatile, or if the address | |
7abec5be RH |
4143 | overlaps TARGET. But not performing the load twice also |
4144 | reduces the amount of rtl we generate and then have to CSE. */ | |
8403445a | 4145 | if (GET_CODE (temp) == MEM && (want_value & 1) != 0) |
766f36c7 RK |
4146 | temp = copy_to_reg (temp); |
4147 | ||
b258707c RS |
4148 | /* If TEMP is a VOIDmode constant, use convert_modes to make |
4149 | sure that we properly convert it. */ | |
4150 | if (CONSTANT_P (temp) && GET_MODE (temp) == VOIDmode) | |
1f1b0541 RH |
4151 | { |
4152 | temp = convert_modes (GET_MODE (target), TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (exp)), | |
4153 | temp, SUBREG_PROMOTED_UNSIGNED_P (target)); | |
4154 | temp = convert_modes (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (target)), | |
4155 | GET_MODE (target), temp, | |
4156 | SUBREG_PROMOTED_UNSIGNED_P (target)); | |
4157 | } | |
b258707c | 4158 | |
1499e0a8 RK |
4159 | convert_move (SUBREG_REG (target), temp, |
4160 | SUBREG_PROMOTED_UNSIGNED_P (target)); | |
3dbecef9 JW |
4161 | |
4162 | /* If we promoted a constant, change the mode back down to match | |
4163 | target. Otherwise, the caller might get confused by a result whose | |
4164 | mode is larger than expected. */ | |
4165 | ||
8403445a | 4166 | if ((want_value & 1) != 0 && GET_MODE (temp) != GET_MODE (target)) |
3dbecef9 | 4167 | { |
b3ca30df JJ |
4168 | if (GET_MODE (temp) != VOIDmode) |
4169 | { | |
4170 | temp = gen_lowpart_SUBREG (GET_MODE (target), temp); | |
4171 | SUBREG_PROMOTED_VAR_P (temp) = 1; | |
0fb7aeda | 4172 | SUBREG_PROMOTED_UNSIGNED_SET (temp, |
7879b81e | 4173 | SUBREG_PROMOTED_UNSIGNED_P (target)); |
b3ca30df JJ |
4174 | } |
4175 | else | |
4176 | temp = convert_modes (GET_MODE (target), | |
4177 | GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (target)), | |
4178 | temp, SUBREG_PROMOTED_UNSIGNED_P (target)); | |
3dbecef9 JW |
4179 | } |
4180 | ||
8403445a | 4181 | return want_value & 1 ? temp : NULL_RTX; |
1499e0a8 | 4182 | } |
bbf6f052 RK |
4183 | else |
4184 | { | |
0fab64a3 MM |
4185 | temp = expand_expr_real (exp, target, GET_MODE (target), |
4186 | (want_value & 2 | |
4187 | ? EXPAND_STACK_PARM : EXPAND_NORMAL), | |
4188 | &alt_rtl); | |
766f36c7 | 4189 | /* Return TARGET if it's a specified hardware register. |
709f5be1 RS |
4190 | If TARGET is a volatile mem ref, either return TARGET |
4191 | or return a reg copied *from* TARGET; ANSI requires this. | |
4192 | ||
4193 | Otherwise, if TEMP is not TARGET, return TEMP | |
4194 | if it is constant (for efficiency), | |
4195 | or if we really want the correct value. */ | |
bbf6f052 RK |
4196 | if (!(target && GET_CODE (target) == REG |
4197 | && REGNO (target) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER) | |
709f5be1 | 4198 | && !(GET_CODE (target) == MEM && MEM_VOLATILE_P (target)) |
effbcc6a | 4199 | && ! rtx_equal_p (temp, target) |
8403445a | 4200 | && (CONSTANT_P (temp) || (want_value & 1) != 0)) |
bbf6f052 RK |
4201 | dont_return_target = 1; |
4202 | } | |
4203 | ||
b258707c RS |
4204 | /* If TEMP is a VOIDmode constant and the mode of the type of EXP is not |
4205 | the same as that of TARGET, adjust the constant. This is needed, for | |
4206 | example, in case it is a CONST_DOUBLE and we want only a word-sized | |
4207 | value. */ | |
4208 | if (CONSTANT_P (temp) && GET_MODE (temp) == VOIDmode | |
c1da1f33 | 4209 | && TREE_CODE (exp) != ERROR_MARK |
b258707c RS |
4210 | && GET_MODE (target) != TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (exp))) |
4211 | temp = convert_modes (GET_MODE (target), TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (exp)), | |
4212 | temp, TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (exp))); | |
4213 | ||
bbf6f052 | 4214 | /* If value was not generated in the target, store it there. |
37a08a29 RK |
4215 | Convert the value to TARGET's type first if necessary. |
4216 | If TEMP and TARGET compare equal according to rtx_equal_p, but | |
f3f2255a R |
4217 | one or both of them are volatile memory refs, we have to distinguish |
4218 | two cases: | |
4219 | - expand_expr has used TARGET. In this case, we must not generate | |
4220 | another copy. This can be detected by TARGET being equal according | |
4221 | to == . | |
4222 | - expand_expr has not used TARGET - that means that the source just | |
4223 | happens to have the same RTX form. Since temp will have been created | |
4224 | by expand_expr, it will compare unequal according to == . | |
4225 | We must generate a copy in this case, to reach the correct number | |
4226 | of volatile memory references. */ | |
bbf6f052 | 4227 | |
6036acbb | 4228 | if ((! rtx_equal_p (temp, target) |
f3f2255a R |
4229 | || (temp != target && (side_effects_p (temp) |
4230 | || side_effects_p (target)))) | |
e5408e52 | 4231 | && TREE_CODE (exp) != ERROR_MARK |
a9772b60 | 4232 | && ! dont_store_target |
9c5c5f2c MM |
4233 | /* If store_expr stores a DECL whose DECL_RTL(exp) == TARGET, |
4234 | but TARGET is not valid memory reference, TEMP will differ | |
4235 | from TARGET although it is really the same location. */ | |
0fab64a3 | 4236 | && !(alt_rtl && rtx_equal_p (alt_rtl, target)) |
e56fc090 HPN |
4237 | /* If there's nothing to copy, don't bother. Don't call expr_size |
4238 | unless necessary, because some front-ends (C++) expr_size-hook | |
4239 | aborts on objects that are not supposed to be bit-copied or | |
4240 | bit-initialized. */ | |
4241 | && expr_size (exp) != const0_rtx) | |
bbf6f052 RK |
4242 | { |
4243 | target = protect_from_queue (target, 1); | |
4244 | if (GET_MODE (temp) != GET_MODE (target) | |
f0348c25 | 4245 | && GET_MODE (temp) != VOIDmode) |
bbf6f052 RK |
4246 | { |
4247 | int unsignedp = TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (exp)); | |
4248 | if (dont_return_target) | |
4249 | { | |
4250 | /* In this case, we will return TEMP, | |
4251 | so make sure it has the proper mode. | |
4252 | But don't forget to store the value into TARGET. */ | |
4253 | temp = convert_to_mode (GET_MODE (target), temp, unsignedp); | |
4254 | emit_move_insn (target, temp); | |
4255 | } | |
4256 | else | |
4257 | convert_move (target, temp, unsignedp); | |
4258 | } | |
4259 | ||
4260 | else if (GET_MODE (temp) == BLKmode && TREE_CODE (exp) == STRING_CST) | |
4261 | { | |
c24ae149 RK |
4262 | /* Handle copying a string constant into an array. The string |
4263 | constant may be shorter than the array. So copy just the string's | |
4264 | actual length, and clear the rest. First get the size of the data | |
4265 | type of the string, which is actually the size of the target. */ | |
4266 | rtx size = expr_size (exp); | |
bbf6f052 | 4267 | |
e87b4f3f RS |
4268 | if (GET_CODE (size) == CONST_INT |
4269 | && INTVAL (size) < TREE_STRING_LENGTH (exp)) | |
8403445a AM |
4270 | emit_block_move (target, temp, size, |
4271 | (want_value & 2 | |
4272 | ? BLOCK_OP_CALL_PARM : BLOCK_OP_NORMAL)); | |
e87b4f3f | 4273 | else |
bbf6f052 | 4274 | { |
e87b4f3f RS |
4275 | /* Compute the size of the data to copy from the string. */ |
4276 | tree copy_size | |
c03b7665 | 4277 | = size_binop (MIN_EXPR, |
b50d17a1 | 4278 | make_tree (sizetype, size), |
fed3cef0 | 4279 | size_int (TREE_STRING_LENGTH (exp))); |
8403445a AM |
4280 | rtx copy_size_rtx |
4281 | = expand_expr (copy_size, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, | |
4282 | (want_value & 2 | |
4283 | ? EXPAND_STACK_PARM : EXPAND_NORMAL)); | |
e87b4f3f RS |
4284 | rtx label = 0; |
4285 | ||
4286 | /* Copy that much. */ | |
267b28bd SE |
4287 | copy_size_rtx = convert_to_mode (ptr_mode, copy_size_rtx, |
4288 | TREE_UNSIGNED (sizetype)); | |
8403445a AM |
4289 | emit_block_move (target, temp, copy_size_rtx, |
4290 | (want_value & 2 | |
4291 | ? BLOCK_OP_CALL_PARM : BLOCK_OP_NORMAL)); | |
e87b4f3f | 4292 | |
88f63c77 RK |
4293 | /* Figure out how much is left in TARGET that we have to clear. |
4294 | Do all calculations in ptr_mode. */ | |
e87b4f3f RS |
4295 | if (GET_CODE (copy_size_rtx) == CONST_INT) |
4296 | { | |
c24ae149 RK |
4297 | size = plus_constant (size, -INTVAL (copy_size_rtx)); |
4298 | target = adjust_address (target, BLKmode, | |
4299 | INTVAL (copy_size_rtx)); | |
e87b4f3f RS |
4300 | } |
4301 | else | |
4302 | { | |
fa06ab5c | 4303 | size = expand_binop (TYPE_MODE (sizetype), sub_optab, size, |
906c4e36 RK |
4304 | copy_size_rtx, NULL_RTX, 0, |
4305 | OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN); | |
e87b4f3f | 4306 | |
c24ae149 RK |
4307 | #ifdef POINTERS_EXTEND_UNSIGNED |
4308 | if (GET_MODE (copy_size_rtx) != Pmode) | |
267b28bd SE |
4309 | copy_size_rtx = convert_to_mode (Pmode, copy_size_rtx, |
4310 | TREE_UNSIGNED (sizetype)); | |
c24ae149 RK |
4311 | #endif |
4312 | ||
4313 | target = offset_address (target, copy_size_rtx, | |
4314 | highest_pow2_factor (copy_size)); | |
e87b4f3f | 4315 | label = gen_label_rtx (); |
c5d5d461 | 4316 | emit_cmp_and_jump_insns (size, const0_rtx, LT, NULL_RTX, |
a06ef755 | 4317 | GET_MODE (size), 0, label); |
e87b4f3f RS |
4318 | } |
4319 | ||
4320 | if (size != const0_rtx) | |
37a08a29 | 4321 | clear_storage (target, size); |
22619c3f | 4322 | |
e87b4f3f RS |
4323 | if (label) |
4324 | emit_label (label); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
4325 | } |
4326 | } | |
fffa9c1d JW |
4327 | /* Handle calls that return values in multiple non-contiguous locations. |
4328 | The Irix 6 ABI has examples of this. */ | |
4329 | else if (GET_CODE (target) == PARALLEL) | |
6e985040 AM |
4330 | emit_group_load (target, temp, TREE_TYPE (exp), |
4331 | int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (exp))); | |
bbf6f052 | 4332 | else if (GET_MODE (temp) == BLKmode) |
8403445a AM |
4333 | emit_block_move (target, temp, expr_size (exp), |
4334 | (want_value & 2 | |
4335 | ? BLOCK_OP_CALL_PARM : BLOCK_OP_NORMAL)); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
4336 | else |
4337 | emit_move_insn (target, temp); | |
4338 | } | |
709f5be1 | 4339 | |
766f36c7 | 4340 | /* If we don't want a value, return NULL_RTX. */ |
8403445a | 4341 | if ((want_value & 1) == 0) |
766f36c7 RK |
4342 | return NULL_RTX; |
4343 | ||
4344 | /* If we are supposed to return TEMP, do so as long as it isn't a MEM. | |
4345 | ??? The latter test doesn't seem to make sense. */ | |
4346 | else if (dont_return_target && GET_CODE (temp) != MEM) | |
bbf6f052 | 4347 | return temp; |
766f36c7 RK |
4348 | |
4349 | /* Return TARGET itself if it is a hard register. */ | |
8403445a AM |
4350 | else if ((want_value & 1) != 0 |
4351 | && GET_MODE (target) != BLKmode | |
766f36c7 RK |
4352 | && ! (GET_CODE (target) == REG |
4353 | && REGNO (target) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)) | |
709f5be1 | 4354 | return copy_to_reg (target); |
3a94c984 | 4355 | |
766f36c7 | 4356 | else |
709f5be1 | 4357 | return target; |
bbf6f052 RK |
4358 | } |
4359 | \f | |
40209195 | 4360 | /* Return 1 if EXP just contains zeros. FIXME merge with initializer_zerop. */ |
9de08200 RK |
4361 | |
4362 | static int | |
502b8322 | 4363 | is_zeros_p (tree exp) |
9de08200 RK |
4364 | { |
4365 | tree elt; | |
4366 | ||
4367 | switch (TREE_CODE (exp)) | |
4368 | { | |
4369 | case CONVERT_EXPR: | |
4370 | case NOP_EXPR: | |
4371 | case NON_LVALUE_EXPR: | |
ed239f5a | 4372 | case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR: |
9de08200 RK |
4373 | return is_zeros_p (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)); |
4374 | ||
4375 | case INTEGER_CST: | |
05bccae2 | 4376 | return integer_zerop (exp); |
9de08200 RK |
4377 | |
4378 | case COMPLEX_CST: | |
4379 | return | |
4380 | is_zeros_p (TREE_REALPART (exp)) && is_zeros_p (TREE_IMAGPART (exp)); | |
4381 | ||
4382 | case REAL_CST: | |
41c9120b | 4383 | return REAL_VALUES_IDENTICAL (TREE_REAL_CST (exp), dconst0); |
9de08200 | 4384 | |
69ef87e2 AH |
4385 | case VECTOR_CST: |
4386 | for (elt = TREE_VECTOR_CST_ELTS (exp); elt; | |
4387 | elt = TREE_CHAIN (elt)) | |
4388 | if (!is_zeros_p (TREE_VALUE (elt))) | |
4389 | return 0; | |
4390 | ||
4391 | return 1; | |
4392 | ||
9de08200 | 4393 | case CONSTRUCTOR: |
e1a43f73 PB |
4394 | if (TREE_TYPE (exp) && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (exp)) == SET_TYPE) |
4395 | return CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (exp) == NULL_TREE; | |
9de08200 RK |
4396 | for (elt = CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (exp); elt; elt = TREE_CHAIN (elt)) |
4397 | if (! is_zeros_p (TREE_VALUE (elt))) | |
4398 | return 0; | |
4399 | ||
4400 | return 1; | |
3a94c984 | 4401 | |
e9a25f70 JL |
4402 | default: |
4403 | return 0; | |
9de08200 | 4404 | } |
9de08200 RK |
4405 | } |
4406 | ||
4407 | /* Return 1 if EXP contains mostly (3/4) zeros. */ | |
4408 | ||
40209195 | 4409 | int |
502b8322 | 4410 | mostly_zeros_p (tree exp) |
9de08200 | 4411 | { |
9de08200 RK |
4412 | if (TREE_CODE (exp) == CONSTRUCTOR) |
4413 | { | |
e1a43f73 PB |
4414 | int elts = 0, zeros = 0; |
4415 | tree elt = CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (exp); | |
4416 | if (TREE_TYPE (exp) && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (exp)) == SET_TYPE) | |
4417 | { | |
4418 | /* If there are no ranges of true bits, it is all zero. */ | |
4419 | return elt == NULL_TREE; | |
4420 | } | |
4421 | for (; elt; elt = TREE_CHAIN (elt)) | |
4422 | { | |
4423 | /* We do not handle the case where the index is a RANGE_EXPR, | |
4424 | so the statistic will be somewhat inaccurate. | |
4425 | We do make a more accurate count in store_constructor itself, | |
4426 | so since this function is only used for nested array elements, | |
0f41302f | 4427 | this should be close enough. */ |
e1a43f73 PB |
4428 | if (mostly_zeros_p (TREE_VALUE (elt))) |
4429 | zeros++; | |
4430 | elts++; | |
4431 | } | |
9de08200 RK |
4432 | |
4433 | return 4 * zeros >= 3 * elts; | |
4434 | } | |
4435 | ||
4436 | return is_zeros_p (exp); | |
4437 | } | |
4438 | \f | |
e1a43f73 PB |
4439 | /* Helper function for store_constructor. |
4440 | TARGET, BITSIZE, BITPOS, MODE, EXP are as for store_field. | |
4441 | TYPE is the type of the CONSTRUCTOR, not the element type. | |
04050c69 | 4442 | CLEARED is as for store_constructor. |
23cb1766 | 4443 | ALIAS_SET is the alias set to use for any stores. |
23ccec44 JW |
4444 | |
4445 | This provides a recursive shortcut back to store_constructor when it isn't | |
4446 | necessary to go through store_field. This is so that we can pass through | |
4447 | the cleared field to let store_constructor know that we may not have to | |
4448 | clear a substructure if the outer structure has already been cleared. */ | |
e1a43f73 PB |
4449 | |
4450 | static void | |
502b8322 AJ |
4451 | store_constructor_field (rtx target, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize, |
4452 | HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos, enum machine_mode mode, | |
4453 | tree exp, tree type, int cleared, int alias_set) | |
e1a43f73 PB |
4454 | { |
4455 | if (TREE_CODE (exp) == CONSTRUCTOR | |
23ccec44 | 4456 | && bitpos % BITS_PER_UNIT == 0 |
cc2902df | 4457 | /* If we have a nonzero bitpos for a register target, then we just |
23ccec44 JW |
4458 | let store_field do the bitfield handling. This is unlikely to |
4459 | generate unnecessary clear instructions anyways. */ | |
4460 | && (bitpos == 0 || GET_CODE (target) == MEM)) | |
e1a43f73 | 4461 | { |
61cb205c RK |
4462 | if (GET_CODE (target) == MEM) |
4463 | target | |
4464 | = adjust_address (target, | |
4465 | GET_MODE (target) == BLKmode | |
4466 | || 0 != (bitpos | |
4467 | % GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (GET_MODE (target))) | |
4468 | ? BLKmode : VOIDmode, bitpos / BITS_PER_UNIT); | |
23cb1766 | 4469 | |
e0339ef7 | 4470 | |
04050c69 | 4471 | /* Update the alias set, if required. */ |
10b76d73 RK |
4472 | if (GET_CODE (target) == MEM && ! MEM_KEEP_ALIAS_SET_P (target) |
4473 | && MEM_ALIAS_SET (target) != 0) | |
70072ed9 RK |
4474 | { |
4475 | target = copy_rtx (target); | |
4476 | set_mem_alias_set (target, alias_set); | |
4477 | } | |
e0339ef7 | 4478 | |
04050c69 | 4479 | store_constructor (exp, target, cleared, bitsize / BITS_PER_UNIT); |
e1a43f73 PB |
4480 | } |
4481 | else | |
a06ef755 RK |
4482 | store_field (target, bitsize, bitpos, mode, exp, VOIDmode, 0, type, |
4483 | alias_set); | |
e1a43f73 PB |
4484 | } |
4485 | ||
bbf6f052 | 4486 | /* Store the value of constructor EXP into the rtx TARGET. |
04050c69 RK |
4487 | TARGET is either a REG or a MEM; we know it cannot conflict, since |
4488 | safe_from_p has been called. | |
b7010412 RK |
4489 | CLEARED is true if TARGET is known to have been zero'd. |
4490 | SIZE is the number of bytes of TARGET we are allowed to modify: this | |
4491 | may not be the same as the size of EXP if we are assigning to a field | |
4492 | which has been packed to exclude padding bits. */ | |
bbf6f052 RK |
4493 | |
4494 | static void | |
502b8322 | 4495 | store_constructor (tree exp, rtx target, int cleared, HOST_WIDE_INT size) |
bbf6f052 | 4496 | { |
4af3895e | 4497 | tree type = TREE_TYPE (exp); |
a5efcd63 | 4498 | #ifdef WORD_REGISTER_OPERATIONS |
13eb1f7f | 4499 | HOST_WIDE_INT exp_size = int_size_in_bytes (type); |
a5efcd63 | 4500 | #endif |
4af3895e | 4501 | |
e44842fe RK |
4502 | if (TREE_CODE (type) == RECORD_TYPE || TREE_CODE (type) == UNION_TYPE |
4503 | || TREE_CODE (type) == QUAL_UNION_TYPE) | |
bbf6f052 | 4504 | { |
b3694847 | 4505 | tree elt; |
bbf6f052 | 4506 | |
2c430630 RS |
4507 | /* If size is zero or the target is already cleared, do nothing. */ |
4508 | if (size == 0 || cleared) | |
4509 | cleared = 1; | |
04050c69 | 4510 | /* We either clear the aggregate or indicate the value is dead. */ |
2c430630 RS |
4511 | else if ((TREE_CODE (type) == UNION_TYPE |
4512 | || TREE_CODE (type) == QUAL_UNION_TYPE) | |
4513 | && ! CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (exp)) | |
04050c69 | 4514 | /* If the constructor is empty, clear the union. */ |
a59f8640 | 4515 | { |
04050c69 RK |
4516 | clear_storage (target, expr_size (exp)); |
4517 | cleared = 1; | |
a59f8640 | 4518 | } |
4af3895e JVA |
4519 | |
4520 | /* If we are building a static constructor into a register, | |
4521 | set the initial value as zero so we can fold the value into | |
67225c15 RK |
4522 | a constant. But if more than one register is involved, |
4523 | this probably loses. */ | |
2c430630 | 4524 | else if (GET_CODE (target) == REG && TREE_STATIC (exp) |
67225c15 | 4525 | && GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (target)) <= UNITS_PER_WORD) |
9de08200 | 4526 | { |
04050c69 | 4527 | emit_move_insn (target, CONST0_RTX (GET_MODE (target))); |
9de08200 RK |
4528 | cleared = 1; |
4529 | } | |
4530 | ||
4531 | /* If the constructor has fewer fields than the structure | |
4532 | or if we are initializing the structure to mostly zeros, | |
0d97bf4c | 4533 | clear the whole structure first. Don't do this if TARGET is a |
fcf1b822 RK |
4534 | register whose mode size isn't equal to SIZE since clear_storage |
4535 | can't handle this case. */ | |
2c430630 RS |
4536 | else if (((list_length (CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (exp)) != fields_length (type)) |
4537 | || mostly_zeros_p (exp)) | |
fcf1b822 | 4538 | && (GET_CODE (target) != REG |
04050c69 RK |
4539 | || ((HOST_WIDE_INT) GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (target)) |
4540 | == size))) | |
9de08200 | 4541 | { |
337f4314 RK |
4542 | rtx xtarget = target; |
4543 | ||
4544 | if (readonly_fields_p (type)) | |
4545 | { | |
4546 | xtarget = copy_rtx (xtarget); | |
4547 | RTX_UNCHANGING_P (xtarget) = 1; | |
4548 | } | |
4549 | ||
4550 | clear_storage (xtarget, GEN_INT (size)); | |
9de08200 RK |
4551 | cleared = 1; |
4552 | } | |
04050c69 RK |
4553 | |
4554 | if (! cleared) | |
38a448ca | 4555 | emit_insn (gen_rtx_CLOBBER (VOIDmode, target)); |
bbf6f052 RK |
4556 | |
4557 | /* Store each element of the constructor into | |
4558 | the corresponding field of TARGET. */ | |
4559 | ||
4560 | for (elt = CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (exp); elt; elt = TREE_CHAIN (elt)) | |
4561 | { | |
b3694847 | 4562 | tree field = TREE_PURPOSE (elt); |
34c73909 | 4563 | tree value = TREE_VALUE (elt); |
b3694847 | 4564 | enum machine_mode mode; |
770ae6cc RK |
4565 | HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize; |
4566 | HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos = 0; | |
770ae6cc | 4567 | tree offset; |
b50d17a1 | 4568 | rtx to_rtx = target; |
bbf6f052 | 4569 | |
f32fd778 RS |
4570 | /* Just ignore missing fields. |
4571 | We cleared the whole structure, above, | |
4572 | if any fields are missing. */ | |
4573 | if (field == 0) | |
4574 | continue; | |
4575 | ||
8b6000fc | 4576 | if (cleared && is_zeros_p (value)) |
e1a43f73 | 4577 | continue; |
9de08200 | 4578 | |
770ae6cc RK |
4579 | if (host_integerp (DECL_SIZE (field), 1)) |
4580 | bitsize = tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE (field), 1); | |
14a774a9 RK |
4581 | else |
4582 | bitsize = -1; | |
4583 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
4584 | mode = DECL_MODE (field); |
4585 | if (DECL_BIT_FIELD (field)) | |
4586 | mode = VOIDmode; | |
4587 | ||
770ae6cc RK |
4588 | offset = DECL_FIELD_OFFSET (field); |
4589 | if (host_integerp (offset, 0) | |
4590 | && host_integerp (bit_position (field), 0)) | |
4591 | { | |
4592 | bitpos = int_bit_position (field); | |
4593 | offset = 0; | |
4594 | } | |
b50d17a1 | 4595 | else |
770ae6cc | 4596 | bitpos = tree_low_cst (DECL_FIELD_BIT_OFFSET (field), 0); |
3a94c984 | 4597 | |
b50d17a1 RK |
4598 | if (offset) |
4599 | { | |
4600 | rtx offset_rtx; | |
4601 | ||
7a6cdb44 | 4602 | if (CONTAINS_PLACEHOLDER_P (offset)) |
7fa96708 | 4603 | offset = build (WITH_RECORD_EXPR, sizetype, |
956d6950 | 4604 | offset, make_tree (TREE_TYPE (exp), target)); |
bbf6f052 | 4605 | |
b50d17a1 RK |
4606 | offset_rtx = expand_expr (offset, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); |
4607 | if (GET_CODE (to_rtx) != MEM) | |
4608 | abort (); | |
4609 | ||
bd070e1a | 4610 | #ifdef POINTERS_EXTEND_UNSIGNED |
4b6c1672 | 4611 | if (GET_MODE (offset_rtx) != Pmode) |
267b28bd | 4612 | offset_rtx = convert_to_mode (Pmode, offset_rtx, 0); |
fa06ab5c RK |
4613 | #else |
4614 | if (GET_MODE (offset_rtx) != ptr_mode) | |
4615 | offset_rtx = convert_to_mode (ptr_mode, offset_rtx, 0); | |
bd070e1a | 4616 | #endif |
bd070e1a | 4617 | |
0d4903b8 RK |
4618 | to_rtx = offset_address (to_rtx, offset_rtx, |
4619 | highest_pow2_factor (offset)); | |
b50d17a1 | 4620 | } |
c5c76735 | 4621 | |
8ecc63eb JJ |
4622 | /* If the constructor has been cleared, setting RTX_UNCHANGING_P |
4623 | on the MEM might lead to scheduling the clearing after the | |
4624 | store. */ | |
4625 | if (TREE_READONLY (field) && !cleared) | |
cf04eb80 | 4626 | { |
9151b3bf | 4627 | if (GET_CODE (to_rtx) == MEM) |
effbcc6a RK |
4628 | to_rtx = copy_rtx (to_rtx); |
4629 | ||
cf04eb80 RK |
4630 | RTX_UNCHANGING_P (to_rtx) = 1; |
4631 | } | |
4632 | ||
34c73909 R |
4633 | #ifdef WORD_REGISTER_OPERATIONS |
4634 | /* If this initializes a field that is smaller than a word, at the | |
4635 | start of a word, try to widen it to a full word. | |
4636 | This special case allows us to output C++ member function | |
4637 | initializations in a form that the optimizers can understand. */ | |
770ae6cc | 4638 | if (GET_CODE (target) == REG |
34c73909 R |
4639 | && bitsize < BITS_PER_WORD |
4640 | && bitpos % BITS_PER_WORD == 0 | |
4641 | && GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT | |
4642 | && TREE_CODE (value) == INTEGER_CST | |
13eb1f7f RK |
4643 | && exp_size >= 0 |
4644 | && bitpos + BITS_PER_WORD <= exp_size * BITS_PER_UNIT) | |
34c73909 R |
4645 | { |
4646 | tree type = TREE_TYPE (value); | |
04050c69 | 4647 | |
34c73909 R |
4648 | if (TYPE_PRECISION (type) < BITS_PER_WORD) |
4649 | { | |
b0c48229 NB |
4650 | type = (*lang_hooks.types.type_for_size) |
4651 | (BITS_PER_WORD, TREE_UNSIGNED (type)); | |
34c73909 R |
4652 | value = convert (type, value); |
4653 | } | |
04050c69 | 4654 | |
34c73909 R |
4655 | if (BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN) |
4656 | value | |
4657 | = fold (build (LSHIFT_EXPR, type, value, | |
4658 | build_int_2 (BITS_PER_WORD - bitsize, 0))); | |
4659 | bitsize = BITS_PER_WORD; | |
4660 | mode = word_mode; | |
4661 | } | |
4662 | #endif | |
10b76d73 RK |
4663 | |
4664 | if (GET_CODE (to_rtx) == MEM && !MEM_KEEP_ALIAS_SET_P (to_rtx) | |
4665 | && DECL_NONADDRESSABLE_P (field)) | |
4666 | { | |
4667 | to_rtx = copy_rtx (to_rtx); | |
4668 | MEM_KEEP_ALIAS_SET_P (to_rtx) = 1; | |
4669 | } | |
4670 | ||
c5c76735 | 4671 | store_constructor_field (to_rtx, bitsize, bitpos, mode, |
8b6000fc | 4672 | value, type, cleared, |
10b76d73 | 4673 | get_alias_set (TREE_TYPE (field))); |
bbf6f052 RK |
4674 | } |
4675 | } | |
e6834654 SS |
4676 | else if (TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE |
4677 | || TREE_CODE (type) == VECTOR_TYPE) | |
bbf6f052 | 4678 | { |
b3694847 SS |
4679 | tree elt; |
4680 | int i; | |
e1a43f73 | 4681 | int need_to_clear; |
4af3895e | 4682 | tree domain = TYPE_DOMAIN (type); |
4af3895e | 4683 | tree elttype = TREE_TYPE (type); |
e6834654 | 4684 | int const_bounds_p; |
ae0ed63a JM |
4685 | HOST_WIDE_INT minelt = 0; |
4686 | HOST_WIDE_INT maxelt = 0; | |
997404de JH |
4687 | int icode = 0; |
4688 | rtx *vector = NULL; | |
4689 | int elt_size = 0; | |
4690 | unsigned n_elts = 0; | |
85f3d674 | 4691 | |
e6834654 SS |
4692 | /* Vectors are like arrays, but the domain is stored via an array |
4693 | type indirectly. */ | |
4694 | if (TREE_CODE (type) == VECTOR_TYPE) | |
4695 | { | |
4696 | /* Note that although TYPE_DEBUG_REPRESENTATION_TYPE uses | |
4697 | the same field as TYPE_DOMAIN, we are not guaranteed that | |
4698 | it always will. */ | |
4699 | domain = TYPE_DEBUG_REPRESENTATION_TYPE (type); | |
4700 | domain = TYPE_DOMAIN (TREE_TYPE (TYPE_FIELDS (domain))); | |
997404de JH |
4701 | if (REG_P (target) && VECTOR_MODE_P (GET_MODE (target))) |
4702 | { | |
4703 | enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (target); | |
4704 | ||
4705 | icode = (int) vec_init_optab->handlers[mode].insn_code; | |
4706 | if (icode != CODE_FOR_nothing) | |
4707 | { | |
4708 | unsigned int i; | |
4709 | ||
4710 | elt_size = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE_INNER (mode)); | |
4711 | n_elts = (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) / elt_size); | |
4712 | vector = alloca (n_elts); | |
4713 | for (i = 0; i < n_elts; i++) | |
4714 | vector [i] = CONST0_RTX (GET_MODE_INNER (mode)); | |
4715 | } | |
4716 | } | |
e6834654 SS |
4717 | } |
4718 | ||
4719 | const_bounds_p = (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain) | |
4720 | && TYPE_MAX_VALUE (domain) | |
4721 | && host_integerp (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain), 0) | |
4722 | && host_integerp (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (domain), 0)); | |
4723 | ||
85f3d674 RK |
4724 | /* If we have constant bounds for the range of the type, get them. */ |
4725 | if (const_bounds_p) | |
4726 | { | |
4727 | minelt = tree_low_cst (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain), 0); | |
4728 | maxelt = tree_low_cst (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (domain), 0); | |
4729 | } | |
bbf6f052 | 4730 | |
e1a43f73 | 4731 | /* If the constructor has fewer elements than the array, |
38e01259 | 4732 | clear the whole array first. Similarly if this is |
e1a43f73 PB |
4733 | static constructor of a non-BLKmode object. */ |
4734 | if (cleared || (GET_CODE (target) == REG && TREE_STATIC (exp))) | |
4735 | need_to_clear = 1; | |
4736 | else | |
4737 | { | |
4738 | HOST_WIDE_INT count = 0, zero_count = 0; | |
85f3d674 RK |
4739 | need_to_clear = ! const_bounds_p; |
4740 | ||
e1a43f73 PB |
4741 | /* This loop is a more accurate version of the loop in |
4742 | mostly_zeros_p (it handles RANGE_EXPR in an index). | |
4743 | It is also needed to check for missing elements. */ | |
4744 | for (elt = CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (exp); | |
85f3d674 | 4745 | elt != NULL_TREE && ! need_to_clear; |
df0faff1 | 4746 | elt = TREE_CHAIN (elt)) |
e1a43f73 PB |
4747 | { |
4748 | tree index = TREE_PURPOSE (elt); | |
4749 | HOST_WIDE_INT this_node_count; | |
19caa751 | 4750 | |
e1a43f73 PB |
4751 | if (index != NULL_TREE && TREE_CODE (index) == RANGE_EXPR) |
4752 | { | |
4753 | tree lo_index = TREE_OPERAND (index, 0); | |
4754 | tree hi_index = TREE_OPERAND (index, 1); | |
05bccae2 | 4755 | |
19caa751 RK |
4756 | if (! host_integerp (lo_index, 1) |
4757 | || ! host_integerp (hi_index, 1)) | |
e1a43f73 PB |
4758 | { |
4759 | need_to_clear = 1; | |
4760 | break; | |
4761 | } | |
19caa751 RK |
4762 | |
4763 | this_node_count = (tree_low_cst (hi_index, 1) | |
4764 | - tree_low_cst (lo_index, 1) + 1); | |
e1a43f73 PB |
4765 | } |
4766 | else | |
4767 | this_node_count = 1; | |
85f3d674 | 4768 | |
e1a43f73 PB |
4769 | count += this_node_count; |
4770 | if (mostly_zeros_p (TREE_VALUE (elt))) | |
4771 | zero_count += this_node_count; | |
4772 | } | |
85f3d674 | 4773 | |
8e958f70 | 4774 | /* Clear the entire array first if there are any missing elements, |
0f41302f | 4775 | or if the incidence of zero elements is >= 75%. */ |
85f3d674 RK |
4776 | if (! need_to_clear |
4777 | && (count < maxelt - minelt + 1 || 4 * zero_count >= 3 * count)) | |
e1a43f73 PB |
4778 | need_to_clear = 1; |
4779 | } | |
85f3d674 | 4780 | |
997404de | 4781 | if (need_to_clear && size > 0 && !vector) |
9de08200 RK |
4782 | { |
4783 | if (! cleared) | |
725e58b1 RK |
4784 | { |
4785 | if (REG_P (target)) | |
4786 | emit_move_insn (target, CONST0_RTX (GET_MODE (target))); | |
4787 | else | |
4788 | clear_storage (target, GEN_INT (size)); | |
4789 | } | |
9de08200 RK |
4790 | cleared = 1; |
4791 | } | |
df4556a3 | 4792 | else if (REG_P (target)) |
bbf6f052 | 4793 | /* Inform later passes that the old value is dead. */ |
38a448ca | 4794 | emit_insn (gen_rtx_CLOBBER (VOIDmode, target)); |
bbf6f052 RK |
4795 | |
4796 | /* Store each element of the constructor into | |
4797 | the corresponding element of TARGET, determined | |
4798 | by counting the elements. */ | |
4799 | for (elt = CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (exp), i = 0; | |
4800 | elt; | |
4801 | elt = TREE_CHAIN (elt), i++) | |
4802 | { | |
b3694847 | 4803 | enum machine_mode mode; |
19caa751 RK |
4804 | HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize; |
4805 | HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos; | |
bbf6f052 | 4806 | int unsignedp; |
e1a43f73 | 4807 | tree value = TREE_VALUE (elt); |
03dc44a6 RS |
4808 | tree index = TREE_PURPOSE (elt); |
4809 | rtx xtarget = target; | |
bbf6f052 | 4810 | |
e1a43f73 PB |
4811 | if (cleared && is_zeros_p (value)) |
4812 | continue; | |
9de08200 | 4813 | |
bbf6f052 | 4814 | unsignedp = TREE_UNSIGNED (elttype); |
14a774a9 RK |
4815 | mode = TYPE_MODE (elttype); |
4816 | if (mode == BLKmode) | |
19caa751 RK |
4817 | bitsize = (host_integerp (TYPE_SIZE (elttype), 1) |
4818 | ? tree_low_cst (TYPE_SIZE (elttype), 1) | |
4819 | : -1); | |
14a774a9 RK |
4820 | else |
4821 | bitsize = GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode); | |
bbf6f052 | 4822 | |
e1a43f73 PB |
4823 | if (index != NULL_TREE && TREE_CODE (index) == RANGE_EXPR) |
4824 | { | |
4825 | tree lo_index = TREE_OPERAND (index, 0); | |
4826 | tree hi_index = TREE_OPERAND (index, 1); | |
4977bab6 | 4827 | rtx index_r, pos_rtx, loop_end; |
e1a43f73 | 4828 | struct nesting *loop; |
05c0b405 PB |
4829 | HOST_WIDE_INT lo, hi, count; |
4830 | tree position; | |
e1a43f73 | 4831 | |
997404de JH |
4832 | if (vector) |
4833 | abort (); | |
4834 | ||
0f41302f | 4835 | /* If the range is constant and "small", unroll the loop. */ |
85f3d674 RK |
4836 | if (const_bounds_p |
4837 | && host_integerp (lo_index, 0) | |
19caa751 RK |
4838 | && host_integerp (hi_index, 0) |
4839 | && (lo = tree_low_cst (lo_index, 0), | |
4840 | hi = tree_low_cst (hi_index, 0), | |
05c0b405 PB |
4841 | count = hi - lo + 1, |
4842 | (GET_CODE (target) != MEM | |
4843 | || count <= 2 | |
19caa751 RK |
4844 | || (host_integerp (TYPE_SIZE (elttype), 1) |
4845 | && (tree_low_cst (TYPE_SIZE (elttype), 1) * count | |
4846 | <= 40 * 8))))) | |
e1a43f73 | 4847 | { |
05c0b405 PB |
4848 | lo -= minelt; hi -= minelt; |
4849 | for (; lo <= hi; lo++) | |
e1a43f73 | 4850 | { |
19caa751 | 4851 | bitpos = lo * tree_low_cst (TYPE_SIZE (elttype), 0); |
10b76d73 RK |
4852 | |
4853 | if (GET_CODE (target) == MEM | |
4854 | && !MEM_KEEP_ALIAS_SET_P (target) | |
e6834654 | 4855 | && TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE |
10b76d73 RK |
4856 | && TYPE_NONALIASED_COMPONENT (type)) |
4857 | { | |
4858 | target = copy_rtx (target); | |
4859 | MEM_KEEP_ALIAS_SET_P (target) = 1; | |
4860 | } | |
4861 | ||
23cb1766 | 4862 | store_constructor_field |
04050c69 RK |
4863 | (target, bitsize, bitpos, mode, value, type, cleared, |
4864 | get_alias_set (elttype)); | |
e1a43f73 PB |
4865 | } |
4866 | } | |
4867 | else | |
4868 | { | |
4977bab6 | 4869 | expand_expr (hi_index, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); |
e1a43f73 PB |
4870 | loop_end = gen_label_rtx (); |
4871 | ||
4872 | unsignedp = TREE_UNSIGNED (domain); | |
4873 | ||
4874 | index = build_decl (VAR_DECL, NULL_TREE, domain); | |
4875 | ||
19e7881c | 4876 | index_r |
e1a43f73 PB |
4877 | = gen_reg_rtx (promote_mode (domain, DECL_MODE (index), |
4878 | &unsignedp, 0)); | |
19e7881c | 4879 | SET_DECL_RTL (index, index_r); |
e1a43f73 PB |
4880 | if (TREE_CODE (value) == SAVE_EXPR |
4881 | && SAVE_EXPR_RTL (value) == 0) | |
4882 | { | |
0f41302f MS |
4883 | /* Make sure value gets expanded once before the |
4884 | loop. */ | |
e1a43f73 PB |
4885 | expand_expr (value, const0_rtx, VOIDmode, 0); |
4886 | emit_queue (); | |
4887 | } | |
4888 | store_expr (lo_index, index_r, 0); | |
4889 | loop = expand_start_loop (0); | |
4890 | ||
0f41302f | 4891 | /* Assign value to element index. */ |
fed3cef0 RK |
4892 | position |
4893 | = convert (ssizetype, | |
4894 | fold (build (MINUS_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (index), | |
4895 | index, TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain)))); | |
4896 | position = size_binop (MULT_EXPR, position, | |
4897 | convert (ssizetype, | |
4898 | TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (elttype))); | |
4899 | ||
e1a43f73 | 4900 | pos_rtx = expand_expr (position, 0, VOIDmode, 0); |
0d4903b8 RK |
4901 | xtarget = offset_address (target, pos_rtx, |
4902 | highest_pow2_factor (position)); | |
4903 | xtarget = adjust_address (xtarget, mode, 0); | |
e1a43f73 | 4904 | if (TREE_CODE (value) == CONSTRUCTOR) |
04050c69 | 4905 | store_constructor (value, xtarget, cleared, |
b7010412 | 4906 | bitsize / BITS_PER_UNIT); |
e1a43f73 PB |
4907 | else |
4908 | store_expr (value, xtarget, 0); | |
4909 | ||
4910 | expand_exit_loop_if_false (loop, | |
4911 | build (LT_EXPR, integer_type_node, | |
4912 | index, hi_index)); | |
4913 | ||
4914 | expand_increment (build (PREINCREMENT_EXPR, | |
4915 | TREE_TYPE (index), | |
7b8b9722 | 4916 | index, integer_one_node), 0, 0); |
e1a43f73 PB |
4917 | expand_end_loop (); |
4918 | emit_label (loop_end); | |
e1a43f73 PB |
4919 | } |
4920 | } | |
19caa751 RK |
4921 | else if ((index != 0 && ! host_integerp (index, 0)) |
4922 | || ! host_integerp (TYPE_SIZE (elttype), 1)) | |
03dc44a6 | 4923 | { |
03dc44a6 RS |
4924 | tree position; |
4925 | ||
997404de JH |
4926 | if (vector) |
4927 | abort (); | |
4928 | ||
5b6c44ff | 4929 | if (index == 0) |
fed3cef0 | 4930 | index = ssize_int (1); |
5b6c44ff | 4931 | |
e1a43f73 | 4932 | if (minelt) |
fed3cef0 RK |
4933 | index = convert (ssizetype, |
4934 | fold (build (MINUS_EXPR, index, | |
4935 | TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain)))); | |
19caa751 | 4936 | |
fed3cef0 RK |
4937 | position = size_binop (MULT_EXPR, index, |
4938 | convert (ssizetype, | |
4939 | TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (elttype))); | |
0d4903b8 RK |
4940 | xtarget = offset_address (target, |
4941 | expand_expr (position, 0, VOIDmode, 0), | |
4942 | highest_pow2_factor (position)); | |
4943 | xtarget = adjust_address (xtarget, mode, 0); | |
e1a43f73 | 4944 | store_expr (value, xtarget, 0); |
03dc44a6 | 4945 | } |
997404de JH |
4946 | else if (vector) |
4947 | { | |
4948 | int pos; | |
4949 | ||
4950 | if (index != 0) | |
4951 | pos = tree_low_cst (index, 0) - minelt; | |
4952 | else | |
4953 | pos = i; | |
4954 | vector[pos] = expand_expr (value, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); | |
4955 | } | |
03dc44a6 RS |
4956 | else |
4957 | { | |
4958 | if (index != 0) | |
19caa751 RK |
4959 | bitpos = ((tree_low_cst (index, 0) - minelt) |
4960 | * tree_low_cst (TYPE_SIZE (elttype), 1)); | |
03dc44a6 | 4961 | else |
19caa751 RK |
4962 | bitpos = (i * tree_low_cst (TYPE_SIZE (elttype), 1)); |
4963 | ||
10b76d73 | 4964 | if (GET_CODE (target) == MEM && !MEM_KEEP_ALIAS_SET_P (target) |
e6834654 | 4965 | && TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE |
10b76d73 RK |
4966 | && TYPE_NONALIASED_COMPONENT (type)) |
4967 | { | |
4968 | target = copy_rtx (target); | |
4969 | MEM_KEEP_ALIAS_SET_P (target) = 1; | |
4970 | } | |
9b9bd3b2 JH |
4971 | store_constructor_field (target, bitsize, bitpos, mode, value, |
4972 | type, cleared, get_alias_set (elttype)); | |
03dc44a6 | 4973 | } |
bbf6f052 | 4974 | } |
997404de JH |
4975 | if (vector) |
4976 | { | |
4977 | emit_insn (GEN_FCN (icode) (target, | |
4978 | gen_rtx_PARALLEL (GET_MODE (target), | |
4979 | gen_rtvec_v (n_elts, vector)))); | |
4980 | } | |
bbf6f052 | 4981 | } |
19caa751 | 4982 | |
3a94c984 | 4983 | /* Set constructor assignments. */ |
071a6595 PB |
4984 | else if (TREE_CODE (type) == SET_TYPE) |
4985 | { | |
e1a43f73 | 4986 | tree elt = CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (exp); |
19caa751 | 4987 | unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT nbytes = int_size_in_bytes (type), nbits; |
071a6595 PB |
4988 | tree domain = TYPE_DOMAIN (type); |
4989 | tree domain_min, domain_max, bitlength; | |
4990 | ||
9faa82d8 | 4991 | /* The default implementation strategy is to extract the constant |
071a6595 PB |
4992 | parts of the constructor, use that to initialize the target, |
4993 | and then "or" in whatever non-constant ranges we need in addition. | |
4994 | ||
4995 | If a large set is all zero or all ones, it is | |
4996 | probably better to set it using memset (if available) or bzero. | |
4997 | Also, if a large set has just a single range, it may also be | |
4998 | better to first clear all the first clear the set (using | |
0f41302f | 4999 | bzero/memset), and set the bits we want. */ |
3a94c984 | 5000 | |
0f41302f | 5001 | /* Check for all zeros. */ |
9376fcd6 | 5002 | if (elt == NULL_TREE && size > 0) |
071a6595 | 5003 | { |
e1a43f73 | 5004 | if (!cleared) |
8ac61af7 | 5005 | clear_storage (target, GEN_INT (size)); |
071a6595 PB |
5006 | return; |
5007 | } | |
5008 | ||
071a6595 PB |
5009 | domain_min = convert (sizetype, TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain)); |
5010 | domain_max = convert (sizetype, TYPE_MAX_VALUE (domain)); | |
5011 | bitlength = size_binop (PLUS_EXPR, | |
fed3cef0 RK |
5012 | size_diffop (domain_max, domain_min), |
5013 | ssize_int (1)); | |
071a6595 | 5014 | |
19caa751 | 5015 | nbits = tree_low_cst (bitlength, 1); |
e1a43f73 PB |
5016 | |
5017 | /* For "small" sets, or "medium-sized" (up to 32 bytes) sets that | |
5018 | are "complicated" (more than one range), initialize (the | |
3a94c984 | 5019 | constant parts) by copying from a constant. */ |
e1a43f73 PB |
5020 | if (GET_MODE (target) != BLKmode || nbits <= 2 * BITS_PER_WORD |
5021 | || (nbytes <= 32 && TREE_CHAIN (elt) != NULL_TREE)) | |
071a6595 | 5022 | { |
19caa751 | 5023 | unsigned int set_word_size = TYPE_ALIGN (TREE_TYPE (exp)); |
b4ee5a72 | 5024 | enum machine_mode mode = mode_for_size (set_word_size, MODE_INT, 1); |
703ad42b | 5025 | char *bit_buffer = alloca (nbits); |
b4ee5a72 | 5026 | HOST_WIDE_INT word = 0; |
19caa751 RK |
5027 | unsigned int bit_pos = 0; |
5028 | unsigned int ibit = 0; | |
5029 | unsigned int offset = 0; /* In bytes from beginning of set. */ | |
5030 | ||
e1a43f73 | 5031 | elt = get_set_constructor_bits (exp, bit_buffer, nbits); |
b4ee5a72 | 5032 | for (;;) |
071a6595 | 5033 | { |
b4ee5a72 PB |
5034 | if (bit_buffer[ibit]) |
5035 | { | |
b09f3348 | 5036 | if (BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN) |
b4ee5a72 PB |
5037 | word |= (1 << (set_word_size - 1 - bit_pos)); |
5038 | else | |
5039 | word |= 1 << bit_pos; | |
5040 | } | |
19caa751 | 5041 | |
b4ee5a72 PB |
5042 | bit_pos++; ibit++; |
5043 | if (bit_pos >= set_word_size || ibit == nbits) | |
071a6595 | 5044 | { |
e1a43f73 PB |
5045 | if (word != 0 || ! cleared) |
5046 | { | |
5047 | rtx datum = GEN_INT (word); | |
5048 | rtx to_rtx; | |
19caa751 | 5049 | |
0f41302f MS |
5050 | /* The assumption here is that it is safe to use |
5051 | XEXP if the set is multi-word, but not if | |
5052 | it's single-word. */ | |
e1a43f73 | 5053 | if (GET_CODE (target) == MEM) |
f4ef873c | 5054 | to_rtx = adjust_address (target, mode, offset); |
3a94c984 | 5055 | else if (offset == 0) |
e1a43f73 PB |
5056 | to_rtx = target; |
5057 | else | |
5058 | abort (); | |
5059 | emit_move_insn (to_rtx, datum); | |
5060 | } | |
19caa751 | 5061 | |
b4ee5a72 PB |
5062 | if (ibit == nbits) |
5063 | break; | |
5064 | word = 0; | |
5065 | bit_pos = 0; | |
5066 | offset += set_word_size / BITS_PER_UNIT; | |
071a6595 PB |
5067 | } |
5068 | } | |
071a6595 | 5069 | } |
e1a43f73 | 5070 | else if (!cleared) |
19caa751 RK |
5071 | /* Don't bother clearing storage if the set is all ones. */ |
5072 | if (TREE_CHAIN (elt) != NULL_TREE | |
5073 | || (TREE_PURPOSE (elt) == NULL_TREE | |
5074 | ? nbits != 1 | |
5075 | : ( ! host_integerp (TREE_VALUE (elt), 0) | |
5076 | || ! host_integerp (TREE_PURPOSE (elt), 0) | |
5077 | || (tree_low_cst (TREE_VALUE (elt), 0) | |
5078 | - tree_low_cst (TREE_PURPOSE (elt), 0) + 1 | |
5079 | != (HOST_WIDE_INT) nbits)))) | |
8ac61af7 | 5080 | clear_storage (target, expr_size (exp)); |
3a94c984 | 5081 | |
e1a43f73 | 5082 | for (; elt != NULL_TREE; elt = TREE_CHAIN (elt)) |
071a6595 | 5083 | { |
3a94c984 | 5084 | /* Start of range of element or NULL. */ |
071a6595 | 5085 | tree startbit = TREE_PURPOSE (elt); |
3a94c984 | 5086 | /* End of range of element, or element value. */ |
071a6595 PB |
5087 | tree endbit = TREE_VALUE (elt); |
5088 | HOST_WIDE_INT startb, endb; | |
19caa751 | 5089 | rtx bitlength_rtx, startbit_rtx, endbit_rtx, targetx; |
071a6595 PB |
5090 | |
5091 | bitlength_rtx = expand_expr (bitlength, | |
19caa751 | 5092 | NULL_RTX, MEM, EXPAND_CONST_ADDRESS); |
071a6595 | 5093 | |
3a94c984 | 5094 | /* Handle non-range tuple element like [ expr ]. */ |
071a6595 PB |
5095 | if (startbit == NULL_TREE) |
5096 | { | |
5097 | startbit = save_expr (endbit); | |
5098 | endbit = startbit; | |
5099 | } | |
19caa751 | 5100 | |
071a6595 PB |
5101 | startbit = convert (sizetype, startbit); |
5102 | endbit = convert (sizetype, endbit); | |
5103 | if (! integer_zerop (domain_min)) | |
5104 | { | |
5105 | startbit = size_binop (MINUS_EXPR, startbit, domain_min); | |
5106 | endbit = size_binop (MINUS_EXPR, endbit, domain_min); | |
5107 | } | |
3a94c984 | 5108 | startbit_rtx = expand_expr (startbit, NULL_RTX, MEM, |
071a6595 | 5109 | EXPAND_CONST_ADDRESS); |
3a94c984 | 5110 | endbit_rtx = expand_expr (endbit, NULL_RTX, MEM, |
071a6595 PB |
5111 | EXPAND_CONST_ADDRESS); |
5112 | ||
5113 | if (REG_P (target)) | |
5114 | { | |
1da68f56 RK |
5115 | targetx |
5116 | = assign_temp | |
b0c48229 NB |
5117 | ((build_qualified_type ((*lang_hooks.types.type_for_mode) |
5118 | (GET_MODE (target), 0), | |
1da68f56 RK |
5119 | TYPE_QUAL_CONST)), |
5120 | 0, 1, 1); | |
071a6595 PB |
5121 | emit_move_insn (targetx, target); |
5122 | } | |
19caa751 | 5123 | |
071a6595 PB |
5124 | else if (GET_CODE (target) == MEM) |
5125 | targetx = target; | |
5126 | else | |
5127 | abort (); | |
5128 | ||
4ca79136 RH |
5129 | /* Optimization: If startbit and endbit are constants divisible |
5130 | by BITS_PER_UNIT, call memset instead. */ | |
5131 | if (TARGET_MEM_FUNCTIONS | |
5132 | && TREE_CODE (startbit) == INTEGER_CST | |
071a6595 PB |
5133 | && TREE_CODE (endbit) == INTEGER_CST |
5134 | && (startb = TREE_INT_CST_LOW (startbit)) % BITS_PER_UNIT == 0 | |
e1a43f73 | 5135 | && (endb = TREE_INT_CST_LOW (endbit) + 1) % BITS_PER_UNIT == 0) |
071a6595 | 5136 | { |
ebb1b59a | 5137 | emit_library_call (memset_libfunc, LCT_NORMAL, |
071a6595 | 5138 | VOIDmode, 3, |
e1a43f73 PB |
5139 | plus_constant (XEXP (targetx, 0), |
5140 | startb / BITS_PER_UNIT), | |
071a6595 | 5141 | Pmode, |
3b6f75e2 | 5142 | constm1_rtx, TYPE_MODE (integer_type_node), |
071a6595 | 5143 | GEN_INT ((endb - startb) / BITS_PER_UNIT), |
3b6f75e2 | 5144 | TYPE_MODE (sizetype)); |
071a6595 PB |
5145 | } |
5146 | else | |
68d28100 RH |
5147 | emit_library_call (setbits_libfunc, LCT_NORMAL, |
5148 | VOIDmode, 4, XEXP (targetx, 0), | |
ebb1b59a | 5149 | Pmode, bitlength_rtx, TYPE_MODE (sizetype), |
19caa751 RK |
5150 | startbit_rtx, TYPE_MODE (sizetype), |
5151 | endbit_rtx, TYPE_MODE (sizetype)); | |
5152 | ||
071a6595 PB |
5153 | if (REG_P (target)) |
5154 | emit_move_insn (target, targetx); | |
5155 | } | |
5156 | } | |
bbf6f052 RK |
5157 | |
5158 | else | |
5159 | abort (); | |
5160 | } | |
5161 | ||
5162 | /* Store the value of EXP (an expression tree) | |
5163 | into a subfield of TARGET which has mode MODE and occupies | |
5164 | BITSIZE bits, starting BITPOS bits from the start of TARGET. | |
5165 | If MODE is VOIDmode, it means that we are storing into a bit-field. | |
5166 | ||
5167 | If VALUE_MODE is VOIDmode, return nothing in particular. | |
5168 | UNSIGNEDP is not used in this case. | |
5169 | ||
5170 | Otherwise, return an rtx for the value stored. This rtx | |
5171 | has mode VALUE_MODE if that is convenient to do. | |
5172 | In this case, UNSIGNEDP must be nonzero if the value is an unsigned type. | |
5173 | ||
a06ef755 | 5174 | TYPE is the type of the underlying object, |
ece32014 MM |
5175 | |
5176 | ALIAS_SET is the alias set for the destination. This value will | |
5177 | (in general) be different from that for TARGET, since TARGET is a | |
5178 | reference to the containing structure. */ | |
bbf6f052 RK |
5179 | |
5180 | static rtx | |
502b8322 AJ |
5181 | store_field (rtx target, HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize, HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos, |
5182 | enum machine_mode mode, tree exp, enum machine_mode value_mode, | |
5183 | int unsignedp, tree type, int alias_set) | |
bbf6f052 | 5184 | { |
906c4e36 | 5185 | HOST_WIDE_INT width_mask = 0; |
bbf6f052 | 5186 | |
e9a25f70 JL |
5187 | if (TREE_CODE (exp) == ERROR_MARK) |
5188 | return const0_rtx; | |
5189 | ||
2be6a7e9 RK |
5190 | /* If we have nothing to store, do nothing unless the expression has |
5191 | side-effects. */ | |
5192 | if (bitsize == 0) | |
5193 | return expand_expr (exp, const0_rtx, VOIDmode, 0); | |
6a87d634 | 5194 | else if (bitsize >= 0 && bitsize < HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT) |
906c4e36 | 5195 | width_mask = ((HOST_WIDE_INT) 1 << bitsize) - 1; |
bbf6f052 RK |
5196 | |
5197 | /* If we are storing into an unaligned field of an aligned union that is | |
5198 | in a register, we may have the mode of TARGET being an integer mode but | |
5199 | MODE == BLKmode. In that case, get an aligned object whose size and | |
5200 | alignment are the same as TARGET and store TARGET into it (we can avoid | |
5201 | the store if the field being stored is the entire width of TARGET). Then | |
5202 | call ourselves recursively to store the field into a BLKmode version of | |
5203 | that object. Finally, load from the object into TARGET. This is not | |
5204 | very efficient in general, but should only be slightly more expensive | |
5205 | than the otherwise-required unaligned accesses. Perhaps this can be | |
85a43a2f RK |
5206 | cleaned up later. It's tempting to make OBJECT readonly, but it's set |
5207 | twice, once with emit_move_insn and once via store_field. */ | |
bbf6f052 RK |
5208 | |
5209 | if (mode == BLKmode | |
5210 | && (GET_CODE (target) == REG || GET_CODE (target) == SUBREG)) | |
5211 | { | |
85a43a2f | 5212 | rtx object = assign_temp (type, 0, 1, 1); |
c4e59f51 | 5213 | rtx blk_object = adjust_address (object, BLKmode, 0); |
bbf6f052 | 5214 | |
8752c357 | 5215 | if (bitsize != (HOST_WIDE_INT) GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (target))) |
bbf6f052 RK |
5216 | emit_move_insn (object, target); |
5217 | ||
a06ef755 RK |
5218 | store_field (blk_object, bitsize, bitpos, mode, exp, VOIDmode, 0, type, |
5219 | alias_set); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
5220 | |
5221 | emit_move_insn (target, object); | |
5222 | ||
a06ef755 | 5223 | /* We want to return the BLKmode version of the data. */ |
46093b97 | 5224 | return blk_object; |
bbf6f052 | 5225 | } |
c3b247b4 JM |
5226 | |
5227 | if (GET_CODE (target) == CONCAT) | |
5228 | { | |
5229 | /* We're storing into a struct containing a single __complex. */ | |
5230 | ||
5231 | if (bitpos != 0) | |
5232 | abort (); | |
5233 | return store_expr (exp, target, 0); | |
5234 | } | |
bbf6f052 RK |
5235 | |
5236 | /* If the structure is in a register or if the component | |
5237 | is a bit field, we cannot use addressing to access it. | |
5238 | Use bit-field techniques or SUBREG to store in it. */ | |
5239 | ||
4fa52007 | 5240 | if (mode == VOIDmode |
6ab06cbb JW |
5241 | || (mode != BLKmode && ! direct_store[(int) mode] |
5242 | && GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) != MODE_COMPLEX_INT | |
5243 | && GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) != MODE_COMPLEX_FLOAT) | |
4fa52007 | 5244 | || GET_CODE (target) == REG |
c980ac49 | 5245 | || GET_CODE (target) == SUBREG |
ccc98036 RS |
5246 | /* If the field isn't aligned enough to store as an ordinary memref, |
5247 | store it as a bit field. */ | |
15b19a7d | 5248 | || (mode != BLKmode |
9e5f281f OH |
5249 | && ((((MEM_ALIGN (target) < GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (mode)) |
5250 | || bitpos % GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (mode)) | |
5251 | && SLOW_UNALIGNED_ACCESS (mode, MEM_ALIGN (target))) | |
502b8322 | 5252 | || (bitpos % BITS_PER_UNIT != 0))) |
14a774a9 RK |
5253 | /* If the RHS and field are a constant size and the size of the |
5254 | RHS isn't the same size as the bitfield, we must use bitfield | |
5255 | operations. */ | |
05bccae2 RK |
5256 | || (bitsize >= 0 |
5257 | && TREE_CODE (TYPE_SIZE (TREE_TYPE (exp))) == INTEGER_CST | |
5258 | && compare_tree_int (TYPE_SIZE (TREE_TYPE (exp)), bitsize) != 0)) | |
bbf6f052 | 5259 | { |
906c4e36 | 5260 | rtx temp = expand_expr (exp, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); |
bbd6cf73 | 5261 | |
ef19912d RK |
5262 | /* If BITSIZE is narrower than the size of the type of EXP |
5263 | we will be narrowing TEMP. Normally, what's wanted are the | |
5264 | low-order bits. However, if EXP's type is a record and this is | |
5265 | big-endian machine, we want the upper BITSIZE bits. */ | |
5266 | if (BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN && GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (temp)) == MODE_INT | |
65a07688 | 5267 | && bitsize < (HOST_WIDE_INT) GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (temp)) |
ef19912d RK |
5268 | && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (exp)) == RECORD_TYPE) |
5269 | temp = expand_shift (RSHIFT_EXPR, GET_MODE (temp), temp, | |
5270 | size_int (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (temp)) | |
5271 | - bitsize), | |
c1853da7 | 5272 | NULL_RTX, 1); |
ef19912d | 5273 | |
bbd6cf73 RK |
5274 | /* Unless MODE is VOIDmode or BLKmode, convert TEMP to |
5275 | MODE. */ | |
5276 | if (mode != VOIDmode && mode != BLKmode | |
5277 | && mode != TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (exp))) | |
5278 | temp = convert_modes (mode, TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (exp)), temp, 1); | |
5279 | ||
a281e72d RK |
5280 | /* If the modes of TARGET and TEMP are both BLKmode, both |
5281 | must be in memory and BITPOS must be aligned on a byte | |
5282 | boundary. If so, we simply do a block copy. */ | |
5283 | if (GET_MODE (target) == BLKmode && GET_MODE (temp) == BLKmode) | |
5284 | { | |
5285 | if (GET_CODE (target) != MEM || GET_CODE (temp) != MEM | |
5286 | || bitpos % BITS_PER_UNIT != 0) | |
5287 | abort (); | |
5288 | ||
f4ef873c | 5289 | target = adjust_address (target, VOIDmode, bitpos / BITS_PER_UNIT); |
a281e72d | 5290 | emit_block_move (target, temp, |
a06ef755 | 5291 | GEN_INT ((bitsize + BITS_PER_UNIT - 1) |
44bb111a RH |
5292 | / BITS_PER_UNIT), |
5293 | BLOCK_OP_NORMAL); | |
a281e72d RK |
5294 | |
5295 | return value_mode == VOIDmode ? const0_rtx : target; | |
5296 | } | |
5297 | ||
bbf6f052 | 5298 | /* Store the value in the bitfield. */ |
a06ef755 RK |
5299 | store_bit_field (target, bitsize, bitpos, mode, temp, |
5300 | int_size_in_bytes (type)); | |
5301 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
5302 | if (value_mode != VOIDmode) |
5303 | { | |
04050c69 RK |
5304 | /* The caller wants an rtx for the value. |
5305 | If possible, avoid refetching from the bitfield itself. */ | |
bbf6f052 RK |
5306 | if (width_mask != 0 |
5307 | && ! (GET_CODE (target) == MEM && MEM_VOLATILE_P (target))) | |
5c4d7cfb | 5308 | { |
9074de27 | 5309 | tree count; |
5c4d7cfb | 5310 | enum machine_mode tmode; |
86a2c12a | 5311 | |
5c4d7cfb | 5312 | tmode = GET_MODE (temp); |
86a2c12a RS |
5313 | if (tmode == VOIDmode) |
5314 | tmode = value_mode; | |
22273300 JJ |
5315 | |
5316 | if (unsignedp) | |
5317 | return expand_and (tmode, temp, | |
2496c7bd | 5318 | gen_int_mode (width_mask, tmode), |
22273300 JJ |
5319 | NULL_RTX); |
5320 | ||
5c4d7cfb RS |
5321 | count = build_int_2 (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (tmode) - bitsize, 0); |
5322 | temp = expand_shift (LSHIFT_EXPR, tmode, temp, count, 0, 0); | |
5323 | return expand_shift (RSHIFT_EXPR, tmode, temp, count, 0, 0); | |
5324 | } | |
04050c69 | 5325 | |
bbf6f052 | 5326 | return extract_bit_field (target, bitsize, bitpos, unsignedp, |
04050c69 | 5327 | NULL_RTX, value_mode, VOIDmode, |
a06ef755 | 5328 | int_size_in_bytes (type)); |
bbf6f052 RK |
5329 | } |
5330 | return const0_rtx; | |
5331 | } | |
5332 | else | |
5333 | { | |
5334 | rtx addr = XEXP (target, 0); | |
a06ef755 | 5335 | rtx to_rtx = target; |
bbf6f052 RK |
5336 | |
5337 | /* If a value is wanted, it must be the lhs; | |
5338 | so make the address stable for multiple use. */ | |
5339 | ||
5340 | if (value_mode != VOIDmode && GET_CODE (addr) != REG | |
5341 | && ! CONSTANT_ADDRESS_P (addr) | |
5342 | /* A frame-pointer reference is already stable. */ | |
5343 | && ! (GET_CODE (addr) == PLUS | |
5344 | && GET_CODE (XEXP (addr, 1)) == CONST_INT | |
5345 | && (XEXP (addr, 0) == virtual_incoming_args_rtx | |
5346 | || XEXP (addr, 0) == virtual_stack_vars_rtx))) | |
a06ef755 | 5347 | to_rtx = replace_equiv_address (to_rtx, copy_to_reg (addr)); |
bbf6f052 RK |
5348 | |
5349 | /* Now build a reference to just the desired component. */ | |
5350 | ||
a06ef755 RK |
5351 | to_rtx = adjust_address (target, mode, bitpos / BITS_PER_UNIT); |
5352 | ||
5353 | if (to_rtx == target) | |
5354 | to_rtx = copy_rtx (to_rtx); | |
792760b9 | 5355 | |
c6df88cb | 5356 | MEM_SET_IN_STRUCT_P (to_rtx, 1); |
10b76d73 | 5357 | if (!MEM_KEEP_ALIAS_SET_P (to_rtx) && MEM_ALIAS_SET (to_rtx) != 0) |
a06ef755 | 5358 | set_mem_alias_set (to_rtx, alias_set); |
bbf6f052 RK |
5359 | |
5360 | return store_expr (exp, to_rtx, value_mode != VOIDmode); | |
5361 | } | |
5362 | } | |
5363 | \f | |
5364 | /* Given an expression EXP that may be a COMPONENT_REF, a BIT_FIELD_REF, | |
b4e3fabb RK |
5365 | an ARRAY_REF, or an ARRAY_RANGE_REF, look for nested operations of these |
5366 | codes and find the ultimate containing object, which we return. | |
bbf6f052 RK |
5367 | |
5368 | We set *PBITSIZE to the size in bits that we want, *PBITPOS to the | |
5369 | bit position, and *PUNSIGNEDP to the signedness of the field. | |
7bb0943f RS |
5370 | If the position of the field is variable, we store a tree |
5371 | giving the variable offset (in units) in *POFFSET. | |
5372 | This offset is in addition to the bit position. | |
5373 | If the position is not variable, we store 0 in *POFFSET. | |
bbf6f052 RK |
5374 | |
5375 | If any of the extraction expressions is volatile, | |
5376 | we store 1 in *PVOLATILEP. Otherwise we don't change that. | |
5377 | ||
5378 | If the field is a bit-field, *PMODE is set to VOIDmode. Otherwise, it | |
5379 | is a mode that can be used to access the field. In that case, *PBITSIZE | |
e7c33f54 RK |
5380 | is redundant. |
5381 | ||
5382 | If the field describes a variable-sized object, *PMODE is set to | |
5383 | VOIDmode and *PBITSIZE is set to -1. An access cannot be made in | |
6d2f8887 | 5384 | this case, but the address of the object can be found. */ |
bbf6f052 RK |
5385 | |
5386 | tree | |
502b8322 AJ |
5387 | get_inner_reference (tree exp, HOST_WIDE_INT *pbitsize, |
5388 | HOST_WIDE_INT *pbitpos, tree *poffset, | |
5389 | enum machine_mode *pmode, int *punsignedp, | |
5390 | int *pvolatilep) | |
bbf6f052 RK |
5391 | { |
5392 | tree size_tree = 0; | |
5393 | enum machine_mode mode = VOIDmode; | |
fed3cef0 | 5394 | tree offset = size_zero_node; |
770ae6cc | 5395 | tree bit_offset = bitsize_zero_node; |
738cc472 | 5396 | tree placeholder_ptr = 0; |
770ae6cc | 5397 | tree tem; |
bbf6f052 | 5398 | |
770ae6cc RK |
5399 | /* First get the mode, signedness, and size. We do this from just the |
5400 | outermost expression. */ | |
bbf6f052 RK |
5401 | if (TREE_CODE (exp) == COMPONENT_REF) |
5402 | { | |
5403 | size_tree = DECL_SIZE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)); | |
5404 | if (! DECL_BIT_FIELD (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1))) | |
5405 | mode = DECL_MODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)); | |
770ae6cc | 5406 | |
bbf6f052 RK |
5407 | *punsignedp = TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)); |
5408 | } | |
5409 | else if (TREE_CODE (exp) == BIT_FIELD_REF) | |
5410 | { | |
5411 | size_tree = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1); | |
5412 | *punsignedp = TREE_UNSIGNED (exp); | |
5413 | } | |
5414 | else | |
5415 | { | |
5416 | mode = TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (exp)); | |
770ae6cc RK |
5417 | *punsignedp = TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (exp)); |
5418 | ||
ab87f8c8 JL |
5419 | if (mode == BLKmode) |
5420 | size_tree = TYPE_SIZE (TREE_TYPE (exp)); | |
770ae6cc RK |
5421 | else |
5422 | *pbitsize = GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode); | |
bbf6f052 | 5423 | } |
3a94c984 | 5424 | |
770ae6cc | 5425 | if (size_tree != 0) |
bbf6f052 | 5426 | { |
770ae6cc | 5427 | if (! host_integerp (size_tree, 1)) |
e7c33f54 RK |
5428 | mode = BLKmode, *pbitsize = -1; |
5429 | else | |
770ae6cc | 5430 | *pbitsize = tree_low_cst (size_tree, 1); |
bbf6f052 RK |
5431 | } |
5432 | ||
5433 | /* Compute cumulative bit-offset for nested component-refs and array-refs, | |
5434 | and find the ultimate containing object. */ | |
bbf6f052 RK |
5435 | while (1) |
5436 | { | |
770ae6cc RK |
5437 | if (TREE_CODE (exp) == BIT_FIELD_REF) |
5438 | bit_offset = size_binop (PLUS_EXPR, bit_offset, TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2)); | |
5439 | else if (TREE_CODE (exp) == COMPONENT_REF) | |
bbf6f052 | 5440 | { |
770ae6cc RK |
5441 | tree field = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1); |
5442 | tree this_offset = DECL_FIELD_OFFSET (field); | |
bbf6f052 | 5443 | |
e7f3c83f RK |
5444 | /* If this field hasn't been filled in yet, don't go |
5445 | past it. This should only happen when folding expressions | |
5446 | made during type construction. */ | |
770ae6cc | 5447 | if (this_offset == 0) |
e7f3c83f | 5448 | break; |
7a6cdb44 | 5449 | else if (CONTAINS_PLACEHOLDER_P (this_offset)) |
770ae6cc | 5450 | this_offset = build (WITH_RECORD_EXPR, sizetype, this_offset, exp); |
e7f3c83f | 5451 | |
7156dead | 5452 | offset = size_binop (PLUS_EXPR, offset, this_offset); |
770ae6cc RK |
5453 | bit_offset = size_binop (PLUS_EXPR, bit_offset, |
5454 | DECL_FIELD_BIT_OFFSET (field)); | |
e6d8c385 | 5455 | |
a06ef755 | 5456 | /* ??? Right now we don't do anything with DECL_OFFSET_ALIGN. */ |
bbf6f052 | 5457 | } |
7156dead | 5458 | |
b4e3fabb RK |
5459 | else if (TREE_CODE (exp) == ARRAY_REF |
5460 | || TREE_CODE (exp) == ARRAY_RANGE_REF) | |
bbf6f052 | 5461 | { |
742920c7 | 5462 | tree index = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1); |
b4e3fabb RK |
5463 | tree array = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0); |
5464 | tree domain = TYPE_DOMAIN (TREE_TYPE (array)); | |
770ae6cc | 5465 | tree low_bound = (domain ? TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain) : 0); |
b4e3fabb | 5466 | tree unit_size = TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (array))); |
742920c7 | 5467 | |
770ae6cc RK |
5468 | /* We assume all arrays have sizes that are a multiple of a byte. |
5469 | First subtract the lower bound, if any, in the type of the | |
5470 | index, then convert to sizetype and multiply by the size of the | |
5471 | array element. */ | |
5472 | if (low_bound != 0 && ! integer_zerop (low_bound)) | |
5473 | index = fold (build (MINUS_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (index), | |
5474 | index, low_bound)); | |
f8dac6eb | 5475 | |
7156dead RK |
5476 | /* If the index has a self-referential type, pass it to a |
5477 | WITH_RECORD_EXPR; if the component size is, pass our | |
5478 | component to one. */ | |
7a6cdb44 | 5479 | if (CONTAINS_PLACEHOLDER_P (index)) |
770ae6cc | 5480 | index = build (WITH_RECORD_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (index), index, exp); |
7a6cdb44 | 5481 | if (CONTAINS_PLACEHOLDER_P (unit_size)) |
b4e3fabb | 5482 | unit_size = build (WITH_RECORD_EXPR, sizetype, unit_size, array); |
742920c7 | 5483 | |
770ae6cc RK |
5484 | offset = size_binop (PLUS_EXPR, offset, |
5485 | size_binop (MULT_EXPR, | |
5486 | convert (sizetype, index), | |
7156dead | 5487 | unit_size)); |
bbf6f052 | 5488 | } |
7156dead | 5489 | |
738cc472 RK |
5490 | else if (TREE_CODE (exp) == PLACEHOLDER_EXPR) |
5491 | { | |
70072ed9 RK |
5492 | tree new = find_placeholder (exp, &placeholder_ptr); |
5493 | ||
5494 | /* If we couldn't find the replacement, return the PLACEHOLDER_EXPR. | |
5495 | We might have been called from tree optimization where we | |
5496 | haven't set up an object yet. */ | |
5497 | if (new == 0) | |
5498 | break; | |
5499 | else | |
5500 | exp = new; | |
5501 | ||
738cc472 RK |
5502 | continue; |
5503 | } | |
c1853da7 RK |
5504 | |
5505 | /* We can go inside most conversions: all NON_VALUE_EXPRs, all normal | |
5506 | conversions that don't change the mode, and all view conversions | |
5507 | except those that need to "step up" the alignment. */ | |
bbf6f052 | 5508 | else if (TREE_CODE (exp) != NON_LVALUE_EXPR |
c1853da7 RK |
5509 | && ! (TREE_CODE (exp) == VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR |
5510 | && ! ((TYPE_ALIGN (TREE_TYPE (exp)) | |
5511 | > TYPE_ALIGN (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)))) | |
5512 | && STRICT_ALIGNMENT | |
5513 | && (TYPE_ALIGN (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))) | |
5514 | < BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT) | |
5515 | && (TYPE_ALIGN_OK (TREE_TYPE (exp)) | |
5516 | || TYPE_ALIGN_OK (TREE_TYPE | |
5517 | (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)))))) | |
bbf6f052 RK |
5518 | && ! ((TREE_CODE (exp) == NOP_EXPR |
5519 | || TREE_CODE (exp) == CONVERT_EXPR) | |
5520 | && (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (exp)) | |
5521 | == TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)))))) | |
5522 | break; | |
7bb0943f RS |
5523 | |
5524 | /* If any reference in the chain is volatile, the effect is volatile. */ | |
5525 | if (TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (exp)) | |
5526 | *pvolatilep = 1; | |
839c4796 | 5527 | |
bbf6f052 RK |
5528 | exp = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0); |
5529 | } | |
5530 | ||
770ae6cc RK |
5531 | /* If OFFSET is constant, see if we can return the whole thing as a |
5532 | constant bit position. Otherwise, split it up. */ | |
5533 | if (host_integerp (offset, 0) | |
5534 | && 0 != (tem = size_binop (MULT_EXPR, convert (bitsizetype, offset), | |
5535 | bitsize_unit_node)) | |
5536 | && 0 != (tem = size_binop (PLUS_EXPR, tem, bit_offset)) | |
5537 | && host_integerp (tem, 0)) | |
5538 | *pbitpos = tree_low_cst (tem, 0), *poffset = 0; | |
5539 | else | |
5540 | *pbitpos = tree_low_cst (bit_offset, 0), *poffset = offset; | |
b50d17a1 | 5541 | |
bbf6f052 | 5542 | *pmode = mode; |
bbf6f052 RK |
5543 | return exp; |
5544 | } | |
921b3427 | 5545 | |
ed239f5a RK |
5546 | /* Return 1 if T is an expression that get_inner_reference handles. */ |
5547 | ||
5548 | int | |
502b8322 | 5549 | handled_component_p (tree t) |
ed239f5a RK |
5550 | { |
5551 | switch (TREE_CODE (t)) | |
5552 | { | |
5553 | case BIT_FIELD_REF: | |
5554 | case COMPONENT_REF: | |
5555 | case ARRAY_REF: | |
5556 | case ARRAY_RANGE_REF: | |
5557 | case NON_LVALUE_EXPR: | |
5558 | case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR: | |
5559 | return 1; | |
5560 | ||
1a8c4ca6 EB |
5561 | /* ??? Sure they are handled, but get_inner_reference may return |
5562 | a different PBITSIZE, depending upon whether the expression is | |
5563 | wrapped up in a NOP_EXPR or not, e.g. for bitfields. */ | |
ed239f5a RK |
5564 | case NOP_EXPR: |
5565 | case CONVERT_EXPR: | |
5566 | return (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (t)) | |
5567 | == TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (t, 0)))); | |
5568 | ||
5569 | default: | |
5570 | return 0; | |
5571 | } | |
5572 | } | |
bbf6f052 | 5573 | \f |
3fe44edd RK |
5574 | /* Given an rtx VALUE that may contain additions and multiplications, return |
5575 | an equivalent value that just refers to a register, memory, or constant. | |
5576 | This is done by generating instructions to perform the arithmetic and | |
5577 | returning a pseudo-register containing the value. | |
c45a13a6 RK |
5578 | |
5579 | The returned value may be a REG, SUBREG, MEM or constant. */ | |
bbf6f052 RK |
5580 | |
5581 | rtx | |
502b8322 | 5582 | force_operand (rtx value, rtx target) |
bbf6f052 | 5583 | { |
8a28dbcc | 5584 | rtx op1, op2; |
bbf6f052 | 5585 | /* Use subtarget as the target for operand 0 of a binary operation. */ |
b3694847 | 5586 | rtx subtarget = get_subtarget (target); |
8a28dbcc | 5587 | enum rtx_code code = GET_CODE (value); |
bbf6f052 | 5588 | |
8b015896 | 5589 | /* Check for a PIC address load. */ |
8a28dbcc | 5590 | if ((code == PLUS || code == MINUS) |
8b015896 RH |
5591 | && XEXP (value, 0) == pic_offset_table_rtx |
5592 | && (GET_CODE (XEXP (value, 1)) == SYMBOL_REF | |
5593 | || GET_CODE (XEXP (value, 1)) == LABEL_REF | |
5594 | || GET_CODE (XEXP (value, 1)) == CONST)) | |
5595 | { | |
5596 | if (!subtarget) | |
5597 | subtarget = gen_reg_rtx (GET_MODE (value)); | |
5598 | emit_move_insn (subtarget, value); | |
5599 | return subtarget; | |
5600 | } | |
5601 | ||
8a28dbcc | 5602 | if (code == ZERO_EXTEND || code == SIGN_EXTEND) |
bbf6f052 | 5603 | { |
8a28dbcc JH |
5604 | if (!target) |
5605 | target = gen_reg_rtx (GET_MODE (value)); | |
ce0f3925 | 5606 | convert_move (target, force_operand (XEXP (value, 0), NULL), |
8a28dbcc JH |
5607 | code == ZERO_EXTEND); |
5608 | return target; | |
bbf6f052 RK |
5609 | } |
5610 | ||
8a28dbcc | 5611 | if (GET_RTX_CLASS (code) == '2' || GET_RTX_CLASS (code) == 'c') |
bbf6f052 RK |
5612 | { |
5613 | op2 = XEXP (value, 1); | |
8a28dbcc | 5614 | if (!CONSTANT_P (op2) && !(GET_CODE (op2) == REG && op2 != subtarget)) |
bbf6f052 | 5615 | subtarget = 0; |
8a28dbcc | 5616 | if (code == MINUS && GET_CODE (op2) == CONST_INT) |
bbf6f052 | 5617 | { |
8a28dbcc | 5618 | code = PLUS; |
bbf6f052 RK |
5619 | op2 = negate_rtx (GET_MODE (value), op2); |
5620 | } | |
5621 | ||
5622 | /* Check for an addition with OP2 a constant integer and our first | |
8a28dbcc JH |
5623 | operand a PLUS of a virtual register and something else. In that |
5624 | case, we want to emit the sum of the virtual register and the | |
5625 | constant first and then add the other value. This allows virtual | |
5626 | register instantiation to simply modify the constant rather than | |
5627 | creating another one around this addition. */ | |
5628 | if (code == PLUS && GET_CODE (op2) == CONST_INT | |
bbf6f052 RK |
5629 | && GET_CODE (XEXP (value, 0)) == PLUS |
5630 | && GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (value, 0), 0)) == REG | |
5631 | && REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (value, 0), 0)) >= FIRST_VIRTUAL_REGISTER | |
5632 | && REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (value, 0), 0)) <= LAST_VIRTUAL_REGISTER) | |
5633 | { | |
8a28dbcc JH |
5634 | rtx temp = expand_simple_binop (GET_MODE (value), code, |
5635 | XEXP (XEXP (value, 0), 0), op2, | |
5636 | subtarget, 0, OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN); | |
5637 | return expand_simple_binop (GET_MODE (value), code, temp, | |
5638 | force_operand (XEXP (XEXP (value, | |
5639 | 0), 1), 0), | |
5640 | target, 0, OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN); | |
bbf6f052 | 5641 | } |
3a94c984 | 5642 | |
8a28dbcc JH |
5643 | op1 = force_operand (XEXP (value, 0), subtarget); |
5644 | op2 = force_operand (op2, NULL_RTX); | |
5645 | switch (code) | |
5646 | { | |
5647 | case MULT: | |
5648 | return expand_mult (GET_MODE (value), op1, op2, target, 1); | |
5649 | case DIV: | |
5650 | if (!INTEGRAL_MODE_P (GET_MODE (value))) | |
5651 | return expand_simple_binop (GET_MODE (value), code, op1, op2, | |
5652 | target, 1, OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN); | |
5653 | else | |
5654 | return expand_divmod (0, | |
5655 | FLOAT_MODE_P (GET_MODE (value)) | |
5656 | ? RDIV_EXPR : TRUNC_DIV_EXPR, | |
5657 | GET_MODE (value), op1, op2, target, 0); | |
5658 | break; | |
5659 | case MOD: | |
5660 | return expand_divmod (1, TRUNC_MOD_EXPR, GET_MODE (value), op1, op2, | |
5661 | target, 0); | |
5662 | break; | |
5663 | case UDIV: | |
5664 | return expand_divmod (0, TRUNC_DIV_EXPR, GET_MODE (value), op1, op2, | |
5665 | target, 1); | |
5666 | break; | |
5667 | case UMOD: | |
5668 | return expand_divmod (1, TRUNC_MOD_EXPR, GET_MODE (value), op1, op2, | |
5669 | target, 1); | |
5670 | break; | |
5671 | case ASHIFTRT: | |
5672 | return expand_simple_binop (GET_MODE (value), code, op1, op2, | |
5673 | target, 0, OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN); | |
5674 | break; | |
5675 | default: | |
5676 | return expand_simple_binop (GET_MODE (value), code, op1, op2, | |
5677 | target, 1, OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN); | |
5678 | } | |
5679 | } | |
5680 | if (GET_RTX_CLASS (code) == '1') | |
5681 | { | |
5682 | op1 = force_operand (XEXP (value, 0), NULL_RTX); | |
5683 | return expand_simple_unop (GET_MODE (value), code, op1, target, 0); | |
bbf6f052 | 5684 | } |
34e81b5a RK |
5685 | |
5686 | #ifdef INSN_SCHEDULING | |
5687 | /* On machines that have insn scheduling, we want all memory reference to be | |
5688 | explicit, so we need to deal with such paradoxical SUBREGs. */ | |
5689 | if (GET_CODE (value) == SUBREG && GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (value)) == MEM | |
5690 | && (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (value)) | |
5691 | > GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (value))))) | |
5692 | value | |
5693 | = simplify_gen_subreg (GET_MODE (value), | |
5694 | force_reg (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (value)), | |
5695 | force_operand (SUBREG_REG (value), | |
5696 | NULL_RTX)), | |
5697 | GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (value)), | |
5698 | SUBREG_BYTE (value)); | |
5699 | #endif | |
5700 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
5701 | return value; |
5702 | } | |
5703 | \f | |
bbf6f052 | 5704 | /* Subroutine of expand_expr: return nonzero iff there is no way that |
e5e809f4 JL |
5705 | EXP can reference X, which is being modified. TOP_P is nonzero if this |
5706 | call is going to be used to determine whether we need a temporary | |
ff439b5f CB |
5707 | for EXP, as opposed to a recursive call to this function. |
5708 | ||
5709 | It is always safe for this routine to return zero since it merely | |
5710 | searches for optimization opportunities. */ | |
bbf6f052 | 5711 | |
8f17b5c5 | 5712 | int |
502b8322 | 5713 | safe_from_p (rtx x, tree exp, int top_p) |
bbf6f052 RK |
5714 | { |
5715 | rtx exp_rtl = 0; | |
5716 | int i, nops; | |
1da68f56 | 5717 | static tree save_expr_list; |
bbf6f052 | 5718 | |
6676e72f RK |
5719 | if (x == 0 |
5720 | /* If EXP has varying size, we MUST use a target since we currently | |
8f6562d0 PB |
5721 | have no way of allocating temporaries of variable size |
5722 | (except for arrays that have TYPE_ARRAY_MAX_SIZE set). | |
5723 | So we assume here that something at a higher level has prevented a | |
f4510f37 | 5724 | clash. This is somewhat bogus, but the best we can do. Only |
e5e809f4 | 5725 | do this when X is BLKmode and when we are at the top level. */ |
d0f062fb | 5726 | || (top_p && TREE_TYPE (exp) != 0 && COMPLETE_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (exp)) |
f4510f37 | 5727 | && TREE_CODE (TYPE_SIZE (TREE_TYPE (exp))) != INTEGER_CST |
8f6562d0 PB |
5728 | && (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (exp)) != ARRAY_TYPE |
5729 | || TYPE_ARRAY_MAX_SIZE (TREE_TYPE (exp)) == NULL_TREE | |
5730 | || TREE_CODE (TYPE_ARRAY_MAX_SIZE (TREE_TYPE (exp))) | |
5731 | != INTEGER_CST) | |
1da68f56 RK |
5732 | && GET_MODE (x) == BLKmode) |
5733 | /* If X is in the outgoing argument area, it is always safe. */ | |
5734 | || (GET_CODE (x) == MEM | |
5735 | && (XEXP (x, 0) == virtual_outgoing_args_rtx | |
5736 | || (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == PLUS | |
5737 | && XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 0) == virtual_outgoing_args_rtx)))) | |
bbf6f052 RK |
5738 | return 1; |
5739 | ||
5740 | /* If this is a subreg of a hard register, declare it unsafe, otherwise, | |
5741 | find the underlying pseudo. */ | |
5742 | if (GET_CODE (x) == SUBREG) | |
5743 | { | |
5744 | x = SUBREG_REG (x); | |
5745 | if (GET_CODE (x) == REG && REGNO (x) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER) | |
5746 | return 0; | |
5747 | } | |
5748 | ||
1da68f56 RK |
5749 | /* A SAVE_EXPR might appear many times in the expression passed to the |
5750 | top-level safe_from_p call, and if it has a complex subexpression, | |
5751 | examining it multiple times could result in a combinatorial explosion. | |
7ef0daad | 5752 | E.g. on an Alpha running at least 200MHz, a Fortran testcase compiled |
1da68f56 RK |
5753 | with optimization took about 28 minutes to compile -- even though it was |
5754 | only a few lines long. So we mark each SAVE_EXPR we see with TREE_PRIVATE | |
5755 | and turn that off when we are done. We keep a list of the SAVE_EXPRs | |
5756 | we have processed. Note that the only test of top_p was above. */ | |
5757 | ||
5758 | if (top_p) | |
5759 | { | |
5760 | int rtn; | |
5761 | tree t; | |
5762 | ||
5763 | save_expr_list = 0; | |
5764 | ||
5765 | rtn = safe_from_p (x, exp, 0); | |
5766 | ||
5767 | for (t = save_expr_list; t != 0; t = TREE_CHAIN (t)) | |
5768 | TREE_PRIVATE (TREE_PURPOSE (t)) = 0; | |
5769 | ||
5770 | return rtn; | |
5771 | } | |
bbf6f052 | 5772 | |
1da68f56 | 5773 | /* Now look at our tree code and possibly recurse. */ |
bbf6f052 RK |
5774 | switch (TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (exp))) |
5775 | { | |
5776 | case 'd': | |
a9772b60 | 5777 | exp_rtl = DECL_RTL_IF_SET (exp); |
bbf6f052 RK |
5778 | break; |
5779 | ||
5780 | case 'c': | |
5781 | return 1; | |
5782 | ||
5783 | case 'x': | |
5784 | if (TREE_CODE (exp) == TREE_LIST) | |
f8d4be57 CE |
5785 | { |
5786 | while (1) | |
5787 | { | |
5788 | if (TREE_VALUE (exp) && !safe_from_p (x, TREE_VALUE (exp), 0)) | |
5789 | return 0; | |
5790 | exp = TREE_CHAIN (exp); | |
5791 | if (!exp) | |
5792 | return 1; | |
5793 | if (TREE_CODE (exp) != TREE_LIST) | |
5794 | return safe_from_p (x, exp, 0); | |
5795 | } | |
5796 | } | |
ff439b5f CB |
5797 | else if (TREE_CODE (exp) == ERROR_MARK) |
5798 | return 1; /* An already-visited SAVE_EXPR? */ | |
bbf6f052 RK |
5799 | else |
5800 | return 0; | |
5801 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
5802 | case '2': |
5803 | case '<': | |
f8d4be57 CE |
5804 | if (!safe_from_p (x, TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), 0)) |
5805 | return 0; | |
5d3cc252 | 5806 | /* Fall through. */ |
f8d4be57 CE |
5807 | |
5808 | case '1': | |
5809 | return safe_from_p (x, TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
5810 | |
5811 | case 'e': | |
5812 | case 'r': | |
5813 | /* Now do code-specific tests. EXP_RTL is set to any rtx we find in | |
5814 | the expression. If it is set, we conflict iff we are that rtx or | |
5815 | both are in memory. Otherwise, we check all operands of the | |
5816 | expression recursively. */ | |
5817 | ||
5818 | switch (TREE_CODE (exp)) | |
5819 | { | |
5820 | case ADDR_EXPR: | |
70072ed9 RK |
5821 | /* If the operand is static or we are static, we can't conflict. |
5822 | Likewise if we don't conflict with the operand at all. */ | |
5823 | if (staticp (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) | |
5824 | || TREE_STATIC (exp) | |
5825 | || safe_from_p (x, TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0)) | |
5826 | return 1; | |
5827 | ||
5828 | /* Otherwise, the only way this can conflict is if we are taking | |
5829 | the address of a DECL a that address if part of X, which is | |
5830 | very rare. */ | |
5831 | exp = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0); | |
5832 | if (DECL_P (exp)) | |
5833 | { | |
5834 | if (!DECL_RTL_SET_P (exp) | |
5835 | || GET_CODE (DECL_RTL (exp)) != MEM) | |
5836 | return 0; | |
5837 | else | |
5838 | exp_rtl = XEXP (DECL_RTL (exp), 0); | |
5839 | } | |
5840 | break; | |
bbf6f052 RK |
5841 | |
5842 | case INDIRECT_REF: | |
1da68f56 RK |
5843 | if (GET_CODE (x) == MEM |
5844 | && alias_sets_conflict_p (MEM_ALIAS_SET (x), | |
5845 | get_alias_set (exp))) | |
bbf6f052 RK |
5846 | return 0; |
5847 | break; | |
5848 | ||
5849 | case CALL_EXPR: | |
f9808f81 MM |
5850 | /* Assume that the call will clobber all hard registers and |
5851 | all of memory. */ | |
5852 | if ((GET_CODE (x) == REG && REGNO (x) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER) | |
5853 | || GET_CODE (x) == MEM) | |
5854 | return 0; | |
bbf6f052 RK |
5855 | break; |
5856 | ||
5857 | case RTL_EXPR: | |
3bb5826a RK |
5858 | /* If a sequence exists, we would have to scan every instruction |
5859 | in the sequence to see if it was safe. This is probably not | |
5860 | worthwhile. */ | |
5861 | if (RTL_EXPR_SEQUENCE (exp)) | |
bbf6f052 RK |
5862 | return 0; |
5863 | ||
3bb5826a | 5864 | exp_rtl = RTL_EXPR_RTL (exp); |
bbf6f052 RK |
5865 | break; |
5866 | ||
5867 | case WITH_CLEANUP_EXPR: | |
6ad7895a | 5868 | exp_rtl = WITH_CLEANUP_EXPR_RTL (exp); |
bbf6f052 RK |
5869 | break; |
5870 | ||
5dab5552 | 5871 | case CLEANUP_POINT_EXPR: |
e5e809f4 | 5872 | return safe_from_p (x, TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0); |
5dab5552 | 5873 | |
bbf6f052 RK |
5874 | case SAVE_EXPR: |
5875 | exp_rtl = SAVE_EXPR_RTL (exp); | |
ff439b5f CB |
5876 | if (exp_rtl) |
5877 | break; | |
5878 | ||
1da68f56 RK |
5879 | /* If we've already scanned this, don't do it again. Otherwise, |
5880 | show we've scanned it and record for clearing the flag if we're | |
5881 | going on. */ | |
5882 | if (TREE_PRIVATE (exp)) | |
5883 | return 1; | |
ff439b5f | 5884 | |
1da68f56 RK |
5885 | TREE_PRIVATE (exp) = 1; |
5886 | if (! safe_from_p (x, TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0)) | |
ff59bfe6 | 5887 | { |
1da68f56 RK |
5888 | TREE_PRIVATE (exp) = 0; |
5889 | return 0; | |
ff59bfe6 | 5890 | } |
1da68f56 RK |
5891 | |
5892 | save_expr_list = tree_cons (exp, NULL_TREE, save_expr_list); | |
ff439b5f | 5893 | return 1; |
bbf6f052 | 5894 | |
8129842c RS |
5895 | case BIND_EXPR: |
5896 | /* The only operand we look at is operand 1. The rest aren't | |
5897 | part of the expression. */ | |
e5e809f4 | 5898 | return safe_from_p (x, TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), 0); |
8129842c | 5899 | |
e9a25f70 JL |
5900 | default: |
5901 | break; | |
bbf6f052 RK |
5902 | } |
5903 | ||
5904 | /* If we have an rtx, we do not need to scan our operands. */ | |
5905 | if (exp_rtl) | |
5906 | break; | |
5907 | ||
8f17b5c5 | 5908 | nops = first_rtl_op (TREE_CODE (exp)); |
bbf6f052 RK |
5909 | for (i = 0; i < nops; i++) |
5910 | if (TREE_OPERAND (exp, i) != 0 | |
e5e809f4 | 5911 | && ! safe_from_p (x, TREE_OPERAND (exp, i), 0)) |
bbf6f052 | 5912 | return 0; |
8f17b5c5 MM |
5913 | |
5914 | /* If this is a language-specific tree code, it may require | |
5915 | special handling. */ | |
dbbbbf3b JDA |
5916 | if ((unsigned int) TREE_CODE (exp) |
5917 | >= (unsigned int) LAST_AND_UNUSED_TREE_CODE | |
ac79cd5a | 5918 | && !(*lang_hooks.safe_from_p) (x, exp)) |
8f17b5c5 | 5919 | return 0; |
bbf6f052 RK |
5920 | } |
5921 | ||
5922 | /* If we have an rtl, find any enclosed object. Then see if we conflict | |
5923 | with it. */ | |
5924 | if (exp_rtl) | |
5925 | { | |
5926 | if (GET_CODE (exp_rtl) == SUBREG) | |
5927 | { | |
5928 | exp_rtl = SUBREG_REG (exp_rtl); | |
5929 | if (GET_CODE (exp_rtl) == REG | |
5930 | && REGNO (exp_rtl) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER) | |
5931 | return 0; | |
5932 | } | |
5933 | ||
5934 | /* If the rtl is X, then it is not safe. Otherwise, it is unless both | |
1da68f56 | 5935 | are memory and they conflict. */ |
bbf6f052 RK |
5936 | return ! (rtx_equal_p (x, exp_rtl) |
5937 | || (GET_CODE (x) == MEM && GET_CODE (exp_rtl) == MEM | |
21117a17 | 5938 | && true_dependence (exp_rtl, VOIDmode, x, |
1da68f56 | 5939 | rtx_addr_varies_p))); |
bbf6f052 RK |
5940 | } |
5941 | ||
5942 | /* If we reach here, it is safe. */ | |
5943 | return 1; | |
5944 | } | |
5945 | ||
01c8a7c8 RK |
5946 | /* Subroutine of expand_expr: return rtx if EXP is a |
5947 | variable or parameter; else return 0. */ | |
5948 | ||
5949 | static rtx | |
502b8322 | 5950 | var_rtx (tree exp) |
01c8a7c8 RK |
5951 | { |
5952 | STRIP_NOPS (exp); | |
5953 | switch (TREE_CODE (exp)) | |
5954 | { | |
5955 | case PARM_DECL: | |
5956 | case VAR_DECL: | |
5957 | return DECL_RTL (exp); | |
5958 | default: | |
5959 | return 0; | |
5960 | } | |
5961 | } | |
14a774a9 | 5962 | \f |
0d4903b8 RK |
5963 | /* Return the highest power of two that EXP is known to be a multiple of. |
5964 | This is used in updating alignment of MEMs in array references. */ | |
5965 | ||
9ceca302 | 5966 | static unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT |
502b8322 | 5967 | highest_pow2_factor (tree exp) |
0d4903b8 | 5968 | { |
9ceca302 | 5969 | unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT c0, c1; |
0d4903b8 RK |
5970 | |
5971 | switch (TREE_CODE (exp)) | |
5972 | { | |
5973 | case INTEGER_CST: | |
e0f1be5c JJ |
5974 | /* We can find the lowest bit that's a one. If the low |
5975 | HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT bits are zero, return BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT. | |
5976 | We need to handle this case since we can find it in a COND_EXPR, | |
a98ebe2e | 5977 | a MIN_EXPR, or a MAX_EXPR. If the constant overflows, we have an |
e0f1be5c | 5978 | erroneous program, so return BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT to avoid any |
3a531a8b | 5979 | later ICE. */ |
e0f1be5c | 5980 | if (TREE_CONSTANT_OVERFLOW (exp)) |
1ed1b4fb | 5981 | return BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT; |
e0f1be5c | 5982 | else |
0d4903b8 | 5983 | { |
e0f1be5c JJ |
5984 | /* Note: tree_low_cst is intentionally not used here, |
5985 | we don't care about the upper bits. */ | |
5986 | c0 = TREE_INT_CST_LOW (exp); | |
5987 | c0 &= -c0; | |
5988 | return c0 ? c0 : BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT; | |
0d4903b8 RK |
5989 | } |
5990 | break; | |
5991 | ||
65a07688 | 5992 | case PLUS_EXPR: case MINUS_EXPR: case MIN_EXPR: case MAX_EXPR: |
0d4903b8 RK |
5993 | c0 = highest_pow2_factor (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)); |
5994 | c1 = highest_pow2_factor (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)); | |
5995 | return MIN (c0, c1); | |
5996 | ||
5997 | case MULT_EXPR: | |
5998 | c0 = highest_pow2_factor (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)); | |
5999 | c1 = highest_pow2_factor (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)); | |
6000 | return c0 * c1; | |
6001 | ||
6002 | case ROUND_DIV_EXPR: case TRUNC_DIV_EXPR: case FLOOR_DIV_EXPR: | |
6003 | case CEIL_DIV_EXPR: | |
65a07688 RK |
6004 | if (integer_pow2p (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)) |
6005 | && host_integerp (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), 1)) | |
6006 | { | |
6007 | c0 = highest_pow2_factor (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)); | |
6008 | c1 = tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), 1); | |
6009 | return MAX (1, c0 / c1); | |
6010 | } | |
6011 | break; | |
0d4903b8 RK |
6012 | |
6013 | case NON_LVALUE_EXPR: case NOP_EXPR: case CONVERT_EXPR: | |
65a07688 | 6014 | case SAVE_EXPR: case WITH_RECORD_EXPR: |
0d4903b8 RK |
6015 | return highest_pow2_factor (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)); |
6016 | ||
65a07688 RK |
6017 | case COMPOUND_EXPR: |
6018 | return highest_pow2_factor (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)); | |
6019 | ||
0d4903b8 RK |
6020 | case COND_EXPR: |
6021 | c0 = highest_pow2_factor (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)); | |
6022 | c1 = highest_pow2_factor (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2)); | |
6023 | return MIN (c0, c1); | |
6024 | ||
6025 | default: | |
6026 | break; | |
6027 | } | |
6028 | ||
6029 | return 1; | |
6030 | } | |
818c0c94 RH |
6031 | |
6032 | /* Similar, except that it is known that the expression must be a multiple | |
6033 | of the alignment of TYPE. */ | |
6034 | ||
9ceca302 | 6035 | static unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT |
502b8322 | 6036 | highest_pow2_factor_for_type (tree type, tree exp) |
818c0c94 | 6037 | { |
9ceca302 | 6038 | unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT type_align, factor; |
818c0c94 RH |
6039 | |
6040 | factor = highest_pow2_factor (exp); | |
6041 | type_align = TYPE_ALIGN (type) / BITS_PER_UNIT; | |
6042 | return MAX (factor, type_align); | |
6043 | } | |
0d4903b8 | 6044 | \f |
f47e9b4e RK |
6045 | /* Return an object on the placeholder list that matches EXP, a |
6046 | PLACEHOLDER_EXPR. An object "matches" if it is of the type of the | |
738cc472 | 6047 | PLACEHOLDER_EXPR or a pointer type to it. For further information, see |
70072ed9 RK |
6048 | tree.def. If no such object is found, return 0. If PLIST is nonzero, it |
6049 | is a location which initially points to a starting location in the | |
738cc472 RK |
6050 | placeholder list (zero means start of the list) and where a pointer into |
6051 | the placeholder list at which the object is found is placed. */ | |
f47e9b4e RK |
6052 | |
6053 | tree | |
502b8322 | 6054 | find_placeholder (tree exp, tree *plist) |
f47e9b4e RK |
6055 | { |
6056 | tree type = TREE_TYPE (exp); | |
6057 | tree placeholder_expr; | |
6058 | ||
738cc472 RK |
6059 | for (placeholder_expr |
6060 | = plist && *plist ? TREE_CHAIN (*plist) : placeholder_list; | |
6061 | placeholder_expr != 0; | |
f47e9b4e RK |
6062 | placeholder_expr = TREE_CHAIN (placeholder_expr)) |
6063 | { | |
6064 | tree need_type = TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type); | |
6065 | tree elt; | |
6066 | ||
6067 | /* Find the outermost reference that is of the type we want. If none, | |
6068 | see if any object has a type that is a pointer to the type we | |
6069 | want. */ | |
6070 | for (elt = TREE_PURPOSE (placeholder_expr); elt != 0; | |
6071 | elt = ((TREE_CODE (elt) == COMPOUND_EXPR | |
6072 | || TREE_CODE (elt) == COND_EXPR) | |
6073 | ? TREE_OPERAND (elt, 1) | |
6074 | : (TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (elt)) == 'r' | |
6075 | || TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (elt)) == '1' | |
6076 | || TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (elt)) == '2' | |
6077 | || TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (elt)) == 'e') | |
6078 | ? TREE_OPERAND (elt, 0) : 0)) | |
6079 | if (TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (TREE_TYPE (elt)) == need_type) | |
6080 | { | |
6081 | if (plist) | |
6082 | *plist = placeholder_expr; | |
6083 | return elt; | |
6084 | } | |
6085 | ||
6086 | for (elt = TREE_PURPOSE (placeholder_expr); elt != 0; | |
6087 | elt | |
6088 | = ((TREE_CODE (elt) == COMPOUND_EXPR | |
6089 | || TREE_CODE (elt) == COND_EXPR) | |
6090 | ? TREE_OPERAND (elt, 1) | |
6091 | : (TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (elt)) == 'r' | |
6092 | || TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (elt)) == '1' | |
6093 | || TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (elt)) == '2' | |
6094 | || TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (elt)) == 'e') | |
6095 | ? TREE_OPERAND (elt, 0) : 0)) | |
6096 | if (POINTER_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (elt)) | |
6097 | && (TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (elt))) | |
6098 | == need_type)) | |
6099 | { | |
6100 | if (plist) | |
6101 | *plist = placeholder_expr; | |
6102 | return build1 (INDIRECT_REF, need_type, elt); | |
6103 | } | |
6104 | } | |
6105 | ||
70072ed9 | 6106 | return 0; |
f47e9b4e | 6107 | } |
eb698c58 RS |
6108 | |
6109 | /* Subroutine of expand_expr. Expand the two operands of a binary | |
6110 | expression EXP0 and EXP1 placing the results in OP0 and OP1. | |
6111 | The value may be stored in TARGET if TARGET is nonzero. The | |
6112 | MODIFIER argument is as documented by expand_expr. */ | |
6113 | ||
6114 | static void | |
6115 | expand_operands (tree exp0, tree exp1, rtx target, rtx *op0, rtx *op1, | |
6116 | enum expand_modifier modifier) | |
6117 | { | |
6118 | if (! safe_from_p (target, exp1, 1)) | |
6119 | target = 0; | |
6120 | if (operand_equal_p (exp0, exp1, 0)) | |
6121 | { | |
6122 | *op0 = expand_expr (exp0, target, VOIDmode, modifier); | |
6123 | *op1 = copy_rtx (*op0); | |
6124 | } | |
6125 | else | |
6126 | { | |
c67e6e14 RS |
6127 | /* If we need to preserve evaluation order, copy exp0 into its own |
6128 | temporary variable so that it can't be clobbered by exp1. */ | |
6129 | if (flag_evaluation_order && TREE_SIDE_EFFECTS (exp1)) | |
6130 | exp0 = save_expr (exp0); | |
eb698c58 RS |
6131 | *op0 = expand_expr (exp0, target, VOIDmode, modifier); |
6132 | *op1 = expand_expr (exp1, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, modifier); | |
6133 | } | |
6134 | } | |
6135 | ||
f47e9b4e | 6136 | \f |
bbf6f052 RK |
6137 | /* expand_expr: generate code for computing expression EXP. |
6138 | An rtx for the computed value is returned. The value is never null. | |
6139 | In the case of a void EXP, const0_rtx is returned. | |
6140 | ||
6141 | The value may be stored in TARGET if TARGET is nonzero. | |
6142 | TARGET is just a suggestion; callers must assume that | |
6143 | the rtx returned may not be the same as TARGET. | |
6144 | ||
6145 | If TARGET is CONST0_RTX, it means that the value will be ignored. | |
6146 | ||
6147 | If TMODE is not VOIDmode, it suggests generating the | |
6148 | result in mode TMODE. But this is done only when convenient. | |
6149 | Otherwise, TMODE is ignored and the value generated in its natural mode. | |
6150 | TMODE is just a suggestion; callers must assume that | |
6151 | the rtx returned may not have mode TMODE. | |
6152 | ||
d6a5ac33 RK |
6153 | Note that TARGET may have neither TMODE nor MODE. In that case, it |
6154 | probably will not be used. | |
bbf6f052 RK |
6155 | |
6156 | If MODIFIER is EXPAND_SUM then when EXP is an addition | |
6157 | we can return an rtx of the form (MULT (REG ...) (CONST_INT ...)) | |
6158 | or a nest of (PLUS ...) and (MINUS ...) where the terms are | |
6159 | products as above, or REG or MEM, or constant. | |
6160 | Ordinarily in such cases we would output mul or add instructions | |
6161 | and then return a pseudo reg containing the sum. | |
6162 | ||
6163 | EXPAND_INITIALIZER is much like EXPAND_SUM except that | |
6164 | it also marks a label as absolutely required (it can't be dead). | |
26fcb35a | 6165 | It also makes a ZERO_EXTEND or SIGN_EXTEND instead of emitting extend insns. |
d6a5ac33 RK |
6166 | This is used for outputting expressions used in initializers. |
6167 | ||
6168 | EXPAND_CONST_ADDRESS says that it is okay to return a MEM | |
6169 | with a constant address even if that address is not normally legitimate. | |
8403445a AM |
6170 | EXPAND_INITIALIZER and EXPAND_SUM also have this effect. |
6171 | ||
6172 | EXPAND_STACK_PARM is used when expanding to a TARGET on the stack for | |
6173 | a call parameter. Such targets require special care as we haven't yet | |
6174 | marked TARGET so that it's safe from being trashed by libcalls. We | |
6175 | don't want to use TARGET for anything but the final result; | |
6176 | Intermediate values must go elsewhere. Additionally, calls to | |
0fab64a3 MM |
6177 | emit_block_move will be flagged with BLOCK_OP_CALL_PARM. |
6178 | ||
6179 | If EXP is a VAR_DECL whose DECL_RTL was a MEM with an invalid | |
6180 | address, and ALT_RTL is non-NULL, then *ALT_RTL is set to the | |
6181 | DECL_RTL of the VAR_DECL. *ALT_RTL is also set if EXP is a | |
6182 | COMPOUND_EXPR whose second argument is such a VAR_DECL, and so on | |
6183 | recursively. */ | |
bbf6f052 RK |
6184 | |
6185 | rtx | |
0fab64a3 MM |
6186 | expand_expr_real (tree exp, rtx target, enum machine_mode tmode, |
6187 | enum expand_modifier modifier, rtx *alt_rtl) | |
bbf6f052 | 6188 | { |
b3694847 | 6189 | rtx op0, op1, temp; |
bbf6f052 RK |
6190 | tree type = TREE_TYPE (exp); |
6191 | int unsignedp = TREE_UNSIGNED (type); | |
b3694847 SS |
6192 | enum machine_mode mode; |
6193 | enum tree_code code = TREE_CODE (exp); | |
bbf6f052 | 6194 | optab this_optab; |
68557e14 ML |
6195 | rtx subtarget, original_target; |
6196 | int ignore; | |
bbf6f052 RK |
6197 | tree context; |
6198 | ||
3a94c984 | 6199 | /* Handle ERROR_MARK before anybody tries to access its type. */ |
85f3d674 | 6200 | if (TREE_CODE (exp) == ERROR_MARK || TREE_CODE (type) == ERROR_MARK) |
68557e14 ML |
6201 | { |
6202 | op0 = CONST0_RTX (tmode); | |
6203 | if (op0 != 0) | |
6204 | return op0; | |
6205 | return const0_rtx; | |
6206 | } | |
6207 | ||
6208 | mode = TYPE_MODE (type); | |
6209 | /* Use subtarget as the target for operand 0 of a binary operation. */ | |
296b4ed9 | 6210 | subtarget = get_subtarget (target); |
68557e14 ML |
6211 | original_target = target; |
6212 | ignore = (target == const0_rtx | |
6213 | || ((code == NON_LVALUE_EXPR || code == NOP_EXPR | |
6214 | || code == CONVERT_EXPR || code == REFERENCE_EXPR | |
ac79cd5a | 6215 | || code == COND_EXPR || code == VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR) |
68557e14 ML |
6216 | && TREE_CODE (type) == VOID_TYPE)); |
6217 | ||
dd27116b RK |
6218 | /* If we are going to ignore this result, we need only do something |
6219 | if there is a side-effect somewhere in the expression. If there | |
b50d17a1 RK |
6220 | is, short-circuit the most common cases here. Note that we must |
6221 | not call expand_expr with anything but const0_rtx in case this | |
6222 | is an initial expansion of a size that contains a PLACEHOLDER_EXPR. */ | |
bbf6f052 | 6223 | |
dd27116b RK |
6224 | if (ignore) |
6225 | { | |
6226 | if (! TREE_SIDE_EFFECTS (exp)) | |
6227 | return const0_rtx; | |
6228 | ||
14a774a9 RK |
6229 | /* Ensure we reference a volatile object even if value is ignored, but |
6230 | don't do this if all we are doing is taking its address. */ | |
dd27116b RK |
6231 | if (TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (exp) |
6232 | && TREE_CODE (exp) != FUNCTION_DECL | |
14a774a9 RK |
6233 | && mode != VOIDmode && mode != BLKmode |
6234 | && modifier != EXPAND_CONST_ADDRESS) | |
dd27116b | 6235 | { |
37a08a29 | 6236 | temp = expand_expr (exp, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, modifier); |
dd27116b RK |
6237 | if (GET_CODE (temp) == MEM) |
6238 | temp = copy_to_reg (temp); | |
6239 | return const0_rtx; | |
6240 | } | |
6241 | ||
14a774a9 RK |
6242 | if (TREE_CODE_CLASS (code) == '1' || code == COMPONENT_REF |
6243 | || code == INDIRECT_REF || code == BUFFER_REF) | |
37a08a29 RK |
6244 | return expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), const0_rtx, VOIDmode, |
6245 | modifier); | |
6246 | ||
14a774a9 | 6247 | else if (TREE_CODE_CLASS (code) == '2' || TREE_CODE_CLASS (code) == '<' |
b4e3fabb | 6248 | || code == ARRAY_REF || code == ARRAY_RANGE_REF) |
dd27116b | 6249 | { |
37a08a29 RK |
6250 | expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), const0_rtx, VOIDmode, modifier); |
6251 | expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), const0_rtx, VOIDmode, modifier); | |
dd27116b RK |
6252 | return const0_rtx; |
6253 | } | |
6254 | else if ((code == TRUTH_ANDIF_EXPR || code == TRUTH_ORIF_EXPR) | |
6255 | && ! TREE_SIDE_EFFECTS (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1))) | |
6256 | /* If the second operand has no side effects, just evaluate | |
0f41302f | 6257 | the first. */ |
37a08a29 RK |
6258 | return expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), const0_rtx, VOIDmode, |
6259 | modifier); | |
14a774a9 RK |
6260 | else if (code == BIT_FIELD_REF) |
6261 | { | |
37a08a29 RK |
6262 | expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), const0_rtx, VOIDmode, modifier); |
6263 | expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), const0_rtx, VOIDmode, modifier); | |
6264 | expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2), const0_rtx, VOIDmode, modifier); | |
14a774a9 RK |
6265 | return const0_rtx; |
6266 | } | |
37a08a29 | 6267 | |
90764a87 | 6268 | target = 0; |
dd27116b | 6269 | } |
bbf6f052 | 6270 | |
e44842fe RK |
6271 | /* If will do cse, generate all results into pseudo registers |
6272 | since 1) that allows cse to find more things | |
6273 | and 2) otherwise cse could produce an insn the machine | |
4977bab6 ZW |
6274 | cannot support. An exception is a CONSTRUCTOR into a multi-word |
6275 | MEM: that's much more likely to be most efficient into the MEM. | |
6276 | Another is a CALL_EXPR which must return in memory. */ | |
e44842fe | 6277 | |
bbf6f052 | 6278 | if (! cse_not_expected && mode != BLKmode && target |
c24ae149 | 6279 | && (GET_CODE (target) != REG || REGNO (target) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER) |
4977bab6 | 6280 | && ! (code == CONSTRUCTOR && GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) > UNITS_PER_WORD) |
61f71b34 | 6281 | && ! (code == CALL_EXPR && aggregate_value_p (exp, exp))) |
8403445a | 6282 | target = 0; |
bbf6f052 | 6283 | |
bbf6f052 RK |
6284 | switch (code) |
6285 | { | |
6286 | case LABEL_DECL: | |
b552441b RS |
6287 | { |
6288 | tree function = decl_function_context (exp); | |
046e4e36 ZW |
6289 | /* Labels in containing functions, or labels used from initializers, |
6290 | must be forced. */ | |
6291 | if (modifier == EXPAND_INITIALIZER | |
6292 | || (function != current_function_decl | |
6293 | && function != inline_function_decl | |
6294 | && function != 0)) | |
6295 | temp = force_label_rtx (exp); | |
ab87f8c8 | 6296 | else |
046e4e36 | 6297 | temp = label_rtx (exp); |
c5c76735 | 6298 | |
046e4e36 | 6299 | temp = gen_rtx_MEM (FUNCTION_MODE, gen_rtx_LABEL_REF (Pmode, temp)); |
d0977240 RK |
6300 | if (function != current_function_decl |
6301 | && function != inline_function_decl && function != 0) | |
26fcb35a RS |
6302 | LABEL_REF_NONLOCAL_P (XEXP (temp, 0)) = 1; |
6303 | return temp; | |
b552441b | 6304 | } |
bbf6f052 RK |
6305 | |
6306 | case PARM_DECL: | |
1877be45 | 6307 | if (!DECL_RTL_SET_P (exp)) |
bbf6f052 | 6308 | { |
ddd2d57e | 6309 | error ("%Jprior parameter's size depends on '%D'", exp, exp); |
4af3895e | 6310 | return CONST0_RTX (mode); |
bbf6f052 RK |
6311 | } |
6312 | ||
0f41302f | 6313 | /* ... fall through ... */ |
d6a5ac33 | 6314 | |
bbf6f052 | 6315 | case VAR_DECL: |
2dca20cd RS |
6316 | /* If a static var's type was incomplete when the decl was written, |
6317 | but the type is complete now, lay out the decl now. */ | |
ca06cfe6 RH |
6318 | if (DECL_SIZE (exp) == 0 |
6319 | && COMPLETE_OR_UNBOUND_ARRAY_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (exp)) | |
2dca20cd | 6320 | && (TREE_STATIC (exp) || DECL_EXTERNAL (exp))) |
a46666a9 | 6321 | layout_decl (exp, 0); |
921b3427 | 6322 | |
0f41302f | 6323 | /* ... fall through ... */ |
d6a5ac33 | 6324 | |
2dca20cd | 6325 | case FUNCTION_DECL: |
bbf6f052 RK |
6326 | case RESULT_DECL: |
6327 | if (DECL_RTL (exp) == 0) | |
6328 | abort (); | |
d6a5ac33 | 6329 | |
e44842fe RK |
6330 | /* Ensure variable marked as used even if it doesn't go through |
6331 | a parser. If it hasn't be used yet, write out an external | |
6332 | definition. */ | |
6333 | if (! TREE_USED (exp)) | |
6334 | { | |
6335 | assemble_external (exp); | |
6336 | TREE_USED (exp) = 1; | |
6337 | } | |
6338 | ||
dc6d66b3 RK |
6339 | /* Show we haven't gotten RTL for this yet. */ |
6340 | temp = 0; | |
6341 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
6342 | /* Handle variables inherited from containing functions. */ |
6343 | context = decl_function_context (exp); | |
6344 | ||
6345 | /* We treat inline_function_decl as an alias for the current function | |
6346 | because that is the inline function whose vars, types, etc. | |
6347 | are being merged into the current function. | |
6348 | See expand_inline_function. */ | |
d6a5ac33 | 6349 | |
bbf6f052 RK |
6350 | if (context != 0 && context != current_function_decl |
6351 | && context != inline_function_decl | |
6352 | /* If var is static, we don't need a static chain to access it. */ | |
6353 | && ! (GET_CODE (DECL_RTL (exp)) == MEM | |
6354 | && CONSTANT_P (XEXP (DECL_RTL (exp), 0)))) | |
6355 | { | |
6356 | rtx addr; | |
6357 | ||
6358 | /* Mark as non-local and addressable. */ | |
81feeecb | 6359 | DECL_NONLOCAL (exp) = 1; |
38ee6ed9 JM |
6360 | if (DECL_NO_STATIC_CHAIN (current_function_decl)) |
6361 | abort (); | |
dffd7eb6 | 6362 | (*lang_hooks.mark_addressable) (exp); |
bbf6f052 RK |
6363 | if (GET_CODE (DECL_RTL (exp)) != MEM) |
6364 | abort (); | |
6365 | addr = XEXP (DECL_RTL (exp), 0); | |
6366 | if (GET_CODE (addr) == MEM) | |
792760b9 RK |
6367 | addr |
6368 | = replace_equiv_address (addr, | |
6369 | fix_lexical_addr (XEXP (addr, 0), exp)); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
6370 | else |
6371 | addr = fix_lexical_addr (addr, exp); | |
3bdf5ad1 | 6372 | |
792760b9 | 6373 | temp = replace_equiv_address (DECL_RTL (exp), addr); |
bbf6f052 | 6374 | } |
4af3895e | 6375 | |
bbf6f052 RK |
6376 | /* This is the case of an array whose size is to be determined |
6377 | from its initializer, while the initializer is still being parsed. | |
6378 | See expand_decl. */ | |
d6a5ac33 | 6379 | |
dc6d66b3 RK |
6380 | else if (GET_CODE (DECL_RTL (exp)) == MEM |
6381 | && GET_CODE (XEXP (DECL_RTL (exp), 0)) == REG) | |
792760b9 | 6382 | temp = validize_mem (DECL_RTL (exp)); |
d6a5ac33 RK |
6383 | |
6384 | /* If DECL_RTL is memory, we are in the normal case and either | |
6385 | the address is not valid or it is not a register and -fforce-addr | |
6386 | is specified, get the address into a register. */ | |
6387 | ||
dc6d66b3 RK |
6388 | else if (GET_CODE (DECL_RTL (exp)) == MEM |
6389 | && modifier != EXPAND_CONST_ADDRESS | |
6390 | && modifier != EXPAND_SUM | |
6391 | && modifier != EXPAND_INITIALIZER | |
6392 | && (! memory_address_p (DECL_MODE (exp), | |
6393 | XEXP (DECL_RTL (exp), 0)) | |
6394 | || (flag_force_addr | |
6395 | && GET_CODE (XEXP (DECL_RTL (exp), 0)) != REG))) | |
0fab64a3 MM |
6396 | { |
6397 | if (alt_rtl) | |
6398 | *alt_rtl = DECL_RTL (exp); | |
6399 | temp = replace_equiv_address (DECL_RTL (exp), | |
6400 | copy_rtx (XEXP (DECL_RTL (exp), 0))); | |
6401 | } | |
1499e0a8 | 6402 | |
dc6d66b3 | 6403 | /* If we got something, return it. But first, set the alignment |
04956a1a | 6404 | if the address is a register. */ |
dc6d66b3 RK |
6405 | if (temp != 0) |
6406 | { | |
6407 | if (GET_CODE (temp) == MEM && GET_CODE (XEXP (temp, 0)) == REG) | |
bdb429a5 | 6408 | mark_reg_pointer (XEXP (temp, 0), DECL_ALIGN (exp)); |
dc6d66b3 RK |
6409 | |
6410 | return temp; | |
6411 | } | |
6412 | ||
1499e0a8 RK |
6413 | /* If the mode of DECL_RTL does not match that of the decl, it |
6414 | must be a promoted value. We return a SUBREG of the wanted mode, | |
6415 | but mark it so that we know that it was already extended. */ | |
6416 | ||
6417 | if (GET_CODE (DECL_RTL (exp)) == REG | |
7254c5fa | 6418 | && GET_MODE (DECL_RTL (exp)) != DECL_MODE (exp)) |
1499e0a8 | 6419 | { |
1499e0a8 RK |
6420 | /* Get the signedness used for this variable. Ensure we get the |
6421 | same mode we got when the variable was declared. */ | |
78911e8b | 6422 | if (GET_MODE (DECL_RTL (exp)) |
0fb7aeda | 6423 | != promote_mode (type, DECL_MODE (exp), &unsignedp, |
e8dcd824 | 6424 | (TREE_CODE (exp) == RESULT_DECL ? 1 : 0))) |
1499e0a8 RK |
6425 | abort (); |
6426 | ||
ddef6bc7 | 6427 | temp = gen_lowpart_SUBREG (mode, DECL_RTL (exp)); |
1499e0a8 | 6428 | SUBREG_PROMOTED_VAR_P (temp) = 1; |
7879b81e | 6429 | SUBREG_PROMOTED_UNSIGNED_SET (temp, unsignedp); |
1499e0a8 RK |
6430 | return temp; |
6431 | } | |
6432 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
6433 | return DECL_RTL (exp); |
6434 | ||
6435 | case INTEGER_CST: | |
d8a50944 | 6436 | temp = immed_double_const (TREE_INT_CST_LOW (exp), |
05bccae2 | 6437 | TREE_INT_CST_HIGH (exp), mode); |
bbf6f052 | 6438 | |
d8a50944 RH |
6439 | /* ??? If overflow is set, fold will have done an incomplete job, |
6440 | which can result in (plus xx (const_int 0)), which can get | |
6441 | simplified by validate_replace_rtx during virtual register | |
6442 | instantiation, which can result in unrecognizable insns. | |
6443 | Avoid this by forcing all overflows into registers. */ | |
c2e9dc85 RH |
6444 | if (TREE_CONSTANT_OVERFLOW (exp) |
6445 | && modifier != EXPAND_INITIALIZER) | |
d8a50944 RH |
6446 | temp = force_reg (mode, temp); |
6447 | ||
6448 | return temp; | |
6449 | ||
d744e06e AH |
6450 | case VECTOR_CST: |
6451 | return const_vector_from_tree (exp); | |
6452 | ||
bbf6f052 | 6453 | case CONST_DECL: |
8403445a | 6454 | return expand_expr (DECL_INITIAL (exp), target, VOIDmode, modifier); |
bbf6f052 RK |
6455 | |
6456 | case REAL_CST: | |
6457 | /* If optimized, generate immediate CONST_DOUBLE | |
3a94c984 KH |
6458 | which will be turned into memory by reload if necessary. |
6459 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
6460 | We used to force a register so that loop.c could see it. But |
6461 | this does not allow gen_* patterns to perform optimizations with | |
6462 | the constants. It also produces two insns in cases like "x = 1.0;". | |
6463 | On most machines, floating-point constants are not permitted in | |
6464 | many insns, so we'd end up copying it to a register in any case. | |
6465 | ||
6466 | Now, we do the copying in expand_binop, if appropriate. */ | |
5692c7bc ZW |
6467 | return CONST_DOUBLE_FROM_REAL_VALUE (TREE_REAL_CST (exp), |
6468 | TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (exp))); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
6469 | |
6470 | case COMPLEX_CST: | |
9ad58e09 RS |
6471 | /* Handle evaluating a complex constant in a CONCAT target. */ |
6472 | if (original_target && GET_CODE (original_target) == CONCAT) | |
6473 | { | |
6474 | enum machine_mode mode = TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (exp))); | |
6475 | rtx rtarg, itarg; | |
6476 | ||
6477 | rtarg = XEXP (original_target, 0); | |
6478 | itarg = XEXP (original_target, 1); | |
6479 | ||
6480 | /* Move the real and imaginary parts separately. */ | |
6481 | op0 = expand_expr (TREE_REALPART (exp), rtarg, mode, 0); | |
6482 | op1 = expand_expr (TREE_IMAGPART (exp), itarg, mode, 0); | |
6483 | ||
6484 | if (op0 != rtarg) | |
6485 | emit_move_insn (rtarg, op0); | |
6486 | if (op1 != itarg) | |
6487 | emit_move_insn (itarg, op1); | |
6488 | ||
6489 | return original_target; | |
6490 | } | |
6491 | ||
71c0e7fc | 6492 | /* ... fall through ... */ |
9ad58e09 | 6493 | |
bbf6f052 | 6494 | case STRING_CST: |
afc6aaab | 6495 | temp = output_constant_def (exp, 1); |
bbf6f052 | 6496 | |
afc6aaab | 6497 | /* temp contains a constant address. |
bbf6f052 RK |
6498 | On RISC machines where a constant address isn't valid, |
6499 | make some insns to get that address into a register. */ | |
afc6aaab | 6500 | if (modifier != EXPAND_CONST_ADDRESS |
bbf6f052 RK |
6501 | && modifier != EXPAND_INITIALIZER |
6502 | && modifier != EXPAND_SUM | |
afc6aaab ZW |
6503 | && (! memory_address_p (mode, XEXP (temp, 0)) |
6504 | || flag_force_addr)) | |
6505 | return replace_equiv_address (temp, | |
6506 | copy_rtx (XEXP (temp, 0))); | |
6507 | return temp; | |
bbf6f052 | 6508 | |
bf1e5319 | 6509 | case EXPR_WITH_FILE_LOCATION: |
b24f65cd APB |
6510 | { |
6511 | rtx to_return; | |
72954a4f JM |
6512 | struct file_stack fs; |
6513 | ||
6514 | fs.location = input_location; | |
6515 | fs.next = expr_wfl_stack; | |
b24f65cd | 6516 | input_filename = EXPR_WFL_FILENAME (exp); |
d479d37f | 6517 | input_line = EXPR_WFL_LINENO (exp); |
72954a4f | 6518 | expr_wfl_stack = &fs; |
b24f65cd | 6519 | if (EXPR_WFL_EMIT_LINE_NOTE (exp)) |
0cea056b | 6520 | emit_line_note (input_location); |
6ad7895a | 6521 | /* Possibly avoid switching back and forth here. */ |
72954a4f JM |
6522 | to_return = expand_expr (EXPR_WFL_NODE (exp), |
6523 | (ignore ? const0_rtx : target), | |
6524 | tmode, modifier); | |
6525 | if (expr_wfl_stack != &fs) | |
6526 | abort (); | |
6527 | input_location = fs.location; | |
6528 | expr_wfl_stack = fs.next; | |
b24f65cd APB |
6529 | return to_return; |
6530 | } | |
bf1e5319 | 6531 | |
bbf6f052 RK |
6532 | case SAVE_EXPR: |
6533 | context = decl_function_context (exp); | |
d6a5ac33 | 6534 | |
d0977240 RK |
6535 | /* If this SAVE_EXPR was at global context, assume we are an |
6536 | initialization function and move it into our context. */ | |
6537 | if (context == 0) | |
6538 | SAVE_EXPR_CONTEXT (exp) = current_function_decl; | |
6539 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
6540 | /* We treat inline_function_decl as an alias for the current function |
6541 | because that is the inline function whose vars, types, etc. | |
6542 | are being merged into the current function. | |
6543 | See expand_inline_function. */ | |
6544 | if (context == current_function_decl || context == inline_function_decl) | |
6545 | context = 0; | |
6546 | ||
6547 | /* If this is non-local, handle it. */ | |
6548 | if (context) | |
6549 | { | |
d0977240 RK |
6550 | /* The following call just exists to abort if the context is |
6551 | not of a containing function. */ | |
6552 | find_function_data (context); | |
6553 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
6554 | temp = SAVE_EXPR_RTL (exp); |
6555 | if (temp && GET_CODE (temp) == REG) | |
6556 | { | |
f29a2bd1 | 6557 | put_var_into_stack (exp, /*rescan=*/true); |
bbf6f052 RK |
6558 | temp = SAVE_EXPR_RTL (exp); |
6559 | } | |
6560 | if (temp == 0 || GET_CODE (temp) != MEM) | |
6561 | abort (); | |
792760b9 RK |
6562 | return |
6563 | replace_equiv_address (temp, | |
6564 | fix_lexical_addr (XEXP (temp, 0), exp)); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
6565 | } |
6566 | if (SAVE_EXPR_RTL (exp) == 0) | |
6567 | { | |
06089a8b RK |
6568 | if (mode == VOIDmode) |
6569 | temp = const0_rtx; | |
6570 | else | |
1da68f56 RK |
6571 | temp = assign_temp (build_qualified_type (type, |
6572 | (TYPE_QUALS (type) | |
6573 | | TYPE_QUAL_CONST)), | |
6574 | 3, 0, 0); | |
1499e0a8 | 6575 | |
bbf6f052 | 6576 | SAVE_EXPR_RTL (exp) = temp; |
bbf6f052 | 6577 | if (!optimize && GET_CODE (temp) == REG) |
38a448ca RH |
6578 | save_expr_regs = gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (VOIDmode, temp, |
6579 | save_expr_regs); | |
ff78f773 RK |
6580 | |
6581 | /* If the mode of TEMP does not match that of the expression, it | |
6582 | must be a promoted value. We pass store_expr a SUBREG of the | |
6583 | wanted mode but mark it so that we know that it was already | |
3ac1a319 | 6584 | extended. */ |
ff78f773 RK |
6585 | |
6586 | if (GET_CODE (temp) == REG && GET_MODE (temp) != mode) | |
6587 | { | |
ddef6bc7 | 6588 | temp = gen_lowpart_SUBREG (mode, SAVE_EXPR_RTL (exp)); |
3ac1a319 | 6589 | promote_mode (type, mode, &unsignedp, 0); |
ff78f773 | 6590 | SUBREG_PROMOTED_VAR_P (temp) = 1; |
7879b81e | 6591 | SUBREG_PROMOTED_UNSIGNED_SET (temp, unsignedp); |
ff78f773 RK |
6592 | } |
6593 | ||
4c7a0be9 | 6594 | if (temp == const0_rtx) |
37a08a29 | 6595 | expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), const0_rtx, VOIDmode, 0); |
4c7a0be9 | 6596 | else |
8403445a AM |
6597 | store_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), temp, |
6598 | modifier == EXPAND_STACK_PARM ? 2 : 0); | |
e5e809f4 JL |
6599 | |
6600 | TREE_USED (exp) = 1; | |
bbf6f052 | 6601 | } |
1499e0a8 RK |
6602 | |
6603 | /* If the mode of SAVE_EXPR_RTL does not match that of the expression, it | |
6604 | must be a promoted value. We return a SUBREG of the wanted mode, | |
0f41302f | 6605 | but mark it so that we know that it was already extended. */ |
1499e0a8 RK |
6606 | |
6607 | if (GET_CODE (SAVE_EXPR_RTL (exp)) == REG | |
6608 | && GET_MODE (SAVE_EXPR_RTL (exp)) != mode) | |
6609 | { | |
e70d22c8 RK |
6610 | /* Compute the signedness and make the proper SUBREG. */ |
6611 | promote_mode (type, mode, &unsignedp, 0); | |
ddef6bc7 | 6612 | temp = gen_lowpart_SUBREG (mode, SAVE_EXPR_RTL (exp)); |
1499e0a8 | 6613 | SUBREG_PROMOTED_VAR_P (temp) = 1; |
7879b81e | 6614 | SUBREG_PROMOTED_UNSIGNED_SET (temp, unsignedp); |
1499e0a8 RK |
6615 | return temp; |
6616 | } | |
6617 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
6618 | return SAVE_EXPR_RTL (exp); |
6619 | ||
679163cf MS |
6620 | case UNSAVE_EXPR: |
6621 | { | |
6622 | rtx temp; | |
6623 | temp = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), target, tmode, modifier); | |
24965e7a NB |
6624 | TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0) |
6625 | = (*lang_hooks.unsave_expr_now) (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)); | |
679163cf MS |
6626 | return temp; |
6627 | } | |
6628 | ||
b50d17a1 | 6629 | case PLACEHOLDER_EXPR: |
e9a25f70 | 6630 | { |
f47e9b4e | 6631 | tree old_list = placeholder_list; |
738cc472 | 6632 | tree placeholder_expr = 0; |
e9a25f70 | 6633 | |
f47e9b4e | 6634 | exp = find_placeholder (exp, &placeholder_expr); |
70072ed9 RK |
6635 | if (exp == 0) |
6636 | abort (); | |
6637 | ||
f47e9b4e | 6638 | placeholder_list = TREE_CHAIN (placeholder_expr); |
37a08a29 | 6639 | temp = expand_expr (exp, original_target, tmode, modifier); |
f47e9b4e RK |
6640 | placeholder_list = old_list; |
6641 | return temp; | |
e9a25f70 | 6642 | } |
b50d17a1 | 6643 | |
b50d17a1 RK |
6644 | case WITH_RECORD_EXPR: |
6645 | /* Put the object on the placeholder list, expand our first operand, | |
6646 | and pop the list. */ | |
6647 | placeholder_list = tree_cons (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), NULL_TREE, | |
6648 | placeholder_list); | |
37a08a29 RK |
6649 | target = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), original_target, tmode, |
6650 | modifier); | |
b50d17a1 RK |
6651 | placeholder_list = TREE_CHAIN (placeholder_list); |
6652 | return target; | |
6653 | ||
70e6ca43 APB |
6654 | case GOTO_EXPR: |
6655 | if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) == LABEL_DECL) | |
6656 | expand_goto (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)); | |
6657 | else | |
6658 | expand_computed_goto (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)); | |
6659 | return const0_rtx; | |
6660 | ||
bbf6f052 | 6661 | case EXIT_EXPR: |
df4ae160 | 6662 | expand_exit_loop_if_false (NULL, |
e44842fe | 6663 | invert_truthvalue (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))); |
bbf6f052 RK |
6664 | return const0_rtx; |
6665 | ||
f42e28dd APB |
6666 | case LABELED_BLOCK_EXPR: |
6667 | if (LABELED_BLOCK_BODY (exp)) | |
b0832fe1 | 6668 | expand_expr_stmt_value (LABELED_BLOCK_BODY (exp), 0, 1); |
30f7a378 | 6669 | /* Should perhaps use expand_label, but this is simpler and safer. */ |
0a5fee32 | 6670 | do_pending_stack_adjust (); |
f42e28dd APB |
6671 | emit_label (label_rtx (LABELED_BLOCK_LABEL (exp))); |
6672 | return const0_rtx; | |
6673 | ||
6674 | case EXIT_BLOCK_EXPR: | |
6675 | if (EXIT_BLOCK_RETURN (exp)) | |
ab87f8c8 | 6676 | sorry ("returned value in block_exit_expr"); |
f42e28dd APB |
6677 | expand_goto (LABELED_BLOCK_LABEL (EXIT_BLOCK_LABELED_BLOCK (exp))); |
6678 | return const0_rtx; | |
6679 | ||
bbf6f052 | 6680 | case LOOP_EXPR: |
0088fcb1 | 6681 | push_temp_slots (); |
bbf6f052 | 6682 | expand_start_loop (1); |
b0832fe1 | 6683 | expand_expr_stmt_value (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0, 1); |
bbf6f052 | 6684 | expand_end_loop (); |
0088fcb1 | 6685 | pop_temp_slots (); |
bbf6f052 RK |
6686 | |
6687 | return const0_rtx; | |
6688 | ||
6689 | case BIND_EXPR: | |
6690 | { | |
6691 | tree vars = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
6692 | |
6693 | /* Need to open a binding contour here because | |
e976b8b2 | 6694 | if there are any cleanups they must be contained here. */ |
8e91754e | 6695 | expand_start_bindings (2); |
bbf6f052 | 6696 | |
2df53c0b RS |
6697 | /* Mark the corresponding BLOCK for output in its proper place. */ |
6698 | if (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2) != 0 | |
6699 | && ! TREE_USED (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2))) | |
43577e6b | 6700 | (*lang_hooks.decls.insert_block) (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2)); |
bbf6f052 RK |
6701 | |
6702 | /* If VARS have not yet been expanded, expand them now. */ | |
6703 | while (vars) | |
6704 | { | |
19e7881c | 6705 | if (!DECL_RTL_SET_P (vars)) |
4977bab6 | 6706 | expand_decl (vars); |
bbf6f052 RK |
6707 | expand_decl_init (vars); |
6708 | vars = TREE_CHAIN (vars); | |
6709 | } | |
6710 | ||
37a08a29 | 6711 | temp = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), target, tmode, modifier); |
bbf6f052 RK |
6712 | |
6713 | expand_end_bindings (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0, 0); | |
6714 | ||
6715 | return temp; | |
6716 | } | |
6717 | ||
6718 | case RTL_EXPR: | |
83b853c9 JM |
6719 | if (RTL_EXPR_SEQUENCE (exp)) |
6720 | { | |
6721 | if (RTL_EXPR_SEQUENCE (exp) == const0_rtx) | |
6722 | abort (); | |
2f937369 | 6723 | emit_insn (RTL_EXPR_SEQUENCE (exp)); |
83b853c9 JM |
6724 | RTL_EXPR_SEQUENCE (exp) = const0_rtx; |
6725 | } | |
64dc53f3 MM |
6726 | preserve_rtl_expr_result (RTL_EXPR_RTL (exp)); |
6727 | free_temps_for_rtl_expr (exp); | |
0fab64a3 MM |
6728 | if (alt_rtl) |
6729 | *alt_rtl = RTL_EXPR_ALT_RTL (exp); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
6730 | return RTL_EXPR_RTL (exp); |
6731 | ||
6732 | case CONSTRUCTOR: | |
dd27116b RK |
6733 | /* If we don't need the result, just ensure we evaluate any |
6734 | subexpressions. */ | |
6735 | if (ignore) | |
6736 | { | |
6737 | tree elt; | |
37a08a29 | 6738 | |
dd27116b | 6739 | for (elt = CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (exp); elt; elt = TREE_CHAIN (elt)) |
37a08a29 RK |
6740 | expand_expr (TREE_VALUE (elt), const0_rtx, VOIDmode, 0); |
6741 | ||
dd27116b RK |
6742 | return const0_rtx; |
6743 | } | |
3207b172 | 6744 | |
4af3895e JVA |
6745 | /* All elts simple constants => refer to a constant in memory. But |
6746 | if this is a non-BLKmode mode, let it store a field at a time | |
6747 | since that should make a CONST_INT or CONST_DOUBLE when we | |
3207b172 | 6748 | fold. Likewise, if we have a target we can use, it is best to |
d720b9d1 RK |
6749 | store directly into the target unless the type is large enough |
6750 | that memcpy will be used. If we are making an initializer and | |
00182e1e AH |
6751 | all operands are constant, put it in memory as well. |
6752 | ||
6753 | FIXME: Avoid trying to fill vector constructors piece-meal. | |
6754 | Output them with output_constant_def below unless we're sure | |
6755 | they're zeros. This should go away when vector initializers | |
6756 | are treated like VECTOR_CST instead of arrays. | |
6757 | */ | |
dd27116b | 6758 | else if ((TREE_STATIC (exp) |
3207b172 | 6759 | && ((mode == BLKmode |
e5e809f4 | 6760 | && ! (target != 0 && safe_from_p (target, exp, 1))) |
d720b9d1 | 6761 | || TREE_ADDRESSABLE (exp) |
19caa751 | 6762 | || (host_integerp (TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (type), 1) |
3a94c984 | 6763 | && (! MOVE_BY_PIECES_P |
19caa751 RK |
6764 | (tree_low_cst (TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (type), 1), |
6765 | TYPE_ALIGN (type))) | |
0fb7aeda KH |
6766 | && ((TREE_CODE (type) == VECTOR_TYPE |
6767 | && !is_zeros_p (exp)) | |
6768 | || ! mostly_zeros_p (exp))))) | |
f59700f9 RK |
6769 | || ((modifier == EXPAND_INITIALIZER |
6770 | || modifier == EXPAND_CONST_ADDRESS) | |
6771 | && TREE_CONSTANT (exp))) | |
bbf6f052 | 6772 | { |
bd7cf17e | 6773 | rtx constructor = output_constant_def (exp, 1); |
19caa751 | 6774 | |
b552441b RS |
6775 | if (modifier != EXPAND_CONST_ADDRESS |
6776 | && modifier != EXPAND_INITIALIZER | |
792760b9 RK |
6777 | && modifier != EXPAND_SUM) |
6778 | constructor = validize_mem (constructor); | |
6779 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
6780 | return constructor; |
6781 | } | |
bbf6f052 RK |
6782 | else |
6783 | { | |
e9ac02a6 JW |
6784 | /* Handle calls that pass values in multiple non-contiguous |
6785 | locations. The Irix 6 ABI has examples of this. */ | |
e5e809f4 | 6786 | if (target == 0 || ! safe_from_p (target, exp, 1) |
8403445a AM |
6787 | || GET_CODE (target) == PARALLEL |
6788 | || modifier == EXPAND_STACK_PARM) | |
1da68f56 RK |
6789 | target |
6790 | = assign_temp (build_qualified_type (type, | |
6791 | (TYPE_QUALS (type) | |
6792 | | (TREE_READONLY (exp) | |
6793 | * TYPE_QUAL_CONST))), | |
c24ae149 | 6794 | 0, TREE_ADDRESSABLE (exp), 1); |
07604beb | 6795 | |
de8920be | 6796 | store_constructor (exp, target, 0, int_expr_size (exp)); |
bbf6f052 RK |
6797 | return target; |
6798 | } | |
6799 | ||
6800 | case INDIRECT_REF: | |
6801 | { | |
6802 | tree exp1 = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0); | |
7581a30f | 6803 | tree index; |
3a94c984 KH |
6804 | tree string = string_constant (exp1, &index); |
6805 | ||
06eaa86f | 6806 | /* Try to optimize reads from const strings. */ |
0fb7aeda KH |
6807 | if (string |
6808 | && TREE_CODE (string) == STRING_CST | |
6809 | && TREE_CODE (index) == INTEGER_CST | |
05bccae2 | 6810 | && compare_tree_int (index, TREE_STRING_LENGTH (string)) < 0 |
0fb7aeda KH |
6811 | && GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT |
6812 | && GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) == 1 | |
37a08a29 | 6813 | && modifier != EXPAND_WRITE) |
0fb7aeda | 6814 | return gen_int_mode (TREE_STRING_POINTER (string) |
21ef78aa | 6815 | [TREE_INT_CST_LOW (index)], mode); |
bbf6f052 | 6816 | |
405f0da6 JW |
6817 | op0 = expand_expr (exp1, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, EXPAND_SUM); |
6818 | op0 = memory_address (mode, op0); | |
38a448ca | 6819 | temp = gen_rtx_MEM (mode, op0); |
3bdf5ad1 | 6820 | set_mem_attributes (temp, exp, 0); |
1125706f | 6821 | |
14a774a9 RK |
6822 | /* If we are writing to this object and its type is a record with |
6823 | readonly fields, we must mark it as readonly so it will | |
6824 | conflict with readonly references to those fields. */ | |
37a08a29 | 6825 | if (modifier == EXPAND_WRITE && readonly_fields_p (type)) |
14a774a9 RK |
6826 | RTX_UNCHANGING_P (temp) = 1; |
6827 | ||
8c8a8e34 JW |
6828 | return temp; |
6829 | } | |
bbf6f052 RK |
6830 | |
6831 | case ARRAY_REF: | |
742920c7 RK |
6832 | if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))) != ARRAY_TYPE) |
6833 | abort (); | |
bbf6f052 | 6834 | |
bbf6f052 | 6835 | { |
742920c7 RK |
6836 | tree array = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0); |
6837 | tree domain = TYPE_DOMAIN (TREE_TYPE (array)); | |
6838 | tree low_bound = domain ? TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain) : integer_zero_node; | |
fed3cef0 | 6839 | tree index = convert (sizetype, TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)); |
08293add | 6840 | HOST_WIDE_INT i; |
b50d17a1 | 6841 | |
d4c89139 PB |
6842 | /* Optimize the special-case of a zero lower bound. |
6843 | ||
6844 | We convert the low_bound to sizetype to avoid some problems | |
6845 | with constant folding. (E.g. suppose the lower bound is 1, | |
6846 | and its mode is QI. Without the conversion, (ARRAY | |
6847 | +(INDEX-(unsigned char)1)) becomes ((ARRAY+(-(unsigned char)1)) | |
fed3cef0 | 6848 | +INDEX), which becomes (ARRAY+255+INDEX). Oops!) */ |
d4c89139 | 6849 | |
742920c7 | 6850 | if (! integer_zerop (low_bound)) |
fed3cef0 | 6851 | index = size_diffop (index, convert (sizetype, low_bound)); |
742920c7 | 6852 | |
742920c7 | 6853 | /* Fold an expression like: "foo"[2]. |
ad2e7dd0 RK |
6854 | This is not done in fold so it won't happen inside &. |
6855 | Don't fold if this is for wide characters since it's too | |
6856 | difficult to do correctly and this is a very rare case. */ | |
742920c7 | 6857 | |
017e1b43 RH |
6858 | if (modifier != EXPAND_CONST_ADDRESS |
6859 | && modifier != EXPAND_INITIALIZER | |
6860 | && modifier != EXPAND_MEMORY | |
cb5fa0f8 | 6861 | && TREE_CODE (array) == STRING_CST |
742920c7 | 6862 | && TREE_CODE (index) == INTEGER_CST |
05bccae2 | 6863 | && compare_tree_int (index, TREE_STRING_LENGTH (array)) < 0 |
ad2e7dd0 RK |
6864 | && GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT |
6865 | && GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) == 1) | |
21ef78aa DE |
6866 | return gen_int_mode (TREE_STRING_POINTER (array) |
6867 | [TREE_INT_CST_LOW (index)], mode); | |
bbf6f052 | 6868 | |
742920c7 RK |
6869 | /* If this is a constant index into a constant array, |
6870 | just get the value from the array. Handle both the cases when | |
6871 | we have an explicit constructor and when our operand is a variable | |
6872 | that was declared const. */ | |
4af3895e | 6873 | |
017e1b43 RH |
6874 | if (modifier != EXPAND_CONST_ADDRESS |
6875 | && modifier != EXPAND_INITIALIZER | |
6876 | && modifier != EXPAND_MEMORY | |
6877 | && TREE_CODE (array) == CONSTRUCTOR | |
6878 | && ! TREE_SIDE_EFFECTS (array) | |
05bccae2 | 6879 | && TREE_CODE (index) == INTEGER_CST |
3a94c984 | 6880 | && 0 > compare_tree_int (index, |
05bccae2 RK |
6881 | list_length (CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS |
6882 | (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))))) | |
742920c7 | 6883 | { |
05bccae2 RK |
6884 | tree elem; |
6885 | ||
6886 | for (elem = CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)), | |
6887 | i = TREE_INT_CST_LOW (index); | |
6888 | elem != 0 && i != 0; i--, elem = TREE_CHAIN (elem)) | |
6889 | ; | |
6890 | ||
6891 | if (elem) | |
37a08a29 RK |
6892 | return expand_expr (fold (TREE_VALUE (elem)), target, tmode, |
6893 | modifier); | |
742920c7 | 6894 | } |
3a94c984 | 6895 | |
742920c7 | 6896 | else if (optimize >= 1 |
cb5fa0f8 RK |
6897 | && modifier != EXPAND_CONST_ADDRESS |
6898 | && modifier != EXPAND_INITIALIZER | |
017e1b43 | 6899 | && modifier != EXPAND_MEMORY |
742920c7 RK |
6900 | && TREE_READONLY (array) && ! TREE_SIDE_EFFECTS (array) |
6901 | && TREE_CODE (array) == VAR_DECL && DECL_INITIAL (array) | |
beb0c2e0 RH |
6902 | && TREE_CODE (DECL_INITIAL (array)) != ERROR_MARK |
6903 | && targetm.binds_local_p (array)) | |
742920c7 | 6904 | { |
08293add | 6905 | if (TREE_CODE (index) == INTEGER_CST) |
742920c7 RK |
6906 | { |
6907 | tree init = DECL_INITIAL (array); | |
6908 | ||
742920c7 RK |
6909 | if (TREE_CODE (init) == CONSTRUCTOR) |
6910 | { | |
665f2503 | 6911 | tree elem; |
742920c7 | 6912 | |
05bccae2 | 6913 | for (elem = CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (init); |
5cb1bea4 JM |
6914 | (elem |
6915 | && !tree_int_cst_equal (TREE_PURPOSE (elem), index)); | |
05bccae2 RK |
6916 | elem = TREE_CHAIN (elem)) |
6917 | ; | |
6918 | ||
c54b0a5e | 6919 | if (elem && !TREE_SIDE_EFFECTS (TREE_VALUE (elem))) |
742920c7 | 6920 | return expand_expr (fold (TREE_VALUE (elem)), target, |
37a08a29 | 6921 | tmode, modifier); |
742920c7 RK |
6922 | } |
6923 | else if (TREE_CODE (init) == STRING_CST | |
05bccae2 RK |
6924 | && 0 > compare_tree_int (index, |
6925 | TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init))) | |
5c80f6e6 JJ |
6926 | { |
6927 | tree type = TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (init)); | |
6928 | enum machine_mode mode = TYPE_MODE (type); | |
6929 | ||
6930 | if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT | |
6931 | && GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) == 1) | |
21ef78aa DE |
6932 | return gen_int_mode (TREE_STRING_POINTER (init) |
6933 | [TREE_INT_CST_LOW (index)], mode); | |
5c80f6e6 | 6934 | } |
742920c7 RK |
6935 | } |
6936 | } | |
6937 | } | |
afc6aaab | 6938 | goto normal_inner_ref; |
bbf6f052 RK |
6939 | |
6940 | case COMPONENT_REF: | |
4af3895e | 6941 | /* If the operand is a CONSTRUCTOR, we can just extract the |
afc6aaab ZW |
6942 | appropriate field if it is present. */ |
6943 | if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) == CONSTRUCTOR) | |
4af3895e JVA |
6944 | { |
6945 | tree elt; | |
6946 | ||
6947 | for (elt = CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)); elt; | |
6948 | elt = TREE_CHAIN (elt)) | |
86b5812c RK |
6949 | if (TREE_PURPOSE (elt) == TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1) |
6950 | /* We can normally use the value of the field in the | |
6951 | CONSTRUCTOR. However, if this is a bitfield in | |
6952 | an integral mode that we can fit in a HOST_WIDE_INT, | |
6953 | we must mask only the number of bits in the bitfield, | |
6954 | since this is done implicitly by the constructor. If | |
6955 | the bitfield does not meet either of those conditions, | |
6956 | we can't do this optimization. */ | |
6957 | && (! DECL_BIT_FIELD (TREE_PURPOSE (elt)) | |
6958 | || ((GET_MODE_CLASS (DECL_MODE (TREE_PURPOSE (elt))) | |
6959 | == MODE_INT) | |
6960 | && (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (DECL_MODE (TREE_PURPOSE (elt))) | |
6961 | <= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)))) | |
6962 | { | |
8403445a AM |
6963 | if (DECL_BIT_FIELD (TREE_PURPOSE (elt)) |
6964 | && modifier == EXPAND_STACK_PARM) | |
6965 | target = 0; | |
3a94c984 | 6966 | op0 = expand_expr (TREE_VALUE (elt), target, tmode, modifier); |
86b5812c RK |
6967 | if (DECL_BIT_FIELD (TREE_PURPOSE (elt))) |
6968 | { | |
9df2c88c RK |
6969 | HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize |
6970 | = TREE_INT_CST_LOW (DECL_SIZE (TREE_PURPOSE (elt))); | |
22273300 JJ |
6971 | enum machine_mode imode |
6972 | = TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_PURPOSE (elt))); | |
86b5812c RK |
6973 | |
6974 | if (TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_PURPOSE (elt)))) | |
6975 | { | |
6976 | op1 = GEN_INT (((HOST_WIDE_INT) 1 << bitsize) - 1); | |
22273300 | 6977 | op0 = expand_and (imode, op0, op1, target); |
86b5812c RK |
6978 | } |
6979 | else | |
6980 | { | |
6981 | tree count | |
e5e809f4 JL |
6982 | = build_int_2 (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (imode) - bitsize, |
6983 | 0); | |
86b5812c RK |
6984 | |
6985 | op0 = expand_shift (LSHIFT_EXPR, imode, op0, count, | |
6986 | target, 0); | |
6987 | op0 = expand_shift (RSHIFT_EXPR, imode, op0, count, | |
6988 | target, 0); | |
6989 | } | |
6990 | } | |
6991 | ||
6992 | return op0; | |
6993 | } | |
4af3895e | 6994 | } |
afc6aaab | 6995 | goto normal_inner_ref; |
4af3895e | 6996 | |
afc6aaab ZW |
6997 | case BIT_FIELD_REF: |
6998 | case ARRAY_RANGE_REF: | |
6999 | normal_inner_ref: | |
bbf6f052 RK |
7000 | { |
7001 | enum machine_mode mode1; | |
770ae6cc | 7002 | HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize, bitpos; |
7bb0943f | 7003 | tree offset; |
bbf6f052 | 7004 | int volatilep = 0; |
839c4796 | 7005 | tree tem = get_inner_reference (exp, &bitsize, &bitpos, &offset, |
a06ef755 | 7006 | &mode1, &unsignedp, &volatilep); |
f47e9b4e | 7007 | rtx orig_op0; |
bbf6f052 | 7008 | |
e7f3c83f RK |
7009 | /* If we got back the original object, something is wrong. Perhaps |
7010 | we are evaluating an expression too early. In any event, don't | |
7011 | infinitely recurse. */ | |
7012 | if (tem == exp) | |
7013 | abort (); | |
7014 | ||
3d27140a | 7015 | /* If TEM's type is a union of variable size, pass TARGET to the inner |
b74f5ff2 RK |
7016 | computation, since it will need a temporary and TARGET is known |
7017 | to have to do. This occurs in unchecked conversion in Ada. */ | |
3a94c984 | 7018 | |
f47e9b4e RK |
7019 | orig_op0 = op0 |
7020 | = expand_expr (tem, | |
7021 | (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (tem)) == UNION_TYPE | |
7022 | && (TREE_CODE (TYPE_SIZE (TREE_TYPE (tem))) | |
7023 | != INTEGER_CST) | |
8403445a | 7024 | && modifier != EXPAND_STACK_PARM |
f47e9b4e RK |
7025 | ? target : NULL_RTX), |
7026 | VOIDmode, | |
7027 | (modifier == EXPAND_INITIALIZER | |
8403445a AM |
7028 | || modifier == EXPAND_CONST_ADDRESS |
7029 | || modifier == EXPAND_STACK_PARM) | |
f47e9b4e | 7030 | ? modifier : EXPAND_NORMAL); |
bbf6f052 | 7031 | |
8c8a8e34 | 7032 | /* If this is a constant, put it into a register if it is a |
14a774a9 | 7033 | legitimate constant and OFFSET is 0 and memory if it isn't. */ |
8c8a8e34 JW |
7034 | if (CONSTANT_P (op0)) |
7035 | { | |
7036 | enum machine_mode mode = TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (tem)); | |
14a774a9 RK |
7037 | if (mode != BLKmode && LEGITIMATE_CONSTANT_P (op0) |
7038 | && offset == 0) | |
8c8a8e34 JW |
7039 | op0 = force_reg (mode, op0); |
7040 | else | |
7041 | op0 = validize_mem (force_const_mem (mode, op0)); | |
7042 | } | |
7043 | ||
8d2e5f72 RK |
7044 | /* Otherwise, if this object not in memory and we either have an |
7045 | offset or a BLKmode result, put it there. This case can't occur in | |
7046 | C, but can in Ada if we have unchecked conversion of an expression | |
7047 | from a scalar type to an array or record type or for an | |
7048 | ARRAY_RANGE_REF whose type is BLKmode. */ | |
7049 | else if (GET_CODE (op0) != MEM | |
7050 | && (offset != 0 | |
7051 | || (code == ARRAY_RANGE_REF && mode == BLKmode))) | |
7052 | { | |
7053 | /* If the operand is a SAVE_EXPR, we can deal with this by | |
7054 | forcing the SAVE_EXPR into memory. */ | |
7055 | if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) == SAVE_EXPR) | |
7056 | { | |
7057 | put_var_into_stack (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), | |
7058 | /*rescan=*/true); | |
7059 | op0 = SAVE_EXPR_RTL (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)); | |
7060 | } | |
7061 | else | |
7062 | { | |
7063 | tree nt | |
7064 | = build_qualified_type (TREE_TYPE (tem), | |
7065 | (TYPE_QUALS (TREE_TYPE (tem)) | |
7066 | | TYPE_QUAL_CONST)); | |
7067 | rtx memloc = assign_temp (nt, 1, 1, 1); | |
450b1728 | 7068 | |
8d2e5f72 RK |
7069 | emit_move_insn (memloc, op0); |
7070 | op0 = memloc; | |
7071 | } | |
7072 | } | |
7073 | ||
7bb0943f RS |
7074 | if (offset != 0) |
7075 | { | |
8403445a AM |
7076 | rtx offset_rtx = expand_expr (offset, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, |
7077 | EXPAND_SUM); | |
7bb0943f RS |
7078 | |
7079 | if (GET_CODE (op0) != MEM) | |
7080 | abort (); | |
2d48c13d | 7081 | |
2d48c13d | 7082 | #ifdef POINTERS_EXTEND_UNSIGNED |
4b6c1672 | 7083 | if (GET_MODE (offset_rtx) != Pmode) |
267b28bd | 7084 | offset_rtx = convert_to_mode (Pmode, offset_rtx, 0); |
fa06ab5c RK |
7085 | #else |
7086 | if (GET_MODE (offset_rtx) != ptr_mode) | |
7087 | offset_rtx = convert_to_mode (ptr_mode, offset_rtx, 0); | |
2d48c13d JL |
7088 | #endif |
7089 | ||
e82407b5 EB |
7090 | if (GET_MODE (op0) == BLKmode |
7091 | /* A constant address in OP0 can have VOIDmode, we must | |
7092 | not try to call force_reg in that case. */ | |
efd07ca7 | 7093 | && GET_MODE (XEXP (op0, 0)) != VOIDmode |
14a774a9 | 7094 | && bitsize != 0 |
3a94c984 | 7095 | && (bitpos % bitsize) == 0 |
89752202 | 7096 | && (bitsize % GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (mode1)) == 0 |
a06ef755 | 7097 | && MEM_ALIGN (op0) == GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (mode1)) |
89752202 | 7098 | { |
e3c8ea67 | 7099 | op0 = adjust_address (op0, mode1, bitpos / BITS_PER_UNIT); |
89752202 HB |
7100 | bitpos = 0; |
7101 | } | |
7102 | ||
0d4903b8 RK |
7103 | op0 = offset_address (op0, offset_rtx, |
7104 | highest_pow2_factor (offset)); | |
7bb0943f RS |
7105 | } |
7106 | ||
1ce7f3c2 RK |
7107 | /* If OFFSET is making OP0 more aligned than BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT, |
7108 | record its alignment as BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT. */ | |
7109 | if (GET_CODE (op0) == MEM && bitpos == 0 && offset != 0 | |
7110 | && is_aligning_offset (offset, tem)) | |
7111 | set_mem_align (op0, BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT); | |
7112 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
7113 | /* Don't forget about volatility even if this is a bitfield. */ |
7114 | if (GET_CODE (op0) == MEM && volatilep && ! MEM_VOLATILE_P (op0)) | |
7115 | { | |
f47e9b4e RK |
7116 | if (op0 == orig_op0) |
7117 | op0 = copy_rtx (op0); | |
7118 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
7119 | MEM_VOLATILE_P (op0) = 1; |
7120 | } | |
7121 | ||
010f87c4 JJ |
7122 | /* The following code doesn't handle CONCAT. |
7123 | Assume only bitpos == 0 can be used for CONCAT, due to | |
7124 | one element arrays having the same mode as its element. */ | |
7125 | if (GET_CODE (op0) == CONCAT) | |
7126 | { | |
7127 | if (bitpos != 0 || bitsize != GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (op0))) | |
7128 | abort (); | |
7129 | return op0; | |
7130 | } | |
7131 | ||
ccc98036 RS |
7132 | /* In cases where an aligned union has an unaligned object |
7133 | as a field, we might be extracting a BLKmode value from | |
7134 | an integer-mode (e.g., SImode) object. Handle this case | |
7135 | by doing the extract into an object as wide as the field | |
7136 | (which we know to be the width of a basic mode), then | |
cb5fa0f8 | 7137 | storing into memory, and changing the mode to BLKmode. */ |
bbf6f052 | 7138 | if (mode1 == VOIDmode |
ccc98036 | 7139 | || GET_CODE (op0) == REG || GET_CODE (op0) == SUBREG |
cb5fa0f8 RK |
7140 | || (mode1 != BLKmode && ! direct_load[(int) mode1] |
7141 | && GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) != MODE_COMPLEX_INT | |
10c2a453 RK |
7142 | && GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) != MODE_COMPLEX_FLOAT |
7143 | && modifier != EXPAND_CONST_ADDRESS | |
7144 | && modifier != EXPAND_INITIALIZER) | |
cb5fa0f8 RK |
7145 | /* If the field isn't aligned enough to fetch as a memref, |
7146 | fetch it as a bit field. */ | |
7147 | || (mode1 != BLKmode | |
9e5f281f | 7148 | && (((TYPE_ALIGN (TREE_TYPE (tem)) < GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (mode) |
e82407b5 EB |
7149 | || (bitpos % GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (mode) != 0) |
7150 | || (GET_CODE (op0) == MEM | |
7151 | && (MEM_ALIGN (op0) < GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (mode1) | |
7152 | || (bitpos % GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (mode1) != 0)))) | |
a8f3bf52 RK |
7153 | && ((modifier == EXPAND_CONST_ADDRESS |
7154 | || modifier == EXPAND_INITIALIZER) | |
7155 | ? STRICT_ALIGNMENT | |
7156 | : SLOW_UNALIGNED_ACCESS (mode1, MEM_ALIGN (op0)))) | |
9e5f281f | 7157 | || (bitpos % BITS_PER_UNIT != 0))) |
cb5fa0f8 RK |
7158 | /* If the type and the field are a constant size and the |
7159 | size of the type isn't the same size as the bitfield, | |
7160 | we must use bitfield operations. */ | |
7161 | || (bitsize >= 0 | |
7162 | && (TREE_CODE (TYPE_SIZE (TREE_TYPE (exp))) | |
7163 | == INTEGER_CST) | |
7164 | && 0 != compare_tree_int (TYPE_SIZE (TREE_TYPE (exp)), | |
a06ef755 | 7165 | bitsize))) |
bbf6f052 | 7166 | { |
bbf6f052 RK |
7167 | enum machine_mode ext_mode = mode; |
7168 | ||
14a774a9 RK |
7169 | if (ext_mode == BLKmode |
7170 | && ! (target != 0 && GET_CODE (op0) == MEM | |
7171 | && GET_CODE (target) == MEM | |
7172 | && bitpos % BITS_PER_UNIT == 0)) | |
bbf6f052 RK |
7173 | ext_mode = mode_for_size (bitsize, MODE_INT, 1); |
7174 | ||
7175 | if (ext_mode == BLKmode) | |
a281e72d | 7176 | { |
7a06d606 RK |
7177 | if (target == 0) |
7178 | target = assign_temp (type, 0, 1, 1); | |
7179 | ||
7180 | if (bitsize == 0) | |
7181 | return target; | |
7182 | ||
a281e72d RK |
7183 | /* In this case, BITPOS must start at a byte boundary and |
7184 | TARGET, if specified, must be a MEM. */ | |
7185 | if (GET_CODE (op0) != MEM | |
7186 | || (target != 0 && GET_CODE (target) != MEM) | |
7187 | || bitpos % BITS_PER_UNIT != 0) | |
7188 | abort (); | |
7189 | ||
7a06d606 RK |
7190 | emit_block_move (target, |
7191 | adjust_address (op0, VOIDmode, | |
7192 | bitpos / BITS_PER_UNIT), | |
a06ef755 | 7193 | GEN_INT ((bitsize + BITS_PER_UNIT - 1) |
44bb111a | 7194 | / BITS_PER_UNIT), |
8403445a AM |
7195 | (modifier == EXPAND_STACK_PARM |
7196 | ? BLOCK_OP_CALL_PARM : BLOCK_OP_NORMAL)); | |
3a94c984 | 7197 | |
a281e72d RK |
7198 | return target; |
7199 | } | |
bbf6f052 | 7200 | |
dc6d66b3 RK |
7201 | op0 = validize_mem (op0); |
7202 | ||
7203 | if (GET_CODE (op0) == MEM && GET_CODE (XEXP (op0, 0)) == REG) | |
04050c69 | 7204 | mark_reg_pointer (XEXP (op0, 0), MEM_ALIGN (op0)); |
dc6d66b3 | 7205 | |
8403445a AM |
7206 | op0 = extract_bit_field (op0, bitsize, bitpos, unsignedp, |
7207 | (modifier == EXPAND_STACK_PARM | |
7208 | ? NULL_RTX : target), | |
7209 | ext_mode, ext_mode, | |
bbf6f052 | 7210 | int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (tem))); |
ef19912d RK |
7211 | |
7212 | /* If the result is a record type and BITSIZE is narrower than | |
7213 | the mode of OP0, an integral mode, and this is a big endian | |
7214 | machine, we must put the field into the high-order bits. */ | |
7215 | if (TREE_CODE (type) == RECORD_TYPE && BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN | |
7216 | && GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (op0)) == MODE_INT | |
65a07688 | 7217 | && bitsize < (HOST_WIDE_INT) GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (op0))) |
ef19912d RK |
7218 | op0 = expand_shift (LSHIFT_EXPR, GET_MODE (op0), op0, |
7219 | size_int (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (op0)) | |
7220 | - bitsize), | |
7221 | op0, 1); | |
7222 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
7223 | if (mode == BLKmode) |
7224 | { | |
c3d32120 | 7225 | rtx new = assign_temp (build_qualified_type |
b0c48229 NB |
7226 | ((*lang_hooks.types.type_for_mode) |
7227 | (ext_mode, 0), | |
c3d32120 | 7228 | TYPE_QUAL_CONST), 0, 1, 1); |
bbf6f052 RK |
7229 | |
7230 | emit_move_insn (new, op0); | |
7231 | op0 = copy_rtx (new); | |
7232 | PUT_MODE (op0, BLKmode); | |
c3d32120 | 7233 | set_mem_attributes (op0, exp, 1); |
bbf6f052 RK |
7234 | } |
7235 | ||
7236 | return op0; | |
7237 | } | |
7238 | ||
05019f83 RK |
7239 | /* If the result is BLKmode, use that to access the object |
7240 | now as well. */ | |
7241 | if (mode == BLKmode) | |
7242 | mode1 = BLKmode; | |
7243 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
7244 | /* Get a reference to just this component. */ |
7245 | if (modifier == EXPAND_CONST_ADDRESS | |
7246 | || modifier == EXPAND_SUM || modifier == EXPAND_INITIALIZER) | |
f1ec5147 | 7247 | op0 = adjust_address_nv (op0, mode1, bitpos / BITS_PER_UNIT); |
bbf6f052 | 7248 | else |
f4ef873c | 7249 | op0 = adjust_address (op0, mode1, bitpos / BITS_PER_UNIT); |
41472af8 | 7250 | |
f47e9b4e RK |
7251 | if (op0 == orig_op0) |
7252 | op0 = copy_rtx (op0); | |
7253 | ||
3bdf5ad1 | 7254 | set_mem_attributes (op0, exp, 0); |
dc6d66b3 | 7255 | if (GET_CODE (XEXP (op0, 0)) == REG) |
a06ef755 | 7256 | mark_reg_pointer (XEXP (op0, 0), MEM_ALIGN (op0)); |
dc6d66b3 | 7257 | |
bbf6f052 | 7258 | MEM_VOLATILE_P (op0) |= volatilep; |
0d15e60c | 7259 | if (mode == mode1 || mode1 == BLKmode || mode1 == tmode |
08bbd316 | 7260 | || modifier == EXPAND_CONST_ADDRESS |
0d15e60c | 7261 | || modifier == EXPAND_INITIALIZER) |
bbf6f052 | 7262 | return op0; |
0d15e60c | 7263 | else if (target == 0) |
bbf6f052 | 7264 | target = gen_reg_rtx (tmode != VOIDmode ? tmode : mode); |
0d15e60c | 7265 | |
bbf6f052 RK |
7266 | convert_move (target, op0, unsignedp); |
7267 | return target; | |
7268 | } | |
7269 | ||
4a8d0c9c RH |
7270 | case VTABLE_REF: |
7271 | { | |
7272 | rtx insn, before = get_last_insn (), vtbl_ref; | |
7273 | ||
7274 | /* Evaluate the interior expression. */ | |
7275 | subtarget = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), target, | |
7276 | tmode, modifier); | |
7277 | ||
7278 | /* Get or create an instruction off which to hang a note. */ | |
7279 | if (REG_P (subtarget)) | |
7280 | { | |
7281 | target = subtarget; | |
7282 | insn = get_last_insn (); | |
7283 | if (insn == before) | |
7284 | abort (); | |
7285 | if (! INSN_P (insn)) | |
7286 | insn = prev_nonnote_insn (insn); | |
7287 | } | |
7288 | else | |
7289 | { | |
7290 | target = gen_reg_rtx (GET_MODE (subtarget)); | |
7291 | insn = emit_move_insn (target, subtarget); | |
7292 | } | |
7293 | ||
7294 | /* Collect the data for the note. */ | |
7295 | vtbl_ref = XEXP (DECL_RTL (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)), 0); | |
7296 | vtbl_ref = plus_constant (vtbl_ref, | |
7297 | tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2), 0)); | |
7298 | /* Discard the initial CONST that was added. */ | |
7299 | vtbl_ref = XEXP (vtbl_ref, 0); | |
7300 | ||
7301 | REG_NOTES (insn) | |
7302 | = gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (REG_VTABLE_REF, vtbl_ref, REG_NOTES (insn)); | |
7303 | ||
7304 | return target; | |
7305 | } | |
7306 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
7307 | /* Intended for a reference to a buffer of a file-object in Pascal. |
7308 | But it's not certain that a special tree code will really be | |
7309 | necessary for these. INDIRECT_REF might work for them. */ | |
7310 | case BUFFER_REF: | |
7311 | abort (); | |
7312 | ||
7308a047 | 7313 | case IN_EXPR: |
7308a047 | 7314 | { |
d6a5ac33 RK |
7315 | /* Pascal set IN expression. |
7316 | ||
7317 | Algorithm: | |
7318 | rlo = set_low - (set_low%bits_per_word); | |
7319 | the_word = set [ (index - rlo)/bits_per_word ]; | |
7320 | bit_index = index % bits_per_word; | |
7321 | bitmask = 1 << bit_index; | |
7322 | return !!(the_word & bitmask); */ | |
7323 | ||
7308a047 RS |
7324 | tree set = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0); |
7325 | tree index = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1); | |
d6a5ac33 | 7326 | int iunsignedp = TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (index)); |
7308a047 | 7327 | tree set_type = TREE_TYPE (set); |
7308a047 RS |
7328 | tree set_low_bound = TYPE_MIN_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (set_type)); |
7329 | tree set_high_bound = TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (set_type)); | |
d6a5ac33 RK |
7330 | rtx index_val = expand_expr (index, 0, VOIDmode, 0); |
7331 | rtx lo_r = expand_expr (set_low_bound, 0, VOIDmode, 0); | |
7332 | rtx hi_r = expand_expr (set_high_bound, 0, VOIDmode, 0); | |
7333 | rtx setval = expand_expr (set, 0, VOIDmode, 0); | |
7334 | rtx setaddr = XEXP (setval, 0); | |
7335 | enum machine_mode index_mode = TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (index)); | |
7308a047 RS |
7336 | rtx rlow; |
7337 | rtx diff, quo, rem, addr, bit, result; | |
7308a047 | 7338 | |
d6a5ac33 RK |
7339 | /* If domain is empty, answer is no. Likewise if index is constant |
7340 | and out of bounds. */ | |
51723711 | 7341 | if (((TREE_CODE (set_high_bound) == INTEGER_CST |
d6a5ac33 | 7342 | && TREE_CODE (set_low_bound) == INTEGER_CST |
51723711 | 7343 | && tree_int_cst_lt (set_high_bound, set_low_bound)) |
d6a5ac33 RK |
7344 | || (TREE_CODE (index) == INTEGER_CST |
7345 | && TREE_CODE (set_low_bound) == INTEGER_CST | |
7346 | && tree_int_cst_lt (index, set_low_bound)) | |
7347 | || (TREE_CODE (set_high_bound) == INTEGER_CST | |
7348 | && TREE_CODE (index) == INTEGER_CST | |
7349 | && tree_int_cst_lt (set_high_bound, index)))) | |
7308a047 RS |
7350 | return const0_rtx; |
7351 | ||
d6a5ac33 RK |
7352 | if (target == 0) |
7353 | target = gen_reg_rtx (tmode != VOIDmode ? tmode : mode); | |
7308a047 RS |
7354 | |
7355 | /* If we get here, we have to generate the code for both cases | |
7356 | (in range and out of range). */ | |
7357 | ||
7358 | op0 = gen_label_rtx (); | |
7359 | op1 = gen_label_rtx (); | |
7360 | ||
7361 | if (! (GET_CODE (index_val) == CONST_INT | |
7362 | && GET_CODE (lo_r) == CONST_INT)) | |
a06ef755 RK |
7363 | emit_cmp_and_jump_insns (index_val, lo_r, LT, NULL_RTX, |
7364 | GET_MODE (index_val), iunsignedp, op1); | |
7308a047 RS |
7365 | |
7366 | if (! (GET_CODE (index_val) == CONST_INT | |
7367 | && GET_CODE (hi_r) == CONST_INT)) | |
a06ef755 RK |
7368 | emit_cmp_and_jump_insns (index_val, hi_r, GT, NULL_RTX, |
7369 | GET_MODE (index_val), iunsignedp, op1); | |
7308a047 RS |
7370 | |
7371 | /* Calculate the element number of bit zero in the first word | |
7372 | of the set. */ | |
7373 | if (GET_CODE (lo_r) == CONST_INT) | |
17938e57 | 7374 | rlow = GEN_INT (INTVAL (lo_r) |
3a94c984 | 7375 | & ~((HOST_WIDE_INT) 1 << BITS_PER_UNIT)); |
7308a047 | 7376 | else |
17938e57 RK |
7377 | rlow = expand_binop (index_mode, and_optab, lo_r, |
7378 | GEN_INT (~((HOST_WIDE_INT) 1 << BITS_PER_UNIT)), | |
d6a5ac33 | 7379 | NULL_RTX, iunsignedp, OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN); |
7308a047 | 7380 | |
d6a5ac33 RK |
7381 | diff = expand_binop (index_mode, sub_optab, index_val, rlow, |
7382 | NULL_RTX, iunsignedp, OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN); | |
7308a047 RS |
7383 | |
7384 | quo = expand_divmod (0, TRUNC_DIV_EXPR, index_mode, diff, | |
d6a5ac33 | 7385 | GEN_INT (BITS_PER_UNIT), NULL_RTX, iunsignedp); |
7308a047 | 7386 | rem = expand_divmod (1, TRUNC_MOD_EXPR, index_mode, index_val, |
d6a5ac33 RK |
7387 | GEN_INT (BITS_PER_UNIT), NULL_RTX, iunsignedp); |
7388 | ||
7308a047 | 7389 | addr = memory_address (byte_mode, |
d6a5ac33 RK |
7390 | expand_binop (index_mode, add_optab, diff, |
7391 | setaddr, NULL_RTX, iunsignedp, | |
17938e57 | 7392 | OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN)); |
d6a5ac33 | 7393 | |
3a94c984 | 7394 | /* Extract the bit we want to examine. */ |
7308a047 | 7395 | bit = expand_shift (RSHIFT_EXPR, byte_mode, |
38a448ca | 7396 | gen_rtx_MEM (byte_mode, addr), |
17938e57 RK |
7397 | make_tree (TREE_TYPE (index), rem), |
7398 | NULL_RTX, 1); | |
7399 | result = expand_binop (byte_mode, and_optab, bit, const1_rtx, | |
7400 | GET_MODE (target) == byte_mode ? target : 0, | |
7308a047 | 7401 | 1, OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN); |
17938e57 RK |
7402 | |
7403 | if (result != target) | |
7404 | convert_move (target, result, 1); | |
7308a047 RS |
7405 | |
7406 | /* Output the code to handle the out-of-range case. */ | |
7407 | emit_jump (op0); | |
7408 | emit_label (op1); | |
7409 | emit_move_insn (target, const0_rtx); | |
7410 | emit_label (op0); | |
7411 | return target; | |
7412 | } | |
7413 | ||
bbf6f052 | 7414 | case WITH_CLEANUP_EXPR: |
6ad7895a | 7415 | if (WITH_CLEANUP_EXPR_RTL (exp) == 0) |
bbf6f052 | 7416 | { |
6ad7895a | 7417 | WITH_CLEANUP_EXPR_RTL (exp) |
37a08a29 | 7418 | = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), target, tmode, modifier); |
659e5a7a JM |
7419 | expand_decl_cleanup_eh (NULL_TREE, TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), |
7420 | CLEANUP_EH_ONLY (exp)); | |
e976b8b2 | 7421 | |
bbf6f052 | 7422 | /* That's it for this cleanup. */ |
6ad7895a | 7423 | TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1) = 0; |
bbf6f052 | 7424 | } |
6ad7895a | 7425 | return WITH_CLEANUP_EXPR_RTL (exp); |
bbf6f052 | 7426 | |
5dab5552 MS |
7427 | case CLEANUP_POINT_EXPR: |
7428 | { | |
e976b8b2 MS |
7429 | /* Start a new binding layer that will keep track of all cleanup |
7430 | actions to be performed. */ | |
8e91754e | 7431 | expand_start_bindings (2); |
e976b8b2 | 7432 | |
d93d4205 | 7433 | target_temp_slot_level = temp_slot_level; |
e976b8b2 | 7434 | |
37a08a29 | 7435 | op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), target, tmode, modifier); |
f283f66b JM |
7436 | /* If we're going to use this value, load it up now. */ |
7437 | if (! ignore) | |
7438 | op0 = force_not_mem (op0); | |
d93d4205 | 7439 | preserve_temp_slots (op0); |
e976b8b2 | 7440 | expand_end_bindings (NULL_TREE, 0, 0); |
5dab5552 MS |
7441 | } |
7442 | return op0; | |
7443 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
7444 | case CALL_EXPR: |
7445 | /* Check for a built-in function. */ | |
7446 | if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) == ADDR_EXPR | |
d6a5ac33 RK |
7447 | && (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0)) |
7448 | == FUNCTION_DECL) | |
bbf6f052 | 7449 | && DECL_BUILT_IN (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0))) |
0fb7aeda | 7450 | { |
c70eaeaf KG |
7451 | if (DECL_BUILT_IN_CLASS (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0)) |
7452 | == BUILT_IN_FRONTEND) | |
8403445a | 7453 | return (*lang_hooks.expand_expr) (exp, original_target, |
0fab64a3 MM |
7454 | tmode, modifier, |
7455 | alt_rtl); | |
c70eaeaf KG |
7456 | else |
7457 | return expand_builtin (exp, target, subtarget, tmode, ignore); | |
7458 | } | |
d6a5ac33 | 7459 | |
8129842c | 7460 | return expand_call (exp, target, ignore); |
bbf6f052 RK |
7461 | |
7462 | case NON_LVALUE_EXPR: | |
7463 | case NOP_EXPR: | |
7464 | case CONVERT_EXPR: | |
7465 | case REFERENCE_EXPR: | |
4a53008b | 7466 | if (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0) == error_mark_node) |
a592f288 | 7467 | return const0_rtx; |
4a53008b | 7468 | |
bbf6f052 RK |
7469 | if (TREE_CODE (type) == UNION_TYPE) |
7470 | { | |
7471 | tree valtype = TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)); | |
14a774a9 | 7472 | |
c3d32120 RK |
7473 | /* If both input and output are BLKmode, this conversion isn't doing |
7474 | anything except possibly changing memory attribute. */ | |
7475 | if (mode == BLKmode && TYPE_MODE (valtype) == BLKmode) | |
7476 | { | |
7477 | rtx result = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), target, tmode, | |
7478 | modifier); | |
7479 | ||
7480 | result = copy_rtx (result); | |
7481 | set_mem_attributes (result, exp, 0); | |
7482 | return result; | |
7483 | } | |
14a774a9 | 7484 | |
bbf6f052 | 7485 | if (target == 0) |
cf7cb67e JH |
7486 | { |
7487 | if (TYPE_MODE (type) != BLKmode) | |
7488 | target = gen_reg_rtx (TYPE_MODE (type)); | |
7489 | else | |
7490 | target = assign_temp (type, 0, 1, 1); | |
7491 | } | |
d6a5ac33 | 7492 | |
bbf6f052 RK |
7493 | if (GET_CODE (target) == MEM) |
7494 | /* Store data into beginning of memory target. */ | |
7495 | store_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), | |
8403445a AM |
7496 | adjust_address (target, TYPE_MODE (valtype), 0), |
7497 | modifier == EXPAND_STACK_PARM ? 2 : 0); | |
1499e0a8 | 7498 | |
bbf6f052 RK |
7499 | else if (GET_CODE (target) == REG) |
7500 | /* Store this field into a union of the proper type. */ | |
14a774a9 RK |
7501 | store_field (target, |
7502 | MIN ((int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE | |
7503 | (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))) | |
7504 | * BITS_PER_UNIT), | |
8752c357 | 7505 | (HOST_WIDE_INT) GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode)), |
14a774a9 | 7506 | 0, TYPE_MODE (valtype), TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), |
a06ef755 | 7507 | VOIDmode, 0, type, 0); |
bbf6f052 RK |
7508 | else |
7509 | abort (); | |
7510 | ||
7511 | /* Return the entire union. */ | |
7512 | return target; | |
7513 | } | |
d6a5ac33 | 7514 | |
7f62854a RK |
7515 | if (mode == TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)))) |
7516 | { | |
7517 | op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), target, VOIDmode, | |
37a08a29 | 7518 | modifier); |
7f62854a RK |
7519 | |
7520 | /* If the signedness of the conversion differs and OP0 is | |
7521 | a promoted SUBREG, clear that indication since we now | |
7522 | have to do the proper extension. */ | |
7523 | if (TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))) != unsignedp | |
7524 | && GET_CODE (op0) == SUBREG) | |
7525 | SUBREG_PROMOTED_VAR_P (op0) = 0; | |
7526 | ||
7527 | return op0; | |
7528 | } | |
7529 | ||
fdf473ae | 7530 | op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), NULL_RTX, mode, modifier); |
12342f90 RS |
7531 | if (GET_MODE (op0) == mode) |
7532 | return op0; | |
12342f90 | 7533 | |
d6a5ac33 RK |
7534 | /* If OP0 is a constant, just convert it into the proper mode. */ |
7535 | if (CONSTANT_P (op0)) | |
fdf473ae RH |
7536 | { |
7537 | tree inner_type = TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)); | |
7538 | enum machine_mode inner_mode = TYPE_MODE (inner_type); | |
7539 | ||
0fb7aeda | 7540 | if (modifier == EXPAND_INITIALIZER) |
fdf473ae RH |
7541 | return simplify_gen_subreg (mode, op0, inner_mode, |
7542 | subreg_lowpart_offset (mode, | |
7543 | inner_mode)); | |
7544 | else | |
7545 | return convert_modes (mode, inner_mode, op0, | |
7546 | TREE_UNSIGNED (inner_type)); | |
7547 | } | |
12342f90 | 7548 | |
26fcb35a | 7549 | if (modifier == EXPAND_INITIALIZER) |
38a448ca | 7550 | return gen_rtx_fmt_e (unsignedp ? ZERO_EXTEND : SIGN_EXTEND, mode, op0); |
d6a5ac33 | 7551 | |
bbf6f052 | 7552 | if (target == 0) |
d6a5ac33 RK |
7553 | return |
7554 | convert_to_mode (mode, op0, | |
7555 | TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)))); | |
bbf6f052 | 7556 | else |
d6a5ac33 RK |
7557 | convert_move (target, op0, |
7558 | TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)))); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
7559 | return target; |
7560 | ||
ed239f5a | 7561 | case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR: |
37a08a29 | 7562 | op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), NULL_RTX, mode, modifier); |
ed239f5a RK |
7563 | |
7564 | /* If the input and output modes are both the same, we are done. | |
13cf99ec RK |
7565 | Otherwise, if neither mode is BLKmode and both are integral and within |
7566 | a word, we can use gen_lowpart. If neither is true, make sure the | |
7567 | operand is in memory and convert the MEM to the new mode. */ | |
ed239f5a RK |
7568 | if (TYPE_MODE (type) == GET_MODE (op0)) |
7569 | ; | |
7570 | else if (TYPE_MODE (type) != BLKmode && GET_MODE (op0) != BLKmode | |
13cf99ec RK |
7571 | && GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (op0)) == MODE_INT |
7572 | && GET_MODE_CLASS (TYPE_MODE (type)) == MODE_INT | |
ed239f5a RK |
7573 | && GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (type)) <= UNITS_PER_WORD |
7574 | && GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (op0)) <= UNITS_PER_WORD) | |
7575 | op0 = gen_lowpart (TYPE_MODE (type), op0); | |
c11c10d8 | 7576 | else if (GET_CODE (op0) != MEM) |
ed239f5a | 7577 | { |
c11c10d8 RK |
7578 | /* If the operand is not a MEM, force it into memory. Since we |
7579 | are going to be be changing the mode of the MEM, don't call | |
7580 | force_const_mem for constants because we don't allow pool | |
7581 | constants to change mode. */ | |
ed239f5a | 7582 | tree inner_type = TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)); |
ed239f5a | 7583 | |
c11c10d8 RK |
7584 | if (TREE_ADDRESSABLE (exp)) |
7585 | abort (); | |
ed239f5a | 7586 | |
c11c10d8 RK |
7587 | if (target == 0 || GET_MODE (target) != TYPE_MODE (inner_type)) |
7588 | target | |
7589 | = assign_stack_temp_for_type | |
7590 | (TYPE_MODE (inner_type), | |
7591 | GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (inner_type)), 0, inner_type); | |
ed239f5a | 7592 | |
c11c10d8 RK |
7593 | emit_move_insn (target, op0); |
7594 | op0 = target; | |
ed239f5a RK |
7595 | } |
7596 | ||
c11c10d8 RK |
7597 | /* At this point, OP0 is in the correct mode. If the output type is such |
7598 | that the operand is known to be aligned, indicate that it is. | |
7599 | Otherwise, we need only be concerned about alignment for non-BLKmode | |
7600 | results. */ | |
ed239f5a RK |
7601 | if (GET_CODE (op0) == MEM) |
7602 | { | |
7603 | op0 = copy_rtx (op0); | |
7604 | ||
ed239f5a RK |
7605 | if (TYPE_ALIGN_OK (type)) |
7606 | set_mem_align (op0, MAX (MEM_ALIGN (op0), TYPE_ALIGN (type))); | |
7607 | else if (TYPE_MODE (type) != BLKmode && STRICT_ALIGNMENT | |
7608 | && MEM_ALIGN (op0) < GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (TYPE_MODE (type))) | |
7609 | { | |
7610 | tree inner_type = TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)); | |
65a07688 RK |
7611 | HOST_WIDE_INT temp_size |
7612 | = MAX (int_size_in_bytes (inner_type), | |
7613 | (HOST_WIDE_INT) GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (type))); | |
ed239f5a RK |
7614 | rtx new = assign_stack_temp_for_type (TYPE_MODE (type), |
7615 | temp_size, 0, type); | |
c4e59f51 | 7616 | rtx new_with_op0_mode = adjust_address (new, GET_MODE (op0), 0); |
ed239f5a | 7617 | |
c11c10d8 RK |
7618 | if (TREE_ADDRESSABLE (exp)) |
7619 | abort (); | |
7620 | ||
ed239f5a RK |
7621 | if (GET_MODE (op0) == BLKmode) |
7622 | emit_block_move (new_with_op0_mode, op0, | |
44bb111a | 7623 | GEN_INT (GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (type))), |
8403445a AM |
7624 | (modifier == EXPAND_STACK_PARM |
7625 | ? BLOCK_OP_CALL_PARM : BLOCK_OP_NORMAL)); | |
ed239f5a RK |
7626 | else |
7627 | emit_move_insn (new_with_op0_mode, op0); | |
7628 | ||
7629 | op0 = new; | |
7630 | } | |
0fb7aeda | 7631 | |
c4e59f51 | 7632 | op0 = adjust_address (op0, TYPE_MODE (type), 0); |
ed239f5a RK |
7633 | } |
7634 | ||
7635 | return op0; | |
7636 | ||
bbf6f052 | 7637 | case PLUS_EXPR: |
91ce572a | 7638 | this_optab = ! unsignedp && flag_trapv |
a9785c70 | 7639 | && (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT) |
91ce572a | 7640 | ? addv_optab : add_optab; |
bbf6f052 RK |
7641 | |
7642 | /* If we are adding a constant, an RTL_EXPR that is sp, fp, or ap, and | |
7643 | something else, make sure we add the register to the constant and | |
7644 | then to the other thing. This case can occur during strength | |
7645 | reduction and doing it this way will produce better code if the | |
7646 | frame pointer or argument pointer is eliminated. | |
7647 | ||
7648 | fold-const.c will ensure that the constant is always in the inner | |
7649 | PLUS_EXPR, so the only case we need to do anything about is if | |
7650 | sp, ap, or fp is our second argument, in which case we must swap | |
7651 | the innermost first argument and our second argument. */ | |
7652 | ||
7653 | if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) == PLUS_EXPR | |
7654 | && TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 1)) == INTEGER_CST | |
7655 | && TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)) == RTL_EXPR | |
7656 | && (RTL_EXPR_RTL (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)) == frame_pointer_rtx | |
7657 | || RTL_EXPR_RTL (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)) == stack_pointer_rtx | |
7658 | || RTL_EXPR_RTL (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)) == arg_pointer_rtx)) | |
7659 | { | |
7660 | tree t = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1); | |
7661 | ||
7662 | TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1) = TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0); | |
7663 | TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0) = t; | |
7664 | } | |
7665 | ||
88f63c77 | 7666 | /* If the result is to be ptr_mode and we are adding an integer to |
bbf6f052 RK |
7667 | something, we might be forming a constant. So try to use |
7668 | plus_constant. If it produces a sum and we can't accept it, | |
7669 | use force_operand. This allows P = &ARR[const] to generate | |
7670 | efficient code on machines where a SYMBOL_REF is not a valid | |
7671 | address. | |
7672 | ||
7673 | If this is an EXPAND_SUM call, always return the sum. */ | |
c980ac49 | 7674 | if (modifier == EXPAND_SUM || modifier == EXPAND_INITIALIZER |
0fb7aeda | 7675 | || (mode == ptr_mode && (unsignedp || ! flag_trapv))) |
bbf6f052 | 7676 | { |
8403445a AM |
7677 | if (modifier == EXPAND_STACK_PARM) |
7678 | target = 0; | |
c980ac49 RS |
7679 | if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) == INTEGER_CST |
7680 | && GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) <= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT | |
7681 | && TREE_CONSTANT (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1))) | |
7682 | { | |
cbbc503e JL |
7683 | rtx constant_part; |
7684 | ||
c980ac49 RS |
7685 | op1 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), subtarget, VOIDmode, |
7686 | EXPAND_SUM); | |
cbbc503e JL |
7687 | /* Use immed_double_const to ensure that the constant is |
7688 | truncated according to the mode of OP1, then sign extended | |
7689 | to a HOST_WIDE_INT. Using the constant directly can result | |
7690 | in non-canonical RTL in a 64x32 cross compile. */ | |
7691 | constant_part | |
7692 | = immed_double_const (TREE_INT_CST_LOW (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)), | |
7693 | (HOST_WIDE_INT) 0, | |
a5efcd63 | 7694 | TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)))); |
7f401c74 | 7695 | op1 = plus_constant (op1, INTVAL (constant_part)); |
c980ac49 RS |
7696 | if (modifier != EXPAND_SUM && modifier != EXPAND_INITIALIZER) |
7697 | op1 = force_operand (op1, target); | |
7698 | return op1; | |
7699 | } | |
bbf6f052 | 7700 | |
c980ac49 RS |
7701 | else if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)) == INTEGER_CST |
7702 | && GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) <= HOST_BITS_PER_INT | |
7703 | && TREE_CONSTANT (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))) | |
7704 | { | |
cbbc503e JL |
7705 | rtx constant_part; |
7706 | ||
c980ac49 | 7707 | op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), subtarget, VOIDmode, |
70d95bac RH |
7708 | (modifier == EXPAND_INITIALIZER |
7709 | ? EXPAND_INITIALIZER : EXPAND_SUM)); | |
c980ac49 RS |
7710 | if (! CONSTANT_P (op0)) |
7711 | { | |
7712 | op1 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), NULL_RTX, | |
7713 | VOIDmode, modifier); | |
f0e9957a RS |
7714 | /* Return a PLUS if modifier says it's OK. */ |
7715 | if (modifier == EXPAND_SUM | |
7716 | || modifier == EXPAND_INITIALIZER) | |
7717 | return simplify_gen_binary (PLUS, mode, op0, op1); | |
7718 | goto binop2; | |
c980ac49 | 7719 | } |
cbbc503e JL |
7720 | /* Use immed_double_const to ensure that the constant is |
7721 | truncated according to the mode of OP1, then sign extended | |
7722 | to a HOST_WIDE_INT. Using the constant directly can result | |
7723 | in non-canonical RTL in a 64x32 cross compile. */ | |
7724 | constant_part | |
7725 | = immed_double_const (TREE_INT_CST_LOW (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)), | |
7726 | (HOST_WIDE_INT) 0, | |
2a94e396 | 7727 | TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)))); |
7f401c74 | 7728 | op0 = plus_constant (op0, INTVAL (constant_part)); |
c980ac49 RS |
7729 | if (modifier != EXPAND_SUM && modifier != EXPAND_INITIALIZER) |
7730 | op0 = force_operand (op0, target); | |
7731 | return op0; | |
7732 | } | |
bbf6f052 RK |
7733 | } |
7734 | ||
7735 | /* No sense saving up arithmetic to be done | |
7736 | if it's all in the wrong mode to form part of an address. | |
7737 | And force_operand won't know whether to sign-extend or | |
7738 | zero-extend. */ | |
7739 | if ((modifier != EXPAND_SUM && modifier != EXPAND_INITIALIZER) | |
88f63c77 | 7740 | || mode != ptr_mode) |
4ef7870a | 7741 | { |
eb698c58 RS |
7742 | expand_operands (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), |
7743 | subtarget, &op0, &op1, 0); | |
6e7727eb EB |
7744 | if (op0 == const0_rtx) |
7745 | return op1; | |
7746 | if (op1 == const0_rtx) | |
7747 | return op0; | |
4ef7870a EB |
7748 | goto binop2; |
7749 | } | |
bbf6f052 | 7750 | |
eb698c58 RS |
7751 | expand_operands (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), |
7752 | subtarget, &op0, &op1, modifier); | |
f0e9957a | 7753 | return simplify_gen_binary (PLUS, mode, op0, op1); |
bbf6f052 RK |
7754 | |
7755 | case MINUS_EXPR: | |
ea87523e RK |
7756 | /* For initializers, we are allowed to return a MINUS of two |
7757 | symbolic constants. Here we handle all cases when both operands | |
7758 | are constant. */ | |
bbf6f052 RK |
7759 | /* Handle difference of two symbolic constants, |
7760 | for the sake of an initializer. */ | |
7761 | if ((modifier == EXPAND_SUM || modifier == EXPAND_INITIALIZER) | |
7762 | && really_constant_p (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) | |
7763 | && really_constant_p (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1))) | |
7764 | { | |
eb698c58 RS |
7765 | expand_operands (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), |
7766 | NULL_RTX, &op0, &op1, modifier); | |
ea87523e | 7767 | |
ea87523e RK |
7768 | /* If the last operand is a CONST_INT, use plus_constant of |
7769 | the negated constant. Else make the MINUS. */ | |
7770 | if (GET_CODE (op1) == CONST_INT) | |
7771 | return plus_constant (op0, - INTVAL (op1)); | |
7772 | else | |
38a448ca | 7773 | return gen_rtx_MINUS (mode, op0, op1); |
bbf6f052 | 7774 | } |
ae431183 | 7775 | |
91ce572a CC |
7776 | this_optab = ! unsignedp && flag_trapv |
7777 | && (GET_MODE_CLASS(mode) == MODE_INT) | |
7778 | ? subv_optab : sub_optab; | |
1717e19e UW |
7779 | |
7780 | /* No sense saving up arithmetic to be done | |
7781 | if it's all in the wrong mode to form part of an address. | |
7782 | And force_operand won't know whether to sign-extend or | |
7783 | zero-extend. */ | |
7784 | if ((modifier != EXPAND_SUM && modifier != EXPAND_INITIALIZER) | |
7785 | || mode != ptr_mode) | |
7786 | goto binop; | |
7787 | ||
eb698c58 RS |
7788 | expand_operands (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), |
7789 | subtarget, &op0, &op1, modifier); | |
1717e19e UW |
7790 | |
7791 | /* Convert A - const to A + (-const). */ | |
7792 | if (GET_CODE (op1) == CONST_INT) | |
7793 | { | |
7794 | op1 = negate_rtx (mode, op1); | |
f0e9957a | 7795 | return simplify_gen_binary (PLUS, mode, op0, op1); |
1717e19e UW |
7796 | } |
7797 | ||
7798 | goto binop2; | |
bbf6f052 RK |
7799 | |
7800 | case MULT_EXPR: | |
bbf6f052 RK |
7801 | /* If first operand is constant, swap them. |
7802 | Thus the following special case checks need only | |
7803 | check the second operand. */ | |
7804 | if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) == INTEGER_CST) | |
7805 | { | |
b3694847 | 7806 | tree t1 = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0); |
bbf6f052 RK |
7807 | TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0) = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1); |
7808 | TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1) = t1; | |
7809 | } | |
7810 | ||
7811 | /* Attempt to return something suitable for generating an | |
7812 | indexed address, for machines that support that. */ | |
7813 | ||
88f63c77 | 7814 | if (modifier == EXPAND_SUM && mode == ptr_mode |
3b40e71b | 7815 | && host_integerp (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), 0)) |
bbf6f052 | 7816 | { |
48a5f2fa DJ |
7817 | tree exp1 = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1); |
7818 | ||
921b3427 RK |
7819 | op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), subtarget, VOIDmode, |
7820 | EXPAND_SUM); | |
bbf6f052 | 7821 | |
bbf6f052 | 7822 | if (GET_CODE (op0) != REG) |
906c4e36 | 7823 | op0 = force_operand (op0, NULL_RTX); |
bbf6f052 RK |
7824 | if (GET_CODE (op0) != REG) |
7825 | op0 = copy_to_mode_reg (mode, op0); | |
7826 | ||
48a5f2fa DJ |
7827 | return gen_rtx_MULT (mode, op0, |
7828 | gen_int_mode (tree_low_cst (exp1, 0), | |
7829 | TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (exp1)))); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
7830 | } |
7831 | ||
8403445a AM |
7832 | if (modifier == EXPAND_STACK_PARM) |
7833 | target = 0; | |
7834 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
7835 | /* Check for multiplying things that have been extended |
7836 | from a narrower type. If this machine supports multiplying | |
7837 | in that narrower type with a result in the desired type, | |
7838 | do it that way, and avoid the explicit type-conversion. */ | |
7839 | if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) == NOP_EXPR | |
7840 | && TREE_CODE (type) == INTEGER_TYPE | |
7841 | && (TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0))) | |
7842 | < TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)))) | |
7843 | && ((TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)) == INTEGER_CST | |
7844 | && int_fits_type_p (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), | |
7845 | TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0))) | |
7846 | /* Don't use a widening multiply if a shift will do. */ | |
7847 | && ((GET_MODE_BITSIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)))) | |
906c4e36 | 7848 | > HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT) |
bbf6f052 RK |
7849 | || exact_log2 (TREE_INT_CST_LOW (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1))) < 0)) |
7850 | || | |
7851 | (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)) == NOP_EXPR | |
7852 | && (TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), 0))) | |
7853 | == | |
7854 | TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0)))) | |
7855 | /* If both operands are extended, they must either both | |
7856 | be zero-extended or both be sign-extended. */ | |
7857 | && (TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), 0))) | |
7858 | == | |
7859 | TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0))))))) | |
7860 | { | |
7861 | enum machine_mode innermode | |
7862 | = TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0))); | |
b10af0c8 TG |
7863 | optab other_optab = (TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0))) |
7864 | ? smul_widen_optab : umul_widen_optab); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
7865 | this_optab = (TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0))) |
7866 | ? umul_widen_optab : smul_widen_optab); | |
b10af0c8 | 7867 | if (mode == GET_MODE_WIDER_MODE (innermode)) |
bbf6f052 | 7868 | { |
b10af0c8 TG |
7869 | if (this_optab->handlers[(int) mode].insn_code != CODE_FOR_nothing) |
7870 | { | |
b10af0c8 | 7871 | if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)) == INTEGER_CST) |
eb698c58 RS |
7872 | expand_operands (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0), |
7873 | TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), | |
7874 | NULL_RTX, &op0, &op1, 0); | |
b10af0c8 | 7875 | else |
eb698c58 RS |
7876 | expand_operands (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0), |
7877 | TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), 0), | |
7878 | NULL_RTX, &op0, &op1, 0); | |
b10af0c8 TG |
7879 | goto binop2; |
7880 | } | |
7881 | else if (other_optab->handlers[(int) mode].insn_code != CODE_FOR_nothing | |
7882 | && innermode == word_mode) | |
7883 | { | |
7884 | rtx htem; | |
7885 | op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0), | |
7886 | NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); | |
7887 | if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)) == INTEGER_CST) | |
8c118062 GK |
7888 | op1 = convert_modes (innermode, mode, |
7889 | expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), | |
7890 | NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0), | |
7891 | unsignedp); | |
b10af0c8 TG |
7892 | else |
7893 | op1 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), 0), | |
7894 | NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); | |
7895 | temp = expand_binop (mode, other_optab, op0, op1, target, | |
7896 | unsignedp, OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN); | |
7897 | htem = expand_mult_highpart_adjust (innermode, | |
7898 | gen_highpart (innermode, temp), | |
7899 | op0, op1, | |
7900 | gen_highpart (innermode, temp), | |
7901 | unsignedp); | |
7902 | emit_move_insn (gen_highpart (innermode, temp), htem); | |
7903 | return temp; | |
7904 | } | |
bbf6f052 RK |
7905 | } |
7906 | } | |
eb698c58 RS |
7907 | expand_operands (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), |
7908 | subtarget, &op0, &op1, 0); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
7909 | return expand_mult (mode, op0, op1, target, unsignedp); |
7910 | ||
7911 | case TRUNC_DIV_EXPR: | |
7912 | case FLOOR_DIV_EXPR: | |
7913 | case CEIL_DIV_EXPR: | |
7914 | case ROUND_DIV_EXPR: | |
7915 | case EXACT_DIV_EXPR: | |
8403445a AM |
7916 | if (modifier == EXPAND_STACK_PARM) |
7917 | target = 0; | |
bbf6f052 RK |
7918 | /* Possible optimization: compute the dividend with EXPAND_SUM |
7919 | then if the divisor is constant can optimize the case | |
7920 | where some terms of the dividend have coeffs divisible by it. */ | |
eb698c58 RS |
7921 | expand_operands (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), |
7922 | subtarget, &op0, &op1, 0); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
7923 | return expand_divmod (0, code, mode, op0, op1, target, unsignedp); |
7924 | ||
7925 | case RDIV_EXPR: | |
b7e9703c JH |
7926 | /* Emit a/b as a*(1/b). Later we may manage CSE the reciprocal saving |
7927 | expensive divide. If not, combine will rebuild the original | |
7928 | computation. */ | |
7929 | if (flag_unsafe_math_optimizations && optimize && !optimize_size | |
ed7d44bc | 7930 | && TREE_CODE (type) == REAL_TYPE |
b7e9703c JH |
7931 | && !real_onep (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))) |
7932 | return expand_expr (build (MULT_EXPR, type, TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), | |
7933 | build (RDIV_EXPR, type, | |
7934 | build_real (type, dconst1), | |
7935 | TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1))), | |
8e37cba8 | 7936 | target, tmode, modifier); |
ef89d648 | 7937 | this_optab = sdiv_optab; |
bbf6f052 RK |
7938 | goto binop; |
7939 | ||
7940 | case TRUNC_MOD_EXPR: | |
7941 | case FLOOR_MOD_EXPR: | |
7942 | case CEIL_MOD_EXPR: | |
7943 | case ROUND_MOD_EXPR: | |
8403445a AM |
7944 | if (modifier == EXPAND_STACK_PARM) |
7945 | target = 0; | |
eb698c58 RS |
7946 | expand_operands (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), |
7947 | subtarget, &op0, &op1, 0); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
7948 | return expand_divmod (1, code, mode, op0, op1, target, unsignedp); |
7949 | ||
7950 | case FIX_ROUND_EXPR: | |
7951 | case FIX_FLOOR_EXPR: | |
7952 | case FIX_CEIL_EXPR: | |
7953 | abort (); /* Not used for C. */ | |
7954 | ||
7955 | case FIX_TRUNC_EXPR: | |
906c4e36 | 7956 | op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); |
8403445a | 7957 | if (target == 0 || modifier == EXPAND_STACK_PARM) |
bbf6f052 RK |
7958 | target = gen_reg_rtx (mode); |
7959 | expand_fix (target, op0, unsignedp); | |
7960 | return target; | |
7961 | ||
7962 | case FLOAT_EXPR: | |
906c4e36 | 7963 | op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); |
8403445a | 7964 | if (target == 0 || modifier == EXPAND_STACK_PARM) |
bbf6f052 RK |
7965 | target = gen_reg_rtx (mode); |
7966 | /* expand_float can't figure out what to do if FROM has VOIDmode. | |
7967 | So give it the correct mode. With -O, cse will optimize this. */ | |
7968 | if (GET_MODE (op0) == VOIDmode) | |
7969 | op0 = copy_to_mode_reg (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))), | |
7970 | op0); | |
7971 | expand_float (target, op0, | |
7972 | TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)))); | |
7973 | return target; | |
7974 | ||
7975 | case NEGATE_EXPR: | |
5b22bee8 | 7976 | op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), subtarget, VOIDmode, 0); |
8403445a AM |
7977 | if (modifier == EXPAND_STACK_PARM) |
7978 | target = 0; | |
91ce572a | 7979 | temp = expand_unop (mode, |
0fb7aeda KH |
7980 | ! unsignedp && flag_trapv |
7981 | && (GET_MODE_CLASS(mode) == MODE_INT) | |
7982 | ? negv_optab : neg_optab, op0, target, 0); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
7983 | if (temp == 0) |
7984 | abort (); | |
7985 | return temp; | |
7986 | ||
7987 | case ABS_EXPR: | |
7988 | op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), subtarget, VOIDmode, 0); | |
8403445a AM |
7989 | if (modifier == EXPAND_STACK_PARM) |
7990 | target = 0; | |
bbf6f052 | 7991 | |
11017cc7 | 7992 | /* ABS_EXPR is not valid for complex arguments. */ |
d6a5ac33 RK |
7993 | if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_COMPLEX_INT |
7994 | || GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_COMPLEX_FLOAT) | |
11017cc7 | 7995 | abort (); |
2d7050fd | 7996 | |
bbf6f052 RK |
7997 | /* Unsigned abs is simply the operand. Testing here means we don't |
7998 | risk generating incorrect code below. */ | |
7999 | if (TREE_UNSIGNED (type)) | |
8000 | return op0; | |
8001 | ||
91ce572a | 8002 | return expand_abs (mode, op0, target, unsignedp, |
e5e809f4 | 8003 | safe_from_p (target, TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 1)); |
bbf6f052 RK |
8004 | |
8005 | case MAX_EXPR: | |
8006 | case MIN_EXPR: | |
8007 | target = original_target; | |
8403445a AM |
8008 | if (target == 0 |
8009 | || modifier == EXPAND_STACK_PARM | |
fc155707 | 8010 | || (GET_CODE (target) == MEM && MEM_VOLATILE_P (target)) |
d6a5ac33 | 8011 | || GET_MODE (target) != mode |
bbf6f052 RK |
8012 | || (GET_CODE (target) == REG |
8013 | && REGNO (target) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)) | |
8014 | target = gen_reg_rtx (mode); | |
eb698c58 RS |
8015 | expand_operands (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), |
8016 | target, &op0, &op1, 0); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
8017 | |
8018 | /* First try to do it with a special MIN or MAX instruction. | |
8019 | If that does not win, use a conditional jump to select the proper | |
8020 | value. */ | |
8021 | this_optab = (TREE_UNSIGNED (type) | |
8022 | ? (code == MIN_EXPR ? umin_optab : umax_optab) | |
8023 | : (code == MIN_EXPR ? smin_optab : smax_optab)); | |
8024 | ||
8025 | temp = expand_binop (mode, this_optab, op0, op1, target, unsignedp, | |
8026 | OPTAB_WIDEN); | |
8027 | if (temp != 0) | |
8028 | return temp; | |
8029 | ||
fa2981d8 JW |
8030 | /* At this point, a MEM target is no longer useful; we will get better |
8031 | code without it. */ | |
3a94c984 | 8032 | |
fa2981d8 JW |
8033 | if (GET_CODE (target) == MEM) |
8034 | target = gen_reg_rtx (mode); | |
8035 | ||
e3be1116 RS |
8036 | /* If op1 was placed in target, swap op0 and op1. */ |
8037 | if (target != op0 && target == op1) | |
8038 | { | |
8039 | rtx tem = op0; | |
8040 | op0 = op1; | |
8041 | op1 = tem; | |
8042 | } | |
8043 | ||
ee456b1c RK |
8044 | if (target != op0) |
8045 | emit_move_insn (target, op0); | |
d6a5ac33 | 8046 | |
bbf6f052 | 8047 | op0 = gen_label_rtx (); |
d6a5ac33 | 8048 | |
f81497d9 RS |
8049 | /* If this mode is an integer too wide to compare properly, |
8050 | compare word by word. Rely on cse to optimize constant cases. */ | |
1eb8759b RH |
8051 | if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT |
8052 | && ! can_compare_p (GE, mode, ccp_jump)) | |
bbf6f052 | 8053 | { |
f81497d9 | 8054 | if (code == MAX_EXPR) |
d6a5ac33 RK |
8055 | do_jump_by_parts_greater_rtx (mode, TREE_UNSIGNED (type), |
8056 | target, op1, NULL_RTX, op0); | |
bbf6f052 | 8057 | else |
d6a5ac33 RK |
8058 | do_jump_by_parts_greater_rtx (mode, TREE_UNSIGNED (type), |
8059 | op1, target, NULL_RTX, op0); | |
bbf6f052 | 8060 | } |
f81497d9 RS |
8061 | else |
8062 | { | |
b30f05db BS |
8063 | int unsignedp = TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1))); |
8064 | do_compare_rtx_and_jump (target, op1, code == MAX_EXPR ? GE : LE, | |
a06ef755 | 8065 | unsignedp, mode, NULL_RTX, NULL_RTX, |
b30f05db | 8066 | op0); |
f81497d9 | 8067 | } |
b30f05db | 8068 | emit_move_insn (target, op1); |
bbf6f052 RK |
8069 | emit_label (op0); |
8070 | return target; | |
8071 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
8072 | case BIT_NOT_EXPR: |
8073 | op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), subtarget, VOIDmode, 0); | |
8403445a AM |
8074 | if (modifier == EXPAND_STACK_PARM) |
8075 | target = 0; | |
bbf6f052 RK |
8076 | temp = expand_unop (mode, one_cmpl_optab, op0, target, 1); |
8077 | if (temp == 0) | |
8078 | abort (); | |
8079 | return temp; | |
8080 | ||
d6a5ac33 RK |
8081 | /* ??? Can optimize bitwise operations with one arg constant. |
8082 | Can optimize (a bitwise1 n) bitwise2 (a bitwise3 b) | |
8083 | and (a bitwise1 b) bitwise2 b (etc) | |
8084 | but that is probably not worth while. */ | |
8085 | ||
8086 | /* BIT_AND_EXPR is for bitwise anding. TRUTH_AND_EXPR is for anding two | |
8087 | boolean values when we want in all cases to compute both of them. In | |
8088 | general it is fastest to do TRUTH_AND_EXPR by computing both operands | |
8089 | as actual zero-or-1 values and then bitwise anding. In cases where | |
8090 | there cannot be any side effects, better code would be made by | |
8091 | treating TRUTH_AND_EXPR like TRUTH_ANDIF_EXPR; but the question is | |
8092 | how to recognize those cases. */ | |
8093 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
8094 | case TRUTH_AND_EXPR: |
8095 | case BIT_AND_EXPR: | |
8096 | this_optab = and_optab; | |
8097 | goto binop; | |
8098 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
8099 | case TRUTH_OR_EXPR: |
8100 | case BIT_IOR_EXPR: | |
8101 | this_optab = ior_optab; | |
8102 | goto binop; | |
8103 | ||
874726a8 | 8104 | case TRUTH_XOR_EXPR: |
bbf6f052 RK |
8105 | case BIT_XOR_EXPR: |
8106 | this_optab = xor_optab; | |
8107 | goto binop; | |
8108 | ||
8109 | case LSHIFT_EXPR: | |
8110 | case RSHIFT_EXPR: | |
8111 | case LROTATE_EXPR: | |
8112 | case RROTATE_EXPR: | |
e5e809f4 | 8113 | if (! safe_from_p (subtarget, TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), 1)) |
bbf6f052 | 8114 | subtarget = 0; |
8403445a AM |
8115 | if (modifier == EXPAND_STACK_PARM) |
8116 | target = 0; | |
bbf6f052 RK |
8117 | op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), subtarget, VOIDmode, 0); |
8118 | return expand_shift (code, mode, op0, TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), target, | |
8119 | unsignedp); | |
8120 | ||
d6a5ac33 RK |
8121 | /* Could determine the answer when only additive constants differ. Also, |
8122 | the addition of one can be handled by changing the condition. */ | |
bbf6f052 RK |
8123 | case LT_EXPR: |
8124 | case LE_EXPR: | |
8125 | case GT_EXPR: | |
8126 | case GE_EXPR: | |
8127 | case EQ_EXPR: | |
8128 | case NE_EXPR: | |
1eb8759b RH |
8129 | case UNORDERED_EXPR: |
8130 | case ORDERED_EXPR: | |
8131 | case UNLT_EXPR: | |
8132 | case UNLE_EXPR: | |
8133 | case UNGT_EXPR: | |
8134 | case UNGE_EXPR: | |
8135 | case UNEQ_EXPR: | |
8403445a AM |
8136 | temp = do_store_flag (exp, |
8137 | modifier != EXPAND_STACK_PARM ? target : NULL_RTX, | |
8138 | tmode != VOIDmode ? tmode : mode, 0); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
8139 | if (temp != 0) |
8140 | return temp; | |
d6a5ac33 | 8141 | |
0f41302f | 8142 | /* For foo != 0, load foo, and if it is nonzero load 1 instead. */ |
bbf6f052 RK |
8143 | if (code == NE_EXPR && integer_zerop (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)) |
8144 | && original_target | |
8145 | && GET_CODE (original_target) == REG | |
8146 | && (GET_MODE (original_target) | |
8147 | == TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))))) | |
8148 | { | |
d6a5ac33 RK |
8149 | temp = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), original_target, |
8150 | VOIDmode, 0); | |
8151 | ||
c0a3eeac UW |
8152 | /* If temp is constant, we can just compute the result. */ |
8153 | if (GET_CODE (temp) == CONST_INT) | |
8154 | { | |
8155 | if (INTVAL (temp) != 0) | |
8156 | emit_move_insn (target, const1_rtx); | |
8157 | else | |
8158 | emit_move_insn (target, const0_rtx); | |
8159 | ||
8160 | return target; | |
8161 | } | |
8162 | ||
bbf6f052 | 8163 | if (temp != original_target) |
c0a3eeac UW |
8164 | { |
8165 | enum machine_mode mode1 = GET_MODE (temp); | |
8166 | if (mode1 == VOIDmode) | |
8167 | mode1 = tmode != VOIDmode ? tmode : mode; | |
0fb7aeda | 8168 | |
c0a3eeac UW |
8169 | temp = copy_to_mode_reg (mode1, temp); |
8170 | } | |
d6a5ac33 | 8171 | |
bbf6f052 | 8172 | op1 = gen_label_rtx (); |
c5d5d461 | 8173 | emit_cmp_and_jump_insns (temp, const0_rtx, EQ, NULL_RTX, |
a06ef755 | 8174 | GET_MODE (temp), unsignedp, op1); |
bbf6f052 RK |
8175 | emit_move_insn (temp, const1_rtx); |
8176 | emit_label (op1); | |
8177 | return temp; | |
8178 | } | |
d6a5ac33 | 8179 | |
bbf6f052 RK |
8180 | /* If no set-flag instruction, must generate a conditional |
8181 | store into a temporary variable. Drop through | |
8182 | and handle this like && and ||. */ | |
8183 | ||
8184 | case TRUTH_ANDIF_EXPR: | |
8185 | case TRUTH_ORIF_EXPR: | |
e44842fe | 8186 | if (! ignore |
8403445a AM |
8187 | && (target == 0 |
8188 | || modifier == EXPAND_STACK_PARM | |
8189 | || ! safe_from_p (target, exp, 1) | |
e44842fe RK |
8190 | /* Make sure we don't have a hard reg (such as function's return |
8191 | value) live across basic blocks, if not optimizing. */ | |
8192 | || (!optimize && GET_CODE (target) == REG | |
8193 | && REGNO (target) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER))) | |
bbf6f052 | 8194 | target = gen_reg_rtx (tmode != VOIDmode ? tmode : mode); |
e44842fe RK |
8195 | |
8196 | if (target) | |
8197 | emit_clr_insn (target); | |
8198 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
8199 | op1 = gen_label_rtx (); |
8200 | jumpifnot (exp, op1); | |
e44842fe RK |
8201 | |
8202 | if (target) | |
8203 | emit_0_to_1_insn (target); | |
8204 | ||
bbf6f052 | 8205 | emit_label (op1); |
e44842fe | 8206 | return ignore ? const0_rtx : target; |
bbf6f052 RK |
8207 | |
8208 | case TRUTH_NOT_EXPR: | |
8403445a AM |
8209 | if (modifier == EXPAND_STACK_PARM) |
8210 | target = 0; | |
bbf6f052 RK |
8211 | op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), target, VOIDmode, 0); |
8212 | /* The parser is careful to generate TRUTH_NOT_EXPR | |
8213 | only with operands that are always zero or one. */ | |
906c4e36 | 8214 | temp = expand_binop (mode, xor_optab, op0, const1_rtx, |
bbf6f052 RK |
8215 | target, 1, OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN); |
8216 | if (temp == 0) | |
8217 | abort (); | |
8218 | return temp; | |
8219 | ||
8220 | case COMPOUND_EXPR: | |
8221 | expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), const0_rtx, VOIDmode, 0); | |
8222 | emit_queue (); | |
0fab64a3 MM |
8223 | return expand_expr_real (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), |
8224 | (ignore ? const0_rtx : target), | |
8225 | VOIDmode, modifier, alt_rtl); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
8226 | |
8227 | case COND_EXPR: | |
ac01eace RK |
8228 | /* If we would have a "singleton" (see below) were it not for a |
8229 | conversion in each arm, bring that conversion back out. */ | |
8230 | if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)) == NOP_EXPR | |
8231 | && TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2)) == NOP_EXPR | |
8232 | && (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), 0)) | |
8233 | == TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2), 0)))) | |
8234 | { | |
d6edb99e ZW |
8235 | tree iftrue = TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), 0); |
8236 | tree iffalse = TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2), 0); | |
8237 | ||
8238 | if ((TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (iftrue)) == '2' | |
8239 | && operand_equal_p (iffalse, TREE_OPERAND (iftrue, 0), 0)) | |
8240 | || (TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (iffalse)) == '2' | |
8241 | && operand_equal_p (iftrue, TREE_OPERAND (iffalse, 0), 0)) | |
8242 | || (TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (iftrue)) == '1' | |
8243 | && operand_equal_p (iffalse, TREE_OPERAND (iftrue, 0), 0)) | |
8244 | || (TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (iffalse)) == '1' | |
8245 | && operand_equal_p (iftrue, TREE_OPERAND (iffalse, 0), 0))) | |
ac01eace | 8246 | return expand_expr (build1 (NOP_EXPR, type, |
d6edb99e | 8247 | build (COND_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (iftrue), |
ac01eace | 8248 | TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), |
d6edb99e | 8249 | iftrue, iffalse)), |
ac01eace RK |
8250 | target, tmode, modifier); |
8251 | } | |
8252 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
8253 | { |
8254 | /* Note that COND_EXPRs whose type is a structure or union | |
8255 | are required to be constructed to contain assignments of | |
8256 | a temporary variable, so that we can evaluate them here | |
8257 | for side effect only. If type is void, we must do likewise. */ | |
8258 | ||
8259 | /* If an arm of the branch requires a cleanup, | |
8260 | only that cleanup is performed. */ | |
8261 | ||
8262 | tree singleton = 0; | |
8263 | tree binary_op = 0, unary_op = 0; | |
bbf6f052 RK |
8264 | |
8265 | /* If this is (A ? 1 : 0) and A is a condition, just evaluate it and | |
8266 | convert it to our mode, if necessary. */ | |
8267 | if (integer_onep (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)) | |
8268 | && integer_zerop (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2)) | |
8269 | && TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))) == '<') | |
8270 | { | |
dd27116b RK |
8271 | if (ignore) |
8272 | { | |
8273 | expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), const0_rtx, VOIDmode, | |
37a08a29 | 8274 | modifier); |
dd27116b RK |
8275 | return const0_rtx; |
8276 | } | |
8277 | ||
8403445a AM |
8278 | if (modifier == EXPAND_STACK_PARM) |
8279 | target = 0; | |
37a08a29 | 8280 | op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), target, mode, modifier); |
bbf6f052 RK |
8281 | if (GET_MODE (op0) == mode) |
8282 | return op0; | |
d6a5ac33 | 8283 | |
bbf6f052 RK |
8284 | if (target == 0) |
8285 | target = gen_reg_rtx (mode); | |
8286 | convert_move (target, op0, unsignedp); | |
8287 | return target; | |
8288 | } | |
8289 | ||
ac01eace RK |
8290 | /* Check for X ? A + B : A. If we have this, we can copy A to the |
8291 | output and conditionally add B. Similarly for unary operations. | |
8292 | Don't do this if X has side-effects because those side effects | |
8293 | might affect A or B and the "?" operation is a sequence point in | |
8294 | ANSI. (operand_equal_p tests for side effects.) */ | |
bbf6f052 RK |
8295 | |
8296 | if (TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1))) == '2' | |
8297 | && operand_equal_p (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2), | |
8298 | TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), 0), 0)) | |
8299 | singleton = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2), binary_op = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1); | |
8300 | else if (TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2))) == '2' | |
8301 | && operand_equal_p (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), | |
8302 | TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2), 0), 0)) | |
8303 | singleton = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), binary_op = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2); | |
8304 | else if (TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1))) == '1' | |
8305 | && operand_equal_p (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2), | |
8306 | TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), 0), 0)) | |
8307 | singleton = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2), unary_op = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1); | |
8308 | else if (TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2))) == '1' | |
8309 | && operand_equal_p (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), | |
8310 | TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2), 0), 0)) | |
8311 | singleton = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), unary_op = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2); | |
8312 | ||
01c8a7c8 RK |
8313 | /* If we are not to produce a result, we have no target. Otherwise, |
8314 | if a target was specified use it; it will not be used as an | |
3a94c984 | 8315 | intermediate target unless it is safe. If no target, use a |
01c8a7c8 RK |
8316 | temporary. */ |
8317 | ||
8318 | if (ignore) | |
8319 | temp = 0; | |
8403445a AM |
8320 | else if (modifier == EXPAND_STACK_PARM) |
8321 | temp = assign_temp (type, 0, 0, 1); | |
01c8a7c8 | 8322 | else if (original_target |
e5e809f4 | 8323 | && (safe_from_p (original_target, TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 1) |
01c8a7c8 RK |
8324 | || (singleton && GET_CODE (original_target) == REG |
8325 | && REGNO (original_target) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER | |
8326 | && original_target == var_rtx (singleton))) | |
8327 | && GET_MODE (original_target) == mode | |
7c00d1fe RK |
8328 | #ifdef HAVE_conditional_move |
8329 | && (! can_conditionally_move_p (mode) | |
8330 | || GET_CODE (original_target) == REG | |
8331 | || TREE_ADDRESSABLE (type)) | |
8332 | #endif | |
8125d7e9 BS |
8333 | && (GET_CODE (original_target) != MEM |
8334 | || TREE_ADDRESSABLE (type))) | |
01c8a7c8 RK |
8335 | temp = original_target; |
8336 | else if (TREE_ADDRESSABLE (type)) | |
8337 | abort (); | |
8338 | else | |
8339 | temp = assign_temp (type, 0, 0, 1); | |
8340 | ||
ac01eace RK |
8341 | /* If we had X ? A + C : A, with C a constant power of 2, and we can |
8342 | do the test of X as a store-flag operation, do this as | |
8343 | A + ((X != 0) << log C). Similarly for other simple binary | |
8344 | operators. Only do for C == 1 if BRANCH_COST is low. */ | |
dd27116b | 8345 | if (temp && singleton && binary_op |
bbf6f052 RK |
8346 | && (TREE_CODE (binary_op) == PLUS_EXPR |
8347 | || TREE_CODE (binary_op) == MINUS_EXPR | |
8348 | || TREE_CODE (binary_op) == BIT_IOR_EXPR | |
9fbd9f58 | 8349 | || TREE_CODE (binary_op) == BIT_XOR_EXPR) |
ac01eace RK |
8350 | && (BRANCH_COST >= 3 ? integer_pow2p (TREE_OPERAND (binary_op, 1)) |
8351 | : integer_onep (TREE_OPERAND (binary_op, 1))) | |
bbf6f052 RK |
8352 | && TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))) == '<') |
8353 | { | |
8354 | rtx result; | |
61f6c84f | 8355 | tree cond; |
91ce572a | 8356 | optab boptab = (TREE_CODE (binary_op) == PLUS_EXPR |
0fb7aeda KH |
8357 | ? (TYPE_TRAP_SIGNED (TREE_TYPE (binary_op)) |
8358 | ? addv_optab : add_optab) | |
8359 | : TREE_CODE (binary_op) == MINUS_EXPR | |
8360 | ? (TYPE_TRAP_SIGNED (TREE_TYPE (binary_op)) | |
8361 | ? subv_optab : sub_optab) | |
8362 | : TREE_CODE (binary_op) == BIT_IOR_EXPR ? ior_optab | |
8363 | : xor_optab); | |
bbf6f052 | 8364 | |
61f6c84f | 8365 | /* If we had X ? A : A + 1, do this as A + (X == 0). */ |
bbf6f052 | 8366 | if (singleton == TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)) |
61f6c84f JJ |
8367 | cond = invert_truthvalue (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)); |
8368 | else | |
8369 | cond = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0); | |
bbf6f052 | 8370 | |
61f6c84f JJ |
8371 | result = do_store_flag (cond, (safe_from_p (temp, singleton, 1) |
8372 | ? temp : NULL_RTX), | |
bbf6f052 RK |
8373 | mode, BRANCH_COST <= 1); |
8374 | ||
ac01eace RK |
8375 | if (result != 0 && ! integer_onep (TREE_OPERAND (binary_op, 1))) |
8376 | result = expand_shift (LSHIFT_EXPR, mode, result, | |
8377 | build_int_2 (tree_log2 | |
8378 | (TREE_OPERAND | |
8379 | (binary_op, 1)), | |
8380 | 0), | |
e5e809f4 | 8381 | (safe_from_p (temp, singleton, 1) |
ac01eace RK |
8382 | ? temp : NULL_RTX), 0); |
8383 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
8384 | if (result) |
8385 | { | |
906c4e36 | 8386 | op1 = expand_expr (singleton, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); |
bbf6f052 RK |
8387 | return expand_binop (mode, boptab, op1, result, temp, |
8388 | unsignedp, OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN); | |
8389 | } | |
bbf6f052 | 8390 | } |
3a94c984 | 8391 | |
dabf8373 | 8392 | do_pending_stack_adjust (); |
bbf6f052 RK |
8393 | NO_DEFER_POP; |
8394 | op0 = gen_label_rtx (); | |
8395 | ||
8396 | if (singleton && ! TREE_SIDE_EFFECTS (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))) | |
8397 | { | |
8398 | if (temp != 0) | |
8399 | { | |
8400 | /* If the target conflicts with the other operand of the | |
8401 | binary op, we can't use it. Also, we can't use the target | |
8402 | if it is a hard register, because evaluating the condition | |
8403 | might clobber it. */ | |
8404 | if ((binary_op | |
e5e809f4 | 8405 | && ! safe_from_p (temp, TREE_OPERAND (binary_op, 1), 1)) |
bbf6f052 RK |
8406 | || (GET_CODE (temp) == REG |
8407 | && REGNO (temp) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)) | |
8408 | temp = gen_reg_rtx (mode); | |
8403445a AM |
8409 | store_expr (singleton, temp, |
8410 | modifier == EXPAND_STACK_PARM ? 2 : 0); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
8411 | } |
8412 | else | |
906c4e36 | 8413 | expand_expr (singleton, |
2937cf87 | 8414 | ignore ? const0_rtx : NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); |
bbf6f052 RK |
8415 | if (singleton == TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)) |
8416 | jumpif (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), op0); | |
8417 | else | |
8418 | jumpifnot (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), op0); | |
8419 | ||
956d6950 | 8420 | start_cleanup_deferral (); |
bbf6f052 RK |
8421 | if (binary_op && temp == 0) |
8422 | /* Just touch the other operand. */ | |
8423 | expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (binary_op, 1), | |
906c4e36 | 8424 | ignore ? const0_rtx : NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); |
bbf6f052 RK |
8425 | else if (binary_op) |
8426 | store_expr (build (TREE_CODE (binary_op), type, | |
8427 | make_tree (type, temp), | |
8428 | TREE_OPERAND (binary_op, 1)), | |
8403445a | 8429 | temp, modifier == EXPAND_STACK_PARM ? 2 : 0); |
bbf6f052 RK |
8430 | else |
8431 | store_expr (build1 (TREE_CODE (unary_op), type, | |
8432 | make_tree (type, temp)), | |
8403445a | 8433 | temp, modifier == EXPAND_STACK_PARM ? 2 : 0); |
bbf6f052 | 8434 | op1 = op0; |
bbf6f052 | 8435 | } |
bbf6f052 RK |
8436 | /* Check for A op 0 ? A : FOO and A op 0 ? FOO : A where OP is any |
8437 | comparison operator. If we have one of these cases, set the | |
8438 | output to A, branch on A (cse will merge these two references), | |
8439 | then set the output to FOO. */ | |
8440 | else if (temp | |
8441 | && TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))) == '<' | |
8442 | && integer_zerop (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 1)) | |
8443 | && operand_equal_p (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0), | |
8444 | TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), 0) | |
e9a25f70 JL |
8445 | && (! TREE_SIDE_EFFECTS (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) |
8446 | || TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)) == SAVE_EXPR) | |
e5e809f4 | 8447 | && safe_from_p (temp, TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2), 1)) |
bbf6f052 | 8448 | { |
3a94c984 KH |
8449 | if (GET_CODE (temp) == REG |
8450 | && REGNO (temp) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER) | |
bbf6f052 | 8451 | temp = gen_reg_rtx (mode); |
8403445a AM |
8452 | store_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), temp, |
8453 | modifier == EXPAND_STACK_PARM ? 2 : 0); | |
bbf6f052 | 8454 | jumpif (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), op0); |
5dab5552 | 8455 | |
956d6950 | 8456 | start_cleanup_deferral (); |
c37b68d4 RS |
8457 | if (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2)) != void_type_node) |
8458 | store_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2), temp, | |
8459 | modifier == EXPAND_STACK_PARM ? 2 : 0); | |
8460 | else | |
8461 | expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2), | |
8462 | ignore ? const0_rtx : NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
8463 | op1 = op0; |
8464 | } | |
8465 | else if (temp | |
8466 | && TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))) == '<' | |
8467 | && integer_zerop (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 1)) | |
8468 | && operand_equal_p (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0), | |
8469 | TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2), 0) | |
e9a25f70 JL |
8470 | && (! TREE_SIDE_EFFECTS (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) |
8471 | || TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2)) == SAVE_EXPR) | |
e5e809f4 | 8472 | && safe_from_p (temp, TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), 1)) |
bbf6f052 | 8473 | { |
3a94c984 KH |
8474 | if (GET_CODE (temp) == REG |
8475 | && REGNO (temp) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER) | |
bbf6f052 | 8476 | temp = gen_reg_rtx (mode); |
8403445a AM |
8477 | store_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2), temp, |
8478 | modifier == EXPAND_STACK_PARM ? 2 : 0); | |
bbf6f052 | 8479 | jumpifnot (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), op0); |
5dab5552 | 8480 | |
956d6950 | 8481 | start_cleanup_deferral (); |
c37b68d4 RS |
8482 | if (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)) != void_type_node) |
8483 | store_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), temp, | |
8484 | modifier == EXPAND_STACK_PARM ? 2 : 0); | |
8485 | else | |
8486 | expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), | |
8487 | ignore ? const0_rtx : NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
8488 | op1 = op0; |
8489 | } | |
8490 | else | |
8491 | { | |
8492 | op1 = gen_label_rtx (); | |
8493 | jumpifnot (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), op0); | |
5dab5552 | 8494 | |
956d6950 | 8495 | start_cleanup_deferral (); |
3a94c984 | 8496 | |
2ac84cfe | 8497 | /* One branch of the cond can be void, if it never returns. For |
3a94c984 | 8498 | example A ? throw : E */ |
2ac84cfe | 8499 | if (temp != 0 |
3a94c984 | 8500 | && TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)) != void_type_node) |
8403445a AM |
8501 | store_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), temp, |
8502 | modifier == EXPAND_STACK_PARM ? 2 : 0); | |
bbf6f052 | 8503 | else |
906c4e36 RK |
8504 | expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), |
8505 | ignore ? const0_rtx : NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); | |
956d6950 | 8506 | end_cleanup_deferral (); |
bbf6f052 RK |
8507 | emit_queue (); |
8508 | emit_jump_insn (gen_jump (op1)); | |
8509 | emit_barrier (); | |
8510 | emit_label (op0); | |
956d6950 | 8511 | start_cleanup_deferral (); |
2ac84cfe | 8512 | if (temp != 0 |
3a94c984 | 8513 | && TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2)) != void_type_node) |
8403445a AM |
8514 | store_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2), temp, |
8515 | modifier == EXPAND_STACK_PARM ? 2 : 0); | |
bbf6f052 | 8516 | else |
906c4e36 RK |
8517 | expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2), |
8518 | ignore ? const0_rtx : NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
8519 | } |
8520 | ||
956d6950 | 8521 | end_cleanup_deferral (); |
bbf6f052 RK |
8522 | |
8523 | emit_queue (); | |
8524 | emit_label (op1); | |
8525 | OK_DEFER_POP; | |
5dab5552 | 8526 | |
bbf6f052 RK |
8527 | return temp; |
8528 | } | |
8529 | ||
8530 | case TARGET_EXPR: | |
8531 | { | |
8532 | /* Something needs to be initialized, but we didn't know | |
8533 | where that thing was when building the tree. For example, | |
8534 | it could be the return value of a function, or a parameter | |
8535 | to a function which lays down in the stack, or a temporary | |
8536 | variable which must be passed by reference. | |
8537 | ||
8538 | We guarantee that the expression will either be constructed | |
8539 | or copied into our original target. */ | |
8540 | ||
8541 | tree slot = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0); | |
2a888d4c | 8542 | tree cleanups = NULL_TREE; |
5c062816 | 8543 | tree exp1; |
bbf6f052 RK |
8544 | |
8545 | if (TREE_CODE (slot) != VAR_DECL) | |
8546 | abort (); | |
8547 | ||
9c51f375 RK |
8548 | if (! ignore) |
8549 | target = original_target; | |
8550 | ||
6fbfac92 JM |
8551 | /* Set this here so that if we get a target that refers to a |
8552 | register variable that's already been used, put_reg_into_stack | |
3a94c984 | 8553 | knows that it should fix up those uses. */ |
6fbfac92 JM |
8554 | TREE_USED (slot) = 1; |
8555 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
8556 | if (target == 0) |
8557 | { | |
19e7881c | 8558 | if (DECL_RTL_SET_P (slot)) |
ac993f4f MS |
8559 | { |
8560 | target = DECL_RTL (slot); | |
5c062816 | 8561 | /* If we have already expanded the slot, so don't do |
ac993f4f | 8562 | it again. (mrs) */ |
5c062816 MS |
8563 | if (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1) == NULL_TREE) |
8564 | return target; | |
ac993f4f | 8565 | } |
bbf6f052 RK |
8566 | else |
8567 | { | |
e9a25f70 | 8568 | target = assign_temp (type, 2, 0, 1); |
bbf6f052 RK |
8569 | /* All temp slots at this level must not conflict. */ |
8570 | preserve_temp_slots (target); | |
19e7881c | 8571 | SET_DECL_RTL (slot, target); |
e9a25f70 | 8572 | if (TREE_ADDRESSABLE (slot)) |
f29a2bd1 | 8573 | put_var_into_stack (slot, /*rescan=*/false); |
bbf6f052 | 8574 | |
e287fd6e RK |
8575 | /* Since SLOT is not known to the called function |
8576 | to belong to its stack frame, we must build an explicit | |
8577 | cleanup. This case occurs when we must build up a reference | |
8578 | to pass the reference as an argument. In this case, | |
8579 | it is very likely that such a reference need not be | |
8580 | built here. */ | |
8581 | ||
8582 | if (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2) == 0) | |
c88770e9 NB |
8583 | TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2) |
8584 | = (*lang_hooks.maybe_build_cleanup) (slot); | |
2a888d4c | 8585 | cleanups = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2); |
e287fd6e | 8586 | } |
bbf6f052 RK |
8587 | } |
8588 | else | |
8589 | { | |
8590 | /* This case does occur, when expanding a parameter which | |
8591 | needs to be constructed on the stack. The target | |
8592 | is the actual stack address that we want to initialize. | |
8593 | The function we call will perform the cleanup in this case. */ | |
8594 | ||
8c042b47 RS |
8595 | /* If we have already assigned it space, use that space, |
8596 | not target that we were passed in, as our target | |
8597 | parameter is only a hint. */ | |
19e7881c | 8598 | if (DECL_RTL_SET_P (slot)) |
3a94c984 KH |
8599 | { |
8600 | target = DECL_RTL (slot); | |
8601 | /* If we have already expanded the slot, so don't do | |
8c042b47 | 8602 | it again. (mrs) */ |
3a94c984 KH |
8603 | if (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1) == NULL_TREE) |
8604 | return target; | |
8c042b47 | 8605 | } |
21002281 JW |
8606 | else |
8607 | { | |
19e7881c | 8608 | SET_DECL_RTL (slot, target); |
21002281 JW |
8609 | /* If we must have an addressable slot, then make sure that |
8610 | the RTL that we just stored in slot is OK. */ | |
8611 | if (TREE_ADDRESSABLE (slot)) | |
f29a2bd1 | 8612 | put_var_into_stack (slot, /*rescan=*/true); |
21002281 | 8613 | } |
bbf6f052 RK |
8614 | } |
8615 | ||
4847c938 | 8616 | exp1 = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 3) = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1); |
5c062816 MS |
8617 | /* Mark it as expanded. */ |
8618 | TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1) = NULL_TREE; | |
8619 | ||
8403445a | 8620 | store_expr (exp1, target, modifier == EXPAND_STACK_PARM ? 2 : 0); |
61d6b1cc | 8621 | |
659e5a7a | 8622 | expand_decl_cleanup_eh (NULL_TREE, cleanups, CLEANUP_EH_ONLY (exp)); |
3a94c984 | 8623 | |
41531e5b | 8624 | return target; |
bbf6f052 RK |
8625 | } |
8626 | ||
8627 | case INIT_EXPR: | |
8628 | { | |
8629 | tree lhs = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0); | |
8630 | tree rhs = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1); | |
bbf6f052 | 8631 | |
b90f141a | 8632 | temp = expand_assignment (lhs, rhs, ! ignore); |
bbf6f052 RK |
8633 | return temp; |
8634 | } | |
8635 | ||
8636 | case MODIFY_EXPR: | |
8637 | { | |
8638 | /* If lhs is complex, expand calls in rhs before computing it. | |
6d0a3f67 NS |
8639 | That's so we don't compute a pointer and save it over a |
8640 | call. If lhs is simple, compute it first so we can give it | |
8641 | as a target if the rhs is just a call. This avoids an | |
8642 | extra temp and copy and that prevents a partial-subsumption | |
8643 | which makes bad code. Actually we could treat | |
8644 | component_ref's of vars like vars. */ | |
bbf6f052 RK |
8645 | |
8646 | tree lhs = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0); | |
8647 | tree rhs = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
8648 | |
8649 | temp = 0; | |
8650 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
8651 | /* Check for |= or &= of a bitfield of size one into another bitfield |
8652 | of size 1. In this case, (unless we need the result of the | |
8653 | assignment) we can do this more efficiently with a | |
8654 | test followed by an assignment, if necessary. | |
8655 | ||
8656 | ??? At this point, we can't get a BIT_FIELD_REF here. But if | |
8657 | things change so we do, this code should be enhanced to | |
8658 | support it. */ | |
8659 | if (ignore | |
8660 | && TREE_CODE (lhs) == COMPONENT_REF | |
8661 | && (TREE_CODE (rhs) == BIT_IOR_EXPR | |
8662 | || TREE_CODE (rhs) == BIT_AND_EXPR) | |
8663 | && TREE_OPERAND (rhs, 0) == lhs | |
8664 | && TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (rhs, 1)) == COMPONENT_REF | |
05bccae2 RK |
8665 | && integer_onep (DECL_SIZE (TREE_OPERAND (lhs, 1))) |
8666 | && integer_onep (DECL_SIZE (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (rhs, 1), 1)))) | |
bbf6f052 RK |
8667 | { |
8668 | rtx label = gen_label_rtx (); | |
8669 | ||
8670 | do_jump (TREE_OPERAND (rhs, 1), | |
8671 | TREE_CODE (rhs) == BIT_IOR_EXPR ? label : 0, | |
8672 | TREE_CODE (rhs) == BIT_AND_EXPR ? label : 0); | |
8673 | expand_assignment (lhs, convert (TREE_TYPE (rhs), | |
8674 | (TREE_CODE (rhs) == BIT_IOR_EXPR | |
8675 | ? integer_one_node | |
8676 | : integer_zero_node)), | |
b90f141a | 8677 | 0); |
e7c33f54 | 8678 | do_pending_stack_adjust (); |
bbf6f052 RK |
8679 | emit_label (label); |
8680 | return const0_rtx; | |
8681 | } | |
8682 | ||
b90f141a | 8683 | temp = expand_assignment (lhs, rhs, ! ignore); |
0fb7aeda | 8684 | |
bbf6f052 RK |
8685 | return temp; |
8686 | } | |
8687 | ||
6e7f84a7 APB |
8688 | case RETURN_EXPR: |
8689 | if (!TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) | |
8690 | expand_null_return (); | |
8691 | else | |
8692 | expand_return (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)); | |
8693 | return const0_rtx; | |
8694 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
8695 | case PREINCREMENT_EXPR: |
8696 | case PREDECREMENT_EXPR: | |
7b8b9722 | 8697 | return expand_increment (exp, 0, ignore); |
bbf6f052 RK |
8698 | |
8699 | case POSTINCREMENT_EXPR: | |
8700 | case POSTDECREMENT_EXPR: | |
8701 | /* Faster to treat as pre-increment if result is not used. */ | |
7b8b9722 | 8702 | return expand_increment (exp, ! ignore, ignore); |
bbf6f052 RK |
8703 | |
8704 | case ADDR_EXPR: | |
8403445a AM |
8705 | if (modifier == EXPAND_STACK_PARM) |
8706 | target = 0; | |
bbf6f052 RK |
8707 | /* Are we taking the address of a nested function? */ |
8708 | if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) == FUNCTION_DECL | |
38ee6ed9 | 8709 | && decl_function_context (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) != 0 |
e5e809f4 JL |
8710 | && ! DECL_NO_STATIC_CHAIN (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) |
8711 | && ! TREE_STATIC (exp)) | |
bbf6f052 RK |
8712 | { |
8713 | op0 = trampoline_address (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)); | |
8714 | op0 = force_operand (op0, target); | |
8715 | } | |
682ba3a6 RK |
8716 | /* If we are taking the address of something erroneous, just |
8717 | return a zero. */ | |
8718 | else if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) == ERROR_MARK) | |
8719 | return const0_rtx; | |
d6b6783b RK |
8720 | /* If we are taking the address of a constant and are at the |
8721 | top level, we have to use output_constant_def since we can't | |
8722 | call force_const_mem at top level. */ | |
8723 | else if (cfun == 0 | |
8724 | && (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) == CONSTRUCTOR | |
8725 | || (TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))) | |
8726 | == 'c'))) | |
8727 | op0 = XEXP (output_constant_def (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0), 0); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
8728 | else |
8729 | { | |
e287fd6e RK |
8730 | /* We make sure to pass const0_rtx down if we came in with |
8731 | ignore set, to avoid doing the cleanups twice for something. */ | |
8732 | op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), | |
8733 | ignore ? const0_rtx : NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, | |
bbf6f052 RK |
8734 | (modifier == EXPAND_INITIALIZER |
8735 | ? modifier : EXPAND_CONST_ADDRESS)); | |
896102d0 | 8736 | |
119af78a RK |
8737 | /* If we are going to ignore the result, OP0 will have been set |
8738 | to const0_rtx, so just return it. Don't get confused and | |
8739 | think we are taking the address of the constant. */ | |
8740 | if (ignore) | |
8741 | return op0; | |
8742 | ||
73b7f58c BS |
8743 | /* Pass 1 for MODIFY, so that protect_from_queue doesn't get |
8744 | clever and returns a REG when given a MEM. */ | |
8745 | op0 = protect_from_queue (op0, 1); | |
3539e816 | 8746 | |
c5c76735 JL |
8747 | /* We would like the object in memory. If it is a constant, we can |
8748 | have it be statically allocated into memory. For a non-constant, | |
8749 | we need to allocate some memory and store the value into it. */ | |
896102d0 RK |
8750 | |
8751 | if (CONSTANT_P (op0)) | |
8752 | op0 = force_const_mem (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))), | |
8753 | op0); | |
682ba3a6 | 8754 | else if (GET_CODE (op0) == REG || GET_CODE (op0) == SUBREG |
df6018fd | 8755 | || GET_CODE (op0) == CONCAT || GET_CODE (op0) == ADDRESSOF |
c1853da7 | 8756 | || GET_CODE (op0) == PARALLEL || GET_CODE (op0) == LO_SUM) |
896102d0 | 8757 | { |
6c7d86ec RK |
8758 | /* If the operand is a SAVE_EXPR, we can deal with this by |
8759 | forcing the SAVE_EXPR into memory. */ | |
8760 | if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) == SAVE_EXPR) | |
8761 | { | |
f29a2bd1 MM |
8762 | put_var_into_stack (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), |
8763 | /*rescan=*/true); | |
6c7d86ec RK |
8764 | op0 = SAVE_EXPR_RTL (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)); |
8765 | } | |
df6018fd | 8766 | else |
6c7d86ec RK |
8767 | { |
8768 | /* If this object is in a register, it can't be BLKmode. */ | |
8769 | tree inner_type = TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)); | |
19f90fad | 8770 | rtx memloc = assign_temp (inner_type, 1, 1, 1); |
6c7d86ec RK |
8771 | |
8772 | if (GET_CODE (op0) == PARALLEL) | |
8773 | /* Handle calls that pass values in multiple | |
8774 | non-contiguous locations. The Irix 6 ABI has examples | |
8775 | of this. */ | |
6e985040 | 8776 | emit_group_store (memloc, op0, inner_type, |
6c7d86ec RK |
8777 | int_size_in_bytes (inner_type)); |
8778 | else | |
8779 | emit_move_insn (memloc, op0); | |
0fb7aeda | 8780 | |
6c7d86ec RK |
8781 | op0 = memloc; |
8782 | } | |
896102d0 RK |
8783 | } |
8784 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
8785 | if (GET_CODE (op0) != MEM) |
8786 | abort (); | |
3a94c984 | 8787 | |
34e81b5a | 8788 | mark_temp_addr_taken (op0); |
bbf6f052 | 8789 | if (modifier == EXPAND_SUM || modifier == EXPAND_INITIALIZER) |
88f63c77 | 8790 | { |
34e81b5a | 8791 | op0 = XEXP (op0, 0); |
5ae6cd0d | 8792 | if (GET_MODE (op0) == Pmode && mode == ptr_mode) |
34e81b5a | 8793 | op0 = convert_memory_address (ptr_mode, op0); |
34e81b5a | 8794 | return op0; |
88f63c77 | 8795 | } |
987c71d9 | 8796 | |
c952ff4b RK |
8797 | /* If OP0 is not aligned as least as much as the type requires, we |
8798 | need to make a temporary, copy OP0 to it, and take the address of | |
8799 | the temporary. We want to use the alignment of the type, not of | |
8800 | the operand. Note that this is incorrect for FUNCTION_TYPE, but | |
8801 | the test for BLKmode means that can't happen. The test for | |
8802 | BLKmode is because we never make mis-aligned MEMs with | |
8803 | non-BLKmode. | |
8804 | ||
8805 | We don't need to do this at all if the machine doesn't have | |
8806 | strict alignment. */ | |
8807 | if (STRICT_ALIGNMENT && GET_MODE (op0) == BLKmode | |
8808 | && (TYPE_ALIGN (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))) | |
ed239f5a RK |
8809 | > MEM_ALIGN (op0)) |
8810 | && MEM_ALIGN (op0) < BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT) | |
a06ef755 RK |
8811 | { |
8812 | tree inner_type = TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)); | |
bdaa131b | 8813 | rtx new; |
a06ef755 | 8814 | |
c3d32120 RK |
8815 | if (TYPE_ALIGN_OK (inner_type)) |
8816 | abort (); | |
8817 | ||
bdaa131b JM |
8818 | if (TREE_ADDRESSABLE (inner_type)) |
8819 | { | |
8820 | /* We can't make a bitwise copy of this object, so fail. */ | |
8821 | error ("cannot take the address of an unaligned member"); | |
8822 | return const0_rtx; | |
8823 | } | |
8824 | ||
8825 | new = assign_stack_temp_for_type | |
8826 | (TYPE_MODE (inner_type), | |
8827 | MEM_SIZE (op0) ? INTVAL (MEM_SIZE (op0)) | |
8828 | : int_size_in_bytes (inner_type), | |
8829 | 1, build_qualified_type (inner_type, | |
8830 | (TYPE_QUALS (inner_type) | |
8831 | | TYPE_QUAL_CONST))); | |
8832 | ||
44bb111a | 8833 | emit_block_move (new, op0, expr_size (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)), |
8403445a AM |
8834 | (modifier == EXPAND_STACK_PARM |
8835 | ? BLOCK_OP_CALL_PARM : BLOCK_OP_NORMAL)); | |
bdaa131b | 8836 | |
a06ef755 RK |
8837 | op0 = new; |
8838 | } | |
8839 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
8840 | op0 = force_operand (XEXP (op0, 0), target); |
8841 | } | |
987c71d9 | 8842 | |
05c8e58b HPN |
8843 | if (flag_force_addr |
8844 | && GET_CODE (op0) != REG | |
8845 | && modifier != EXPAND_CONST_ADDRESS | |
8846 | && modifier != EXPAND_INITIALIZER | |
8847 | && modifier != EXPAND_SUM) | |
987c71d9 RK |
8848 | op0 = force_reg (Pmode, op0); |
8849 | ||
dc6d66b3 RK |
8850 | if (GET_CODE (op0) == REG |
8851 | && ! REG_USERVAR_P (op0)) | |
bdb429a5 | 8852 | mark_reg_pointer (op0, TYPE_ALIGN (TREE_TYPE (type))); |
987c71d9 | 8853 | |
5ae6cd0d | 8854 | if (GET_MODE (op0) == Pmode && mode == ptr_mode) |
9fcfcce7 | 8855 | op0 = convert_memory_address (ptr_mode, op0); |
88f63c77 | 8856 | |
bbf6f052 RK |
8857 | return op0; |
8858 | ||
8859 | case ENTRY_VALUE_EXPR: | |
8860 | abort (); | |
8861 | ||
7308a047 RS |
8862 | /* COMPLEX type for Extended Pascal & Fortran */ |
8863 | case COMPLEX_EXPR: | |
8864 | { | |
8865 | enum machine_mode mode = TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (exp))); | |
6551fa4d | 8866 | rtx insns; |
7308a047 RS |
8867 | |
8868 | /* Get the rtx code of the operands. */ | |
8869 | op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0, VOIDmode, 0); | |
8870 | op1 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), 0, VOIDmode, 0); | |
8871 | ||
8872 | if (! target) | |
8873 | target = gen_reg_rtx (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (exp))); | |
8874 | ||
6551fa4d | 8875 | start_sequence (); |
7308a047 RS |
8876 | |
8877 | /* Move the real (op0) and imaginary (op1) parts to their location. */ | |
2d7050fd RS |
8878 | emit_move_insn (gen_realpart (mode, target), op0); |
8879 | emit_move_insn (gen_imagpart (mode, target), op1); | |
7308a047 | 8880 | |
6551fa4d JW |
8881 | insns = get_insns (); |
8882 | end_sequence (); | |
8883 | ||
7308a047 | 8884 | /* Complex construction should appear as a single unit. */ |
6551fa4d JW |
8885 | /* If TARGET is a CONCAT, we got insns like RD = RS, ID = IS, |
8886 | each with a separate pseudo as destination. | |
8887 | It's not correct for flow to treat them as a unit. */ | |
6d6e61ce | 8888 | if (GET_CODE (target) != CONCAT) |
6551fa4d JW |
8889 | emit_no_conflict_block (insns, target, op0, op1, NULL_RTX); |
8890 | else | |
2f937369 | 8891 | emit_insn (insns); |
7308a047 RS |
8892 | |
8893 | return target; | |
8894 | } | |
8895 | ||
8896 | case REALPART_EXPR: | |
2d7050fd RS |
8897 | op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0, VOIDmode, 0); |
8898 | return gen_realpart (mode, op0); | |
3a94c984 | 8899 | |
7308a047 | 8900 | case IMAGPART_EXPR: |
2d7050fd RS |
8901 | op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0, VOIDmode, 0); |
8902 | return gen_imagpart (mode, op0); | |
7308a047 RS |
8903 | |
8904 | case CONJ_EXPR: | |
8905 | { | |
62acb978 | 8906 | enum machine_mode partmode = TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (exp))); |
7308a047 | 8907 | rtx imag_t; |
6551fa4d | 8908 | rtx insns; |
3a94c984 KH |
8909 | |
8910 | op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0, VOIDmode, 0); | |
7308a047 RS |
8911 | |
8912 | if (! target) | |
d6a5ac33 | 8913 | target = gen_reg_rtx (mode); |
3a94c984 | 8914 | |
6551fa4d | 8915 | start_sequence (); |
7308a047 RS |
8916 | |
8917 | /* Store the realpart and the negated imagpart to target. */ | |
62acb978 RK |
8918 | emit_move_insn (gen_realpart (partmode, target), |
8919 | gen_realpart (partmode, op0)); | |
7308a047 | 8920 | |
62acb978 | 8921 | imag_t = gen_imagpart (partmode, target); |
91ce572a | 8922 | temp = expand_unop (partmode, |
0fb7aeda KH |
8923 | ! unsignedp && flag_trapv |
8924 | && (GET_MODE_CLASS(partmode) == MODE_INT) | |
8925 | ? negv_optab : neg_optab, | |
3a94c984 | 8926 | gen_imagpart (partmode, op0), imag_t, 0); |
7308a047 RS |
8927 | if (temp != imag_t) |
8928 | emit_move_insn (imag_t, temp); | |
8929 | ||
6551fa4d JW |
8930 | insns = get_insns (); |
8931 | end_sequence (); | |
8932 | ||
3a94c984 | 8933 | /* Conjugate should appear as a single unit |
d6a5ac33 | 8934 | If TARGET is a CONCAT, we got insns like RD = RS, ID = - IS, |
6551fa4d JW |
8935 | each with a separate pseudo as destination. |
8936 | It's not correct for flow to treat them as a unit. */ | |
6d6e61ce | 8937 | if (GET_CODE (target) != CONCAT) |
6551fa4d JW |
8938 | emit_no_conflict_block (insns, target, op0, NULL_RTX, NULL_RTX); |
8939 | else | |
2f937369 | 8940 | emit_insn (insns); |
7308a047 RS |
8941 | |
8942 | return target; | |
8943 | } | |
8944 | ||
e976b8b2 MS |
8945 | case TRY_CATCH_EXPR: |
8946 | { | |
8947 | tree handler = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1); | |
8948 | ||
8949 | expand_eh_region_start (); | |
8950 | ||
8951 | op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0, VOIDmode, 0); | |
8952 | ||
52a11cbf | 8953 | expand_eh_region_end_cleanup (handler); |
e976b8b2 MS |
8954 | |
8955 | return op0; | |
8956 | } | |
8957 | ||
b335b813 PB |
8958 | case TRY_FINALLY_EXPR: |
8959 | { | |
8960 | tree try_block = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0); | |
8961 | tree finally_block = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1); | |
b335b813 | 8962 | |
8ad8135a | 8963 | if (!optimize || unsafe_for_reeval (finally_block) > 1) |
8943a0b4 RH |
8964 | { |
8965 | /* In this case, wrapping FINALLY_BLOCK in an UNSAVE_EXPR | |
8966 | is not sufficient, so we cannot expand the block twice. | |
8967 | So we play games with GOTO_SUBROUTINE_EXPR to let us | |
8968 | expand the thing only once. */ | |
8ad8135a RH |
8969 | /* When not optimizing, we go ahead with this form since |
8970 | (1) user breakpoints operate more predictably without | |
8971 | code duplication, and | |
8972 | (2) we're not running any of the global optimizers | |
8973 | that would explode in time/space with the highly | |
8974 | connected CFG created by the indirect branching. */ | |
8943a0b4 RH |
8975 | |
8976 | rtx finally_label = gen_label_rtx (); | |
8977 | rtx done_label = gen_label_rtx (); | |
8978 | rtx return_link = gen_reg_rtx (Pmode); | |
8979 | tree cleanup = build (GOTO_SUBROUTINE_EXPR, void_type_node, | |
8980 | (tree) finally_label, (tree) return_link); | |
8981 | TREE_SIDE_EFFECTS (cleanup) = 1; | |
8982 | ||
8983 | /* Start a new binding layer that will keep track of all cleanup | |
8984 | actions to be performed. */ | |
8985 | expand_start_bindings (2); | |
8986 | target_temp_slot_level = temp_slot_level; | |
8987 | ||
8988 | expand_decl_cleanup (NULL_TREE, cleanup); | |
8989 | op0 = expand_expr (try_block, target, tmode, modifier); | |
8990 | ||
8991 | preserve_temp_slots (op0); | |
8992 | expand_end_bindings (NULL_TREE, 0, 0); | |
8993 | emit_jump (done_label); | |
8994 | emit_label (finally_label); | |
8995 | expand_expr (finally_block, const0_rtx, VOIDmode, 0); | |
8996 | emit_indirect_jump (return_link); | |
8997 | emit_label (done_label); | |
8998 | } | |
8999 | else | |
9000 | { | |
9001 | expand_start_bindings (2); | |
9002 | target_temp_slot_level = temp_slot_level; | |
b335b813 | 9003 | |
8943a0b4 RH |
9004 | expand_decl_cleanup (NULL_TREE, finally_block); |
9005 | op0 = expand_expr (try_block, target, tmode, modifier); | |
b335b813 | 9006 | |
8943a0b4 RH |
9007 | preserve_temp_slots (op0); |
9008 | expand_end_bindings (NULL_TREE, 0, 0); | |
9009 | } | |
b335b813 | 9010 | |
b335b813 PB |
9011 | return op0; |
9012 | } | |
9013 | ||
3a94c984 | 9014 | case GOTO_SUBROUTINE_EXPR: |
b335b813 PB |
9015 | { |
9016 | rtx subr = (rtx) TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0); | |
9017 | rtx return_link = *(rtx *) &TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1); | |
9018 | rtx return_address = gen_label_rtx (); | |
3a94c984 KH |
9019 | emit_move_insn (return_link, |
9020 | gen_rtx_LABEL_REF (Pmode, return_address)); | |
b335b813 PB |
9021 | emit_jump (subr); |
9022 | emit_label (return_address); | |
9023 | return const0_rtx; | |
9024 | } | |
9025 | ||
d3707adb RH |
9026 | case VA_ARG_EXPR: |
9027 | return expand_builtin_va_arg (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), type); | |
9028 | ||
52a11cbf | 9029 | case EXC_PTR_EXPR: |
86c99549 | 9030 | return get_exception_pointer (cfun); |
52a11cbf | 9031 | |
67231816 RH |
9032 | case FDESC_EXPR: |
9033 | /* Function descriptors are not valid except for as | |
9034 | initialization constants, and should not be expanded. */ | |
9035 | abort (); | |
9036 | ||
bbf6f052 | 9037 | default: |
0fab64a3 MM |
9038 | return (*lang_hooks.expand_expr) (exp, original_target, tmode, modifier, |
9039 | alt_rtl); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
9040 | } |
9041 | ||
9042 | /* Here to do an ordinary binary operator, generating an instruction | |
9043 | from the optab already placed in `this_optab'. */ | |
9044 | binop: | |
eb698c58 RS |
9045 | expand_operands (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), |
9046 | subtarget, &op0, &op1, 0); | |
bbf6f052 | 9047 | binop2: |
8403445a AM |
9048 | if (modifier == EXPAND_STACK_PARM) |
9049 | target = 0; | |
bbf6f052 RK |
9050 | temp = expand_binop (mode, this_optab, op0, op1, target, |
9051 | unsignedp, OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN); | |
9052 | if (temp == 0) | |
9053 | abort (); | |
9054 | return temp; | |
9055 | } | |
b93a436e | 9056 | \f |
1ce7f3c2 RK |
9057 | /* Subroutine of above: returns 1 if OFFSET corresponds to an offset that |
9058 | when applied to the address of EXP produces an address known to be | |
9059 | aligned more than BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT. */ | |
9060 | ||
9061 | static int | |
502b8322 | 9062 | is_aligning_offset (tree offset, tree exp) |
1ce7f3c2 RK |
9063 | { |
9064 | /* Strip off any conversions and WITH_RECORD_EXPR nodes. */ | |
9065 | while (TREE_CODE (offset) == NON_LVALUE_EXPR | |
9066 | || TREE_CODE (offset) == NOP_EXPR | |
9067 | || TREE_CODE (offset) == CONVERT_EXPR | |
9068 | || TREE_CODE (offset) == WITH_RECORD_EXPR) | |
9069 | offset = TREE_OPERAND (offset, 0); | |
9070 | ||
9071 | /* We must now have a BIT_AND_EXPR with a constant that is one less than | |
9072 | power of 2 and which is larger than BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT. */ | |
9073 | if (TREE_CODE (offset) != BIT_AND_EXPR | |
9074 | || !host_integerp (TREE_OPERAND (offset, 1), 1) | |
9075 | || compare_tree_int (TREE_OPERAND (offset, 1), BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT) <= 0 | |
9076 | || !exact_log2 (tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (offset, 1), 1) + 1) < 0) | |
9077 | return 0; | |
9078 | ||
9079 | /* Look at the first operand of BIT_AND_EXPR and strip any conversion. | |
9080 | It must be NEGATE_EXPR. Then strip any more conversions. */ | |
9081 | offset = TREE_OPERAND (offset, 0); | |
9082 | while (TREE_CODE (offset) == NON_LVALUE_EXPR | |
9083 | || TREE_CODE (offset) == NOP_EXPR | |
9084 | || TREE_CODE (offset) == CONVERT_EXPR) | |
9085 | offset = TREE_OPERAND (offset, 0); | |
9086 | ||
9087 | if (TREE_CODE (offset) != NEGATE_EXPR) | |
9088 | return 0; | |
9089 | ||
9090 | offset = TREE_OPERAND (offset, 0); | |
9091 | while (TREE_CODE (offset) == NON_LVALUE_EXPR | |
9092 | || TREE_CODE (offset) == NOP_EXPR | |
9093 | || TREE_CODE (offset) == CONVERT_EXPR) | |
9094 | offset = TREE_OPERAND (offset, 0); | |
9095 | ||
9096 | /* This must now be the address either of EXP or of a PLACEHOLDER_EXPR | |
9097 | whose type is the same as EXP. */ | |
9098 | return (TREE_CODE (offset) == ADDR_EXPR | |
9099 | && (TREE_OPERAND (offset, 0) == exp | |
9100 | || (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (offset, 0)) == PLACEHOLDER_EXPR | |
9101 | && (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (offset, 0)) | |
9102 | == TREE_TYPE (exp))))); | |
9103 | } | |
9104 | \f | |
e0a2f705 | 9105 | /* Return the tree node if an ARG corresponds to a string constant or zero |
cc2902df | 9106 | if it doesn't. If we return nonzero, set *PTR_OFFSET to the offset |
fed3cef0 RK |
9107 | in bytes within the string that ARG is accessing. The type of the |
9108 | offset will be `sizetype'. */ | |
b93a436e | 9109 | |
28f4ec01 | 9110 | tree |
502b8322 | 9111 | string_constant (tree arg, tree *ptr_offset) |
b93a436e JL |
9112 | { |
9113 | STRIP_NOPS (arg); | |
9114 | ||
9115 | if (TREE_CODE (arg) == ADDR_EXPR | |
9116 | && TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (arg, 0)) == STRING_CST) | |
9117 | { | |
fed3cef0 | 9118 | *ptr_offset = size_zero_node; |
b93a436e JL |
9119 | return TREE_OPERAND (arg, 0); |
9120 | } | |
9121 | else if (TREE_CODE (arg) == PLUS_EXPR) | |
9122 | { | |
9123 | tree arg0 = TREE_OPERAND (arg, 0); | |
9124 | tree arg1 = TREE_OPERAND (arg, 1); | |
9125 | ||
9126 | STRIP_NOPS (arg0); | |
9127 | STRIP_NOPS (arg1); | |
9128 | ||
9129 | if (TREE_CODE (arg0) == ADDR_EXPR | |
9130 | && TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (arg0, 0)) == STRING_CST) | |
bbf6f052 | 9131 | { |
fed3cef0 | 9132 | *ptr_offset = convert (sizetype, arg1); |
b93a436e | 9133 | return TREE_OPERAND (arg0, 0); |
bbf6f052 | 9134 | } |
b93a436e JL |
9135 | else if (TREE_CODE (arg1) == ADDR_EXPR |
9136 | && TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (arg1, 0)) == STRING_CST) | |
bbf6f052 | 9137 | { |
fed3cef0 | 9138 | *ptr_offset = convert (sizetype, arg0); |
b93a436e | 9139 | return TREE_OPERAND (arg1, 0); |
bbf6f052 | 9140 | } |
b93a436e | 9141 | } |
ca695ac9 | 9142 | |
b93a436e JL |
9143 | return 0; |
9144 | } | |
ca695ac9 | 9145 | \f |
b93a436e JL |
9146 | /* Expand code for a post- or pre- increment or decrement |
9147 | and return the RTX for the result. | |
9148 | POST is 1 for postinc/decrements and 0 for preinc/decrements. */ | |
1499e0a8 | 9149 | |
b93a436e | 9150 | static rtx |
502b8322 | 9151 | expand_increment (tree exp, int post, int ignore) |
ca695ac9 | 9152 | { |
b3694847 SS |
9153 | rtx op0, op1; |
9154 | rtx temp, value; | |
9155 | tree incremented = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0); | |
b93a436e JL |
9156 | optab this_optab = add_optab; |
9157 | int icode; | |
9158 | enum machine_mode mode = TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (exp)); | |
9159 | int op0_is_copy = 0; | |
9160 | int single_insn = 0; | |
9161 | /* 1 means we can't store into OP0 directly, | |
9162 | because it is a subreg narrower than a word, | |
9163 | and we don't dare clobber the rest of the word. */ | |
9164 | int bad_subreg = 0; | |
1499e0a8 | 9165 | |
b93a436e JL |
9166 | /* Stabilize any component ref that might need to be |
9167 | evaluated more than once below. */ | |
9168 | if (!post | |
9169 | || TREE_CODE (incremented) == BIT_FIELD_REF | |
9170 | || (TREE_CODE (incremented) == COMPONENT_REF | |
9171 | && (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (incremented, 0)) != INDIRECT_REF | |
9172 | || DECL_BIT_FIELD (TREE_OPERAND (incremented, 1))))) | |
9173 | incremented = stabilize_reference (incremented); | |
9174 | /* Nested *INCREMENT_EXPRs can happen in C++. We must force innermost | |
9175 | ones into save exprs so that they don't accidentally get evaluated | |
9176 | more than once by the code below. */ | |
9177 | if (TREE_CODE (incremented) == PREINCREMENT_EXPR | |
9178 | || TREE_CODE (incremented) == PREDECREMENT_EXPR) | |
9179 | incremented = save_expr (incremented); | |
e9a25f70 | 9180 | |
b93a436e JL |
9181 | /* Compute the operands as RTX. |
9182 | Note whether OP0 is the actual lvalue or a copy of it: | |
9183 | I believe it is a copy iff it is a register or subreg | |
6d2f8887 | 9184 | and insns were generated in computing it. */ |
e9a25f70 | 9185 | |
b93a436e | 9186 | temp = get_last_insn (); |
37a08a29 | 9187 | op0 = expand_expr (incremented, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); |
e9a25f70 | 9188 | |
b93a436e JL |
9189 | /* If OP0 is a SUBREG made for a promoted variable, we cannot increment |
9190 | in place but instead must do sign- or zero-extension during assignment, | |
9191 | so we copy it into a new register and let the code below use it as | |
9192 | a copy. | |
e9a25f70 | 9193 | |
b93a436e JL |
9194 | Note that we can safely modify this SUBREG since it is know not to be |
9195 | shared (it was made by the expand_expr call above). */ | |
9196 | ||
9197 | if (GET_CODE (op0) == SUBREG && SUBREG_PROMOTED_VAR_P (op0)) | |
9198 | { | |
9199 | if (post) | |
9200 | SUBREG_REG (op0) = copy_to_reg (SUBREG_REG (op0)); | |
9201 | else | |
9202 | bad_subreg = 1; | |
9203 | } | |
9204 | else if (GET_CODE (op0) == SUBREG | |
9205 | && GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (op0)) < BITS_PER_WORD) | |
9206 | { | |
9207 | /* We cannot increment this SUBREG in place. If we are | |
9208 | post-incrementing, get a copy of the old value. Otherwise, | |
9209 | just mark that we cannot increment in place. */ | |
9210 | if (post) | |
9211 | op0 = copy_to_reg (op0); | |
9212 | else | |
9213 | bad_subreg = 1; | |
e9a25f70 JL |
9214 | } |
9215 | ||
b93a436e JL |
9216 | op0_is_copy = ((GET_CODE (op0) == SUBREG || GET_CODE (op0) == REG) |
9217 | && temp != get_last_insn ()); | |
37a08a29 | 9218 | op1 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); |
1499e0a8 | 9219 | |
b93a436e JL |
9220 | /* Decide whether incrementing or decrementing. */ |
9221 | if (TREE_CODE (exp) == POSTDECREMENT_EXPR | |
9222 | || TREE_CODE (exp) == PREDECREMENT_EXPR) | |
9223 | this_optab = sub_optab; | |
9224 | ||
9225 | /* Convert decrement by a constant into a negative increment. */ | |
9226 | if (this_optab == sub_optab | |
9227 | && GET_CODE (op1) == CONST_INT) | |
ca695ac9 | 9228 | { |
3a94c984 | 9229 | op1 = GEN_INT (-INTVAL (op1)); |
b93a436e | 9230 | this_optab = add_optab; |
ca695ac9 | 9231 | } |
1499e0a8 | 9232 | |
91ce572a | 9233 | if (TYPE_TRAP_SIGNED (TREE_TYPE (exp))) |
505ddab6 | 9234 | this_optab = this_optab == add_optab ? addv_optab : subv_optab; |
91ce572a | 9235 | |
b93a436e JL |
9236 | /* For a preincrement, see if we can do this with a single instruction. */ |
9237 | if (!post) | |
9238 | { | |
9239 | icode = (int) this_optab->handlers[(int) mode].insn_code; | |
9240 | if (icode != (int) CODE_FOR_nothing | |
9241 | /* Make sure that OP0 is valid for operands 0 and 1 | |
9242 | of the insn we want to queue. */ | |
a995e389 RH |
9243 | && (*insn_data[icode].operand[0].predicate) (op0, mode) |
9244 | && (*insn_data[icode].operand[1].predicate) (op0, mode) | |
9245 | && (*insn_data[icode].operand[2].predicate) (op1, mode)) | |
b93a436e JL |
9246 | single_insn = 1; |
9247 | } | |
bbf6f052 | 9248 | |
b93a436e JL |
9249 | /* If OP0 is not the actual lvalue, but rather a copy in a register, |
9250 | then we cannot just increment OP0. We must therefore contrive to | |
9251 | increment the original value. Then, for postincrement, we can return | |
9252 | OP0 since it is a copy of the old value. For preincrement, expand here | |
9253 | unless we can do it with a single insn. | |
bbf6f052 | 9254 | |
b93a436e JL |
9255 | Likewise if storing directly into OP0 would clobber high bits |
9256 | we need to preserve (bad_subreg). */ | |
9257 | if (op0_is_copy || (!post && !single_insn) || bad_subreg) | |
a358cee0 | 9258 | { |
b93a436e JL |
9259 | /* This is the easiest way to increment the value wherever it is. |
9260 | Problems with multiple evaluation of INCREMENTED are prevented | |
9261 | because either (1) it is a component_ref or preincrement, | |
9262 | in which case it was stabilized above, or (2) it is an array_ref | |
9263 | with constant index in an array in a register, which is | |
9264 | safe to reevaluate. */ | |
9265 | tree newexp = build (((TREE_CODE (exp) == POSTDECREMENT_EXPR | |
9266 | || TREE_CODE (exp) == PREDECREMENT_EXPR) | |
9267 | ? MINUS_EXPR : PLUS_EXPR), | |
9268 | TREE_TYPE (exp), | |
9269 | incremented, | |
9270 | TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)); | |
a358cee0 | 9271 | |
b93a436e JL |
9272 | while (TREE_CODE (incremented) == NOP_EXPR |
9273 | || TREE_CODE (incremented) == CONVERT_EXPR) | |
9274 | { | |
9275 | newexp = convert (TREE_TYPE (incremented), newexp); | |
9276 | incremented = TREE_OPERAND (incremented, 0); | |
9277 | } | |
bbf6f052 | 9278 | |
b90f141a | 9279 | temp = expand_assignment (incremented, newexp, ! post && ! ignore); |
b93a436e JL |
9280 | return post ? op0 : temp; |
9281 | } | |
bbf6f052 | 9282 | |
b93a436e JL |
9283 | if (post) |
9284 | { | |
9285 | /* We have a true reference to the value in OP0. | |
9286 | If there is an insn to add or subtract in this mode, queue it. | |
d91edf86 | 9287 | Queuing the increment insn avoids the register shuffling |
b93a436e JL |
9288 | that often results if we must increment now and first save |
9289 | the old value for subsequent use. */ | |
bbf6f052 | 9290 | |
b93a436e JL |
9291 | #if 0 /* Turned off to avoid making extra insn for indexed memref. */ |
9292 | op0 = stabilize (op0); | |
9293 | #endif | |
41dfd40c | 9294 | |
b93a436e JL |
9295 | icode = (int) this_optab->handlers[(int) mode].insn_code; |
9296 | if (icode != (int) CODE_FOR_nothing | |
9297 | /* Make sure that OP0 is valid for operands 0 and 1 | |
9298 | of the insn we want to queue. */ | |
a995e389 RH |
9299 | && (*insn_data[icode].operand[0].predicate) (op0, mode) |
9300 | && (*insn_data[icode].operand[1].predicate) (op0, mode)) | |
b93a436e | 9301 | { |
a995e389 | 9302 | if (! (*insn_data[icode].operand[2].predicate) (op1, mode)) |
b93a436e | 9303 | op1 = force_reg (mode, op1); |
bbf6f052 | 9304 | |
b93a436e JL |
9305 | return enqueue_insn (op0, GEN_FCN (icode) (op0, op0, op1)); |
9306 | } | |
9307 | if (icode != (int) CODE_FOR_nothing && GET_CODE (op0) == MEM) | |
9308 | { | |
9309 | rtx addr = (general_operand (XEXP (op0, 0), mode) | |
9310 | ? force_reg (Pmode, XEXP (op0, 0)) | |
9311 | : copy_to_reg (XEXP (op0, 0))); | |
9312 | rtx temp, result; | |
ca695ac9 | 9313 | |
792760b9 | 9314 | op0 = replace_equiv_address (op0, addr); |
b93a436e | 9315 | temp = force_reg (GET_MODE (op0), op0); |
a995e389 | 9316 | if (! (*insn_data[icode].operand[2].predicate) (op1, mode)) |
b93a436e | 9317 | op1 = force_reg (mode, op1); |
ca695ac9 | 9318 | |
b93a436e JL |
9319 | /* The increment queue is LIFO, thus we have to `queue' |
9320 | the instructions in reverse order. */ | |
9321 | enqueue_insn (op0, gen_move_insn (op0, temp)); | |
9322 | result = enqueue_insn (temp, GEN_FCN (icode) (temp, temp, op1)); | |
9323 | return result; | |
bbf6f052 RK |
9324 | } |
9325 | } | |
ca695ac9 | 9326 | |
b93a436e JL |
9327 | /* Preincrement, or we can't increment with one simple insn. */ |
9328 | if (post) | |
9329 | /* Save a copy of the value before inc or dec, to return it later. */ | |
9330 | temp = value = copy_to_reg (op0); | |
9331 | else | |
9332 | /* Arrange to return the incremented value. */ | |
9333 | /* Copy the rtx because expand_binop will protect from the queue, | |
9334 | and the results of that would be invalid for us to return | |
9335 | if our caller does emit_queue before using our result. */ | |
9336 | temp = copy_rtx (value = op0); | |
bbf6f052 | 9337 | |
b93a436e | 9338 | /* Increment however we can. */ |
37a08a29 | 9339 | op1 = expand_binop (mode, this_optab, value, op1, op0, |
b93a436e | 9340 | TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (exp)), OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN); |
37a08a29 | 9341 | |
b93a436e JL |
9342 | /* Make sure the value is stored into OP0. */ |
9343 | if (op1 != op0) | |
9344 | emit_move_insn (op0, op1); | |
5718612f | 9345 | |
b93a436e JL |
9346 | return temp; |
9347 | } | |
9348 | \f | |
b93a436e JL |
9349 | /* Generate code to calculate EXP using a store-flag instruction |
9350 | and return an rtx for the result. EXP is either a comparison | |
9351 | or a TRUTH_NOT_EXPR whose operand is a comparison. | |
ca695ac9 | 9352 | |
b93a436e | 9353 | If TARGET is nonzero, store the result there if convenient. |
ca695ac9 | 9354 | |
cc2902df | 9355 | If ONLY_CHEAP is nonzero, only do this if it is likely to be very |
b93a436e | 9356 | cheap. |
ca695ac9 | 9357 | |
b93a436e JL |
9358 | Return zero if there is no suitable set-flag instruction |
9359 | available on this machine. | |
ca695ac9 | 9360 | |
b93a436e JL |
9361 | Once expand_expr has been called on the arguments of the comparison, |
9362 | we are committed to doing the store flag, since it is not safe to | |
9363 | re-evaluate the expression. We emit the store-flag insn by calling | |
9364 | emit_store_flag, but only expand the arguments if we have a reason | |
9365 | to believe that emit_store_flag will be successful. If we think that | |
9366 | it will, but it isn't, we have to simulate the store-flag with a | |
9367 | set/jump/set sequence. */ | |
ca695ac9 | 9368 | |
b93a436e | 9369 | static rtx |
502b8322 | 9370 | do_store_flag (tree exp, rtx target, enum machine_mode mode, int only_cheap) |
b93a436e JL |
9371 | { |
9372 | enum rtx_code code; | |
9373 | tree arg0, arg1, type; | |
9374 | tree tem; | |
9375 | enum machine_mode operand_mode; | |
9376 | int invert = 0; | |
9377 | int unsignedp; | |
9378 | rtx op0, op1; | |
9379 | enum insn_code icode; | |
9380 | rtx subtarget = target; | |
381127e8 | 9381 | rtx result, label; |
ca695ac9 | 9382 | |
b93a436e JL |
9383 | /* If this is a TRUTH_NOT_EXPR, set a flag indicating we must invert the |
9384 | result at the end. We can't simply invert the test since it would | |
9385 | have already been inverted if it were valid. This case occurs for | |
9386 | some floating-point comparisons. */ | |
ca695ac9 | 9387 | |
b93a436e JL |
9388 | if (TREE_CODE (exp) == TRUTH_NOT_EXPR) |
9389 | invert = 1, exp = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0); | |
ca695ac9 | 9390 | |
b93a436e JL |
9391 | arg0 = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0); |
9392 | arg1 = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1); | |
5129d2ce AH |
9393 | |
9394 | /* Don't crash if the comparison was erroneous. */ | |
9395 | if (arg0 == error_mark_node || arg1 == error_mark_node) | |
9396 | return const0_rtx; | |
9397 | ||
b93a436e JL |
9398 | type = TREE_TYPE (arg0); |
9399 | operand_mode = TYPE_MODE (type); | |
9400 | unsignedp = TREE_UNSIGNED (type); | |
ca695ac9 | 9401 | |
b93a436e JL |
9402 | /* We won't bother with BLKmode store-flag operations because it would mean |
9403 | passing a lot of information to emit_store_flag. */ | |
9404 | if (operand_mode == BLKmode) | |
9405 | return 0; | |
ca695ac9 | 9406 | |
b93a436e JL |
9407 | /* We won't bother with store-flag operations involving function pointers |
9408 | when function pointers must be canonicalized before comparisons. */ | |
9409 | #ifdef HAVE_canonicalize_funcptr_for_compare | |
9410 | if (HAVE_canonicalize_funcptr_for_compare | |
9411 | && ((TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))) == POINTER_TYPE | |
9412 | && (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)))) | |
9413 | == FUNCTION_TYPE)) | |
9414 | || (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1))) == POINTER_TYPE | |
9415 | && (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)))) | |
9416 | == FUNCTION_TYPE)))) | |
9417 | return 0; | |
ca695ac9 JB |
9418 | #endif |
9419 | ||
b93a436e JL |
9420 | STRIP_NOPS (arg0); |
9421 | STRIP_NOPS (arg1); | |
ca695ac9 | 9422 | |
b93a436e JL |
9423 | /* Get the rtx comparison code to use. We know that EXP is a comparison |
9424 | operation of some type. Some comparisons against 1 and -1 can be | |
9425 | converted to comparisons with zero. Do so here so that the tests | |
9426 | below will be aware that we have a comparison with zero. These | |
9427 | tests will not catch constants in the first operand, but constants | |
9428 | are rarely passed as the first operand. */ | |
ca695ac9 | 9429 | |
b93a436e JL |
9430 | switch (TREE_CODE (exp)) |
9431 | { | |
9432 | case EQ_EXPR: | |
9433 | code = EQ; | |
bbf6f052 | 9434 | break; |
b93a436e JL |
9435 | case NE_EXPR: |
9436 | code = NE; | |
bbf6f052 | 9437 | break; |
b93a436e JL |
9438 | case LT_EXPR: |
9439 | if (integer_onep (arg1)) | |
9440 | arg1 = integer_zero_node, code = unsignedp ? LEU : LE; | |
9441 | else | |
9442 | code = unsignedp ? LTU : LT; | |
ca695ac9 | 9443 | break; |
b93a436e JL |
9444 | case LE_EXPR: |
9445 | if (! unsignedp && integer_all_onesp (arg1)) | |
9446 | arg1 = integer_zero_node, code = LT; | |
9447 | else | |
9448 | code = unsignedp ? LEU : LE; | |
ca695ac9 | 9449 | break; |
b93a436e JL |
9450 | case GT_EXPR: |
9451 | if (! unsignedp && integer_all_onesp (arg1)) | |
9452 | arg1 = integer_zero_node, code = GE; | |
9453 | else | |
9454 | code = unsignedp ? GTU : GT; | |
9455 | break; | |
9456 | case GE_EXPR: | |
9457 | if (integer_onep (arg1)) | |
9458 | arg1 = integer_zero_node, code = unsignedp ? GTU : GT; | |
9459 | else | |
9460 | code = unsignedp ? GEU : GE; | |
ca695ac9 | 9461 | break; |
1eb8759b RH |
9462 | |
9463 | case UNORDERED_EXPR: | |
9464 | code = UNORDERED; | |
9465 | break; | |
9466 | case ORDERED_EXPR: | |
9467 | code = ORDERED; | |
9468 | break; | |
9469 | case UNLT_EXPR: | |
9470 | code = UNLT; | |
9471 | break; | |
9472 | case UNLE_EXPR: | |
9473 | code = UNLE; | |
9474 | break; | |
9475 | case UNGT_EXPR: | |
9476 | code = UNGT; | |
9477 | break; | |
9478 | case UNGE_EXPR: | |
9479 | code = UNGE; | |
9480 | break; | |
9481 | case UNEQ_EXPR: | |
9482 | code = UNEQ; | |
9483 | break; | |
1eb8759b | 9484 | |
ca695ac9 | 9485 | default: |
b93a436e | 9486 | abort (); |
bbf6f052 | 9487 | } |
bbf6f052 | 9488 | |
b93a436e JL |
9489 | /* Put a constant second. */ |
9490 | if (TREE_CODE (arg0) == REAL_CST || TREE_CODE (arg0) == INTEGER_CST) | |
9491 | { | |
9492 | tem = arg0; arg0 = arg1; arg1 = tem; | |
9493 | code = swap_condition (code); | |
ca695ac9 | 9494 | } |
bbf6f052 | 9495 | |
b93a436e JL |
9496 | /* If this is an equality or inequality test of a single bit, we can |
9497 | do this by shifting the bit being tested to the low-order bit and | |
9498 | masking the result with the constant 1. If the condition was EQ, | |
9499 | we xor it with 1. This does not require an scc insn and is faster | |
7960bf22 JL |
9500 | than an scc insn even if we have it. |
9501 | ||
9502 | The code to make this transformation was moved into fold_single_bit_test, | |
9503 | so we just call into the folder and expand its result. */ | |
d39985fa | 9504 | |
b93a436e JL |
9505 | if ((code == NE || code == EQ) |
9506 | && TREE_CODE (arg0) == BIT_AND_EXPR && integer_zerop (arg1) | |
9507 | && integer_pow2p (TREE_OPERAND (arg0, 1))) | |
60cd4dae JL |
9508 | { |
9509 | tree type = (*lang_hooks.types.type_for_mode) (mode, unsignedp); | |
9510 | return expand_expr (fold_single_bit_test (code == NE ? NE_EXPR : EQ_EXPR, | |
450b1728 | 9511 | arg0, arg1, type), |
60cd4dae JL |
9512 | target, VOIDmode, EXPAND_NORMAL); |
9513 | } | |
bbf6f052 | 9514 | |
b93a436e | 9515 | /* Now see if we are likely to be able to do this. Return if not. */ |
1eb8759b | 9516 | if (! can_compare_p (code, operand_mode, ccp_store_flag)) |
b93a436e | 9517 | return 0; |
1eb8759b | 9518 | |
b93a436e JL |
9519 | icode = setcc_gen_code[(int) code]; |
9520 | if (icode == CODE_FOR_nothing | |
a995e389 | 9521 | || (only_cheap && insn_data[(int) icode].operand[0].mode != mode)) |
ca695ac9 | 9522 | { |
b93a436e JL |
9523 | /* We can only do this if it is one of the special cases that |
9524 | can be handled without an scc insn. */ | |
9525 | if ((code == LT && integer_zerop (arg1)) | |
9526 | || (! only_cheap && code == GE && integer_zerop (arg1))) | |
9527 | ; | |
9528 | else if (BRANCH_COST >= 0 | |
9529 | && ! only_cheap && (code == NE || code == EQ) | |
9530 | && TREE_CODE (type) != REAL_TYPE | |
9531 | && ((abs_optab->handlers[(int) operand_mode].insn_code | |
9532 | != CODE_FOR_nothing) | |
9533 | || (ffs_optab->handlers[(int) operand_mode].insn_code | |
9534 | != CODE_FOR_nothing))) | |
9535 | ; | |
9536 | else | |
9537 | return 0; | |
ca695ac9 | 9538 | } |
3a94c984 | 9539 | |
296b4ed9 | 9540 | if (! get_subtarget (target) |
e3be1116 | 9541 | || GET_MODE (subtarget) != operand_mode) |
b93a436e JL |
9542 | subtarget = 0; |
9543 | ||
eb698c58 | 9544 | expand_operands (arg0, arg1, subtarget, &op0, &op1, 0); |
b93a436e JL |
9545 | |
9546 | if (target == 0) | |
9547 | target = gen_reg_rtx (mode); | |
9548 | ||
9549 | /* Pass copies of OP0 and OP1 in case they contain a QUEUED. This is safe | |
9550 | because, if the emit_store_flag does anything it will succeed and | |
9551 | OP0 and OP1 will not be used subsequently. */ | |
ca695ac9 | 9552 | |
b93a436e JL |
9553 | result = emit_store_flag (target, code, |
9554 | queued_subexp_p (op0) ? copy_rtx (op0) : op0, | |
9555 | queued_subexp_p (op1) ? copy_rtx (op1) : op1, | |
9556 | operand_mode, unsignedp, 1); | |
ca695ac9 | 9557 | |
b93a436e JL |
9558 | if (result) |
9559 | { | |
9560 | if (invert) | |
9561 | result = expand_binop (mode, xor_optab, result, const1_rtx, | |
9562 | result, 0, OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN); | |
9563 | return result; | |
ca695ac9 | 9564 | } |
bbf6f052 | 9565 | |
b93a436e JL |
9566 | /* If this failed, we have to do this with set/compare/jump/set code. */ |
9567 | if (GET_CODE (target) != REG | |
9568 | || reg_mentioned_p (target, op0) || reg_mentioned_p (target, op1)) | |
9569 | target = gen_reg_rtx (GET_MODE (target)); | |
9570 | ||
9571 | emit_move_insn (target, invert ? const0_rtx : const1_rtx); | |
9572 | result = compare_from_rtx (op0, op1, code, unsignedp, | |
a06ef755 | 9573 | operand_mode, NULL_RTX); |
b93a436e JL |
9574 | if (GET_CODE (result) == CONST_INT) |
9575 | return (((result == const0_rtx && ! invert) | |
9576 | || (result != const0_rtx && invert)) | |
9577 | ? const0_rtx : const1_rtx); | |
ca695ac9 | 9578 | |
8f08e8c0 JL |
9579 | /* The code of RESULT may not match CODE if compare_from_rtx |
9580 | decided to swap its operands and reverse the original code. | |
9581 | ||
9582 | We know that compare_from_rtx returns either a CONST_INT or | |
9583 | a new comparison code, so it is safe to just extract the | |
9584 | code from RESULT. */ | |
9585 | code = GET_CODE (result); | |
9586 | ||
b93a436e JL |
9587 | label = gen_label_rtx (); |
9588 | if (bcc_gen_fctn[(int) code] == 0) | |
9589 | abort (); | |
0f41302f | 9590 | |
b93a436e JL |
9591 | emit_jump_insn ((*bcc_gen_fctn[(int) code]) (label)); |
9592 | emit_move_insn (target, invert ? const1_rtx : const0_rtx); | |
9593 | emit_label (label); | |
bbf6f052 | 9594 | |
b93a436e | 9595 | return target; |
ca695ac9 | 9596 | } |
b93a436e | 9597 | \f |
b93a436e | 9598 | |
ad82abb8 ZW |
9599 | /* Stubs in case we haven't got a casesi insn. */ |
9600 | #ifndef HAVE_casesi | |
9601 | # define HAVE_casesi 0 | |
9602 | # define gen_casesi(a, b, c, d, e) (0) | |
9603 | # define CODE_FOR_casesi CODE_FOR_nothing | |
9604 | #endif | |
9605 | ||
9606 | /* If the machine does not have a case insn that compares the bounds, | |
9607 | this means extra overhead for dispatch tables, which raises the | |
9608 | threshold for using them. */ | |
9609 | #ifndef CASE_VALUES_THRESHOLD | |
9610 | #define CASE_VALUES_THRESHOLD (HAVE_casesi ? 4 : 5) | |
9611 | #endif /* CASE_VALUES_THRESHOLD */ | |
9612 | ||
9613 | unsigned int | |
502b8322 | 9614 | case_values_threshold (void) |
ad82abb8 ZW |
9615 | { |
9616 | return CASE_VALUES_THRESHOLD; | |
9617 | } | |
9618 | ||
9619 | /* Attempt to generate a casesi instruction. Returns 1 if successful, | |
9620 | 0 otherwise (i.e. if there is no casesi instruction). */ | |
9621 | int | |
502b8322 AJ |
9622 | try_casesi (tree index_type, tree index_expr, tree minval, tree range, |
9623 | rtx table_label ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, rtx default_label) | |
ad82abb8 ZW |
9624 | { |
9625 | enum machine_mode index_mode = SImode; | |
9626 | int index_bits = GET_MODE_BITSIZE (index_mode); | |
9627 | rtx op1, op2, index; | |
9628 | enum machine_mode op_mode; | |
9629 | ||
9630 | if (! HAVE_casesi) | |
9631 | return 0; | |
9632 | ||
9633 | /* Convert the index to SImode. */ | |
9634 | if (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (TYPE_MODE (index_type)) > GET_MODE_BITSIZE (index_mode)) | |
9635 | { | |
9636 | enum machine_mode omode = TYPE_MODE (index_type); | |
9637 | rtx rangertx = expand_expr (range, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); | |
9638 | ||
9639 | /* We must handle the endpoints in the original mode. */ | |
9640 | index_expr = build (MINUS_EXPR, index_type, | |
9641 | index_expr, minval); | |
9642 | minval = integer_zero_node; | |
9643 | index = expand_expr (index_expr, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); | |
9644 | emit_cmp_and_jump_insns (rangertx, index, LTU, NULL_RTX, | |
a06ef755 | 9645 | omode, 1, default_label); |
ad82abb8 ZW |
9646 | /* Now we can safely truncate. */ |
9647 | index = convert_to_mode (index_mode, index, 0); | |
9648 | } | |
9649 | else | |
9650 | { | |
9651 | if (TYPE_MODE (index_type) != index_mode) | |
9652 | { | |
b0c48229 NB |
9653 | index_expr = convert ((*lang_hooks.types.type_for_size) |
9654 | (index_bits, 0), index_expr); | |
ad82abb8 ZW |
9655 | index_type = TREE_TYPE (index_expr); |
9656 | } | |
9657 | ||
9658 | index = expand_expr (index_expr, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); | |
9659 | } | |
9660 | emit_queue (); | |
9661 | index = protect_from_queue (index, 0); | |
9662 | do_pending_stack_adjust (); | |
9663 | ||
9664 | op_mode = insn_data[(int) CODE_FOR_casesi].operand[0].mode; | |
9665 | if (! (*insn_data[(int) CODE_FOR_casesi].operand[0].predicate) | |
9666 | (index, op_mode)) | |
9667 | index = copy_to_mode_reg (op_mode, index); | |
e87b4f3f | 9668 | |
ad82abb8 ZW |
9669 | op1 = expand_expr (minval, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); |
9670 | ||
9671 | op_mode = insn_data[(int) CODE_FOR_casesi].operand[1].mode; | |
9672 | op1 = convert_modes (op_mode, TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (minval)), | |
9673 | op1, TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (minval))); | |
9674 | if (! (*insn_data[(int) CODE_FOR_casesi].operand[1].predicate) | |
9675 | (op1, op_mode)) | |
9676 | op1 = copy_to_mode_reg (op_mode, op1); | |
9677 | ||
9678 | op2 = expand_expr (range, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); | |
9679 | ||
9680 | op_mode = insn_data[(int) CODE_FOR_casesi].operand[2].mode; | |
9681 | op2 = convert_modes (op_mode, TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (range)), | |
9682 | op2, TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (range))); | |
9683 | if (! (*insn_data[(int) CODE_FOR_casesi].operand[2].predicate) | |
9684 | (op2, op_mode)) | |
9685 | op2 = copy_to_mode_reg (op_mode, op2); | |
9686 | ||
9687 | emit_jump_insn (gen_casesi (index, op1, op2, | |
9688 | table_label, default_label)); | |
9689 | return 1; | |
9690 | } | |
9691 | ||
9692 | /* Attempt to generate a tablejump instruction; same concept. */ | |
9693 | #ifndef HAVE_tablejump | |
9694 | #define HAVE_tablejump 0 | |
9695 | #define gen_tablejump(x, y) (0) | |
9696 | #endif | |
9697 | ||
9698 | /* Subroutine of the next function. | |
9699 | ||
9700 | INDEX is the value being switched on, with the lowest value | |
b93a436e JL |
9701 | in the table already subtracted. |
9702 | MODE is its expected mode (needed if INDEX is constant). | |
9703 | RANGE is the length of the jump table. | |
9704 | TABLE_LABEL is a CODE_LABEL rtx for the table itself. | |
88d3b7f0 | 9705 | |
b93a436e JL |
9706 | DEFAULT_LABEL is a CODE_LABEL rtx to jump to if the |
9707 | index value is out of range. */ | |
0f41302f | 9708 | |
ad82abb8 | 9709 | static void |
502b8322 AJ |
9710 | do_tablejump (rtx index, enum machine_mode mode, rtx range, rtx table_label, |
9711 | rtx default_label) | |
ca695ac9 | 9712 | { |
b3694847 | 9713 | rtx temp, vector; |
88d3b7f0 | 9714 | |
74f6d071 JH |
9715 | if (INTVAL (range) > cfun->max_jumptable_ents) |
9716 | cfun->max_jumptable_ents = INTVAL (range); | |
1877be45 | 9717 | |
b93a436e JL |
9718 | /* Do an unsigned comparison (in the proper mode) between the index |
9719 | expression and the value which represents the length of the range. | |
9720 | Since we just finished subtracting the lower bound of the range | |
9721 | from the index expression, this comparison allows us to simultaneously | |
9722 | check that the original index expression value is both greater than | |
9723 | or equal to the minimum value of the range and less than or equal to | |
9724 | the maximum value of the range. */ | |
709f5be1 | 9725 | |
c5d5d461 | 9726 | emit_cmp_and_jump_insns (index, range, GTU, NULL_RTX, mode, 1, |
a06ef755 | 9727 | default_label); |
bbf6f052 | 9728 | |
b93a436e JL |
9729 | /* If index is in range, it must fit in Pmode. |
9730 | Convert to Pmode so we can index with it. */ | |
9731 | if (mode != Pmode) | |
9732 | index = convert_to_mode (Pmode, index, 1); | |
bbf6f052 | 9733 | |
ba228239 | 9734 | /* Don't let a MEM slip through, because then INDEX that comes |
b93a436e JL |
9735 | out of PIC_CASE_VECTOR_ADDRESS won't be a valid address, |
9736 | and break_out_memory_refs will go to work on it and mess it up. */ | |
9737 | #ifdef PIC_CASE_VECTOR_ADDRESS | |
9738 | if (flag_pic && GET_CODE (index) != REG) | |
9739 | index = copy_to_mode_reg (Pmode, index); | |
9740 | #endif | |
ca695ac9 | 9741 | |
b93a436e JL |
9742 | /* If flag_force_addr were to affect this address |
9743 | it could interfere with the tricky assumptions made | |
9744 | about addresses that contain label-refs, | |
9745 | which may be valid only very near the tablejump itself. */ | |
9746 | /* ??? The only correct use of CASE_VECTOR_MODE is the one inside the | |
9747 | GET_MODE_SIZE, because this indicates how large insns are. The other | |
9748 | uses should all be Pmode, because they are addresses. This code | |
9749 | could fail if addresses and insns are not the same size. */ | |
9750 | index = gen_rtx_PLUS (Pmode, | |
9751 | gen_rtx_MULT (Pmode, index, | |
9752 | GEN_INT (GET_MODE_SIZE (CASE_VECTOR_MODE))), | |
9753 | gen_rtx_LABEL_REF (Pmode, table_label)); | |
9754 | #ifdef PIC_CASE_VECTOR_ADDRESS | |
9755 | if (flag_pic) | |
9756 | index = PIC_CASE_VECTOR_ADDRESS (index); | |
9757 | else | |
bbf6f052 | 9758 | #endif |
b93a436e JL |
9759 | index = memory_address_noforce (CASE_VECTOR_MODE, index); |
9760 | temp = gen_reg_rtx (CASE_VECTOR_MODE); | |
9761 | vector = gen_rtx_MEM (CASE_VECTOR_MODE, index); | |
9762 | RTX_UNCHANGING_P (vector) = 1; | |
4da2eb6b | 9763 | MEM_NOTRAP_P (vector) = 1; |
b93a436e JL |
9764 | convert_move (temp, vector, 0); |
9765 | ||
9766 | emit_jump_insn (gen_tablejump (temp, table_label)); | |
9767 | ||
9768 | /* If we are generating PIC code or if the table is PC-relative, the | |
9769 | table and JUMP_INSN must be adjacent, so don't output a BARRIER. */ | |
9770 | if (! CASE_VECTOR_PC_RELATIVE && ! flag_pic) | |
9771 | emit_barrier (); | |
bbf6f052 | 9772 | } |
b93a436e | 9773 | |
ad82abb8 | 9774 | int |
502b8322 AJ |
9775 | try_tablejump (tree index_type, tree index_expr, tree minval, tree range, |
9776 | rtx table_label, rtx default_label) | |
ad82abb8 ZW |
9777 | { |
9778 | rtx index; | |
9779 | ||
9780 | if (! HAVE_tablejump) | |
9781 | return 0; | |
9782 | ||
9783 | index_expr = fold (build (MINUS_EXPR, index_type, | |
9784 | convert (index_type, index_expr), | |
9785 | convert (index_type, minval))); | |
9786 | index = expand_expr (index_expr, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); | |
9787 | emit_queue (); | |
9788 | index = protect_from_queue (index, 0); | |
9789 | do_pending_stack_adjust (); | |
9790 | ||
9791 | do_tablejump (index, TYPE_MODE (index_type), | |
9792 | convert_modes (TYPE_MODE (index_type), | |
9793 | TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (range)), | |
9794 | expand_expr (range, NULL_RTX, | |
9795 | VOIDmode, 0), | |
9796 | TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (range))), | |
9797 | table_label, default_label); | |
9798 | return 1; | |
9799 | } | |
e2500fed | 9800 | |
cb2a532e AH |
9801 | /* Nonzero if the mode is a valid vector mode for this architecture. |
9802 | This returns nonzero even if there is no hardware support for the | |
9803 | vector mode, but we can emulate with narrower modes. */ | |
9804 | ||
9805 | int | |
502b8322 | 9806 | vector_mode_valid_p (enum machine_mode mode) |
cb2a532e AH |
9807 | { |
9808 | enum mode_class class = GET_MODE_CLASS (mode); | |
9809 | enum machine_mode innermode; | |
9810 | ||
9811 | /* Doh! What's going on? */ | |
9812 | if (class != MODE_VECTOR_INT | |
9813 | && class != MODE_VECTOR_FLOAT) | |
9814 | return 0; | |
9815 | ||
9816 | /* Hardware support. Woo hoo! */ | |
9817 | if (VECTOR_MODE_SUPPORTED_P (mode)) | |
9818 | return 1; | |
9819 | ||
9820 | innermode = GET_MODE_INNER (mode); | |
9821 | ||
9822 | /* We should probably return 1 if requesting V4DI and we have no DI, | |
9823 | but we have V2DI, but this is probably very unlikely. */ | |
9824 | ||
9825 | /* If we have support for the inner mode, we can safely emulate it. | |
9826 | We may not have V2DI, but me can emulate with a pair of DIs. */ | |
9827 | return mov_optab->handlers[innermode].insn_code != CODE_FOR_nothing; | |
9828 | } | |
9829 | ||
d744e06e AH |
9830 | /* Return a CONST_VECTOR rtx for a VECTOR_CST tree. */ |
9831 | static rtx | |
502b8322 | 9832 | const_vector_from_tree (tree exp) |
d744e06e AH |
9833 | { |
9834 | rtvec v; | |
9835 | int units, i; | |
9836 | tree link, elt; | |
9837 | enum machine_mode inner, mode; | |
9838 | ||
9839 | mode = TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (exp)); | |
9840 | ||
9841 | if (is_zeros_p (exp)) | |
9842 | return CONST0_RTX (mode); | |
9843 | ||
9844 | units = GET_MODE_NUNITS (mode); | |
9845 | inner = GET_MODE_INNER (mode); | |
9846 | ||
9847 | v = rtvec_alloc (units); | |
9848 | ||
9849 | link = TREE_VECTOR_CST_ELTS (exp); | |
9850 | for (i = 0; link; link = TREE_CHAIN (link), ++i) | |
9851 | { | |
9852 | elt = TREE_VALUE (link); | |
9853 | ||
9854 | if (TREE_CODE (elt) == REAL_CST) | |
9855 | RTVEC_ELT (v, i) = CONST_DOUBLE_FROM_REAL_VALUE (TREE_REAL_CST (elt), | |
9856 | inner); | |
9857 | else | |
9858 | RTVEC_ELT (v, i) = immed_double_const (TREE_INT_CST_LOW (elt), | |
9859 | TREE_INT_CST_HIGH (elt), | |
9860 | inner); | |
9861 | } | |
9862 | ||
5f6c070d AH |
9863 | /* Initialize remaining elements to 0. */ |
9864 | for (; i < units; ++i) | |
9865 | RTVEC_ELT (v, i) = CONST0_RTX (inner); | |
9866 | ||
d744e06e AH |
9867 | return gen_rtx_raw_CONST_VECTOR (mode, v); |
9868 | } | |
9869 | ||
e2500fed | 9870 | #include "gt-expr.h" |